From 8c2c6b5d3835698534fb995534eabeb13991c7ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Genevieve Warren <24882762+gewarren@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Sat, 24 Aug 2024 15:15:20 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 1/6] fix bad links
---
.../GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly.xml | 16 +-
xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml | 4 +-
xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml | 4 +-
.../ADODC.xml | 4 +-
.../BaseControlArray.xml | 4 +-
.../DirListBox.xml | 4 +-
.../DriveListBox.xml | 4 +-
.../FileListBox.xml | 4 +-
xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml | 4 +-
.../TempFileCollection.xml | 236 +--
xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml | 486 ++---
xml/System.Data.Common/DbBatchCommand.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommand.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml | 404 ++--
xml/System.Data.Common/DbParameter.xml | 182 +-
...elationshipNavigationPropertyAttribute.xml | 58 +-
.../IEntityChangeTracker.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Objects/EntityFunctions.xml | 1682 ++++++++---------
.../ProxyDataContractResolver.xml | 32 +-
.../DataServiceResponse.xml | 22 +-
.../SqlBulkCopyOptions.xml | 36 +-
xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlCommand.xml | 212 +--
xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnection.xml | 2 +-
.../SqlConnectionStringBuilder.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlParameter.xml | 746 ++++----
xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlChars.xml | 176 +-
xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlInt16.xml | 132 +-
xml/System.Data/EntityKey.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Json/JsonArray.xml | 38 +-
xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml | 44 +-
xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml | 44 +-
xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml | 102 +-
.../BaseEvent.xml | 36 +-
.../DefaultManagementInstaller.xml | 44 +-
.../DefaultManagementProjectInstaller.xml | 20 +-
.../IEvent.xml | 20 +-
.../IInstance.xml | 26 +-
.../IgnoreMemberAttribute.xml | 22 +-
.../Instance.xml | 42 +-
.../InstanceNotFoundException.xml | 6 +-
.../Instrumentation.xml | 106 +-
.../InstrumentationBaseException.xml | 6 +-
.../InstrumentationClassAttribute.xml | 74 +-
.../InstrumentationException.xml | 6 +-
.../InstrumentationManager.xml | 100 +-
.../InstrumentationType.xml | 20 +-
.../InstrumentedAttribute.xml | 92 +-
.../ManagedCommonProvider.xml | 6 +-
.../ManagedNameAttribute.xml | 40 +-
.../ManagementBindAttribute.xml | 78 +-
.../ManagementCommitAttribute.xml | 78 +-
.../ManagementConfigurationAttribute.xml | 74 +-
.../ManagementConfigurationType.xml | 16 +-
.../ManagementCreateAttribute.xml | 68 +-
.../ManagementEntityAttribute.xml | 138 +-
.../ManagementEnumeratorAttribute.xml | 60 +-
.../ManagementHostingModel.xml | 16 +-
.../ManagementInstaller.xml | 98 +-
.../ManagementKeyAttribute.xml | 64 +-
.../ManagementMemberAttribute.xml | 16 +-
.../ManagementNameAttribute.xml | 44 +-
.../ManagementNewInstanceAttribute.xml | 6 +-
.../ManagementProbeAttribute.xml | 72 +-
.../ManagementQualifierAttribute.xml | 54 +-
.../ManagementQualifierFlavors.xml | 56 +-
.../ManagementReferenceAttribute.xml | 316 ++--
.../ManagementRemoveAttribute.xml | 30 +-
.../ManagementTaskAttribute.xml | 66 +-
.../WmiConfigurationAttribute.xml | 2 +-
.../WmiProviderInstallationException.xml | 6 +-
.../ClientFormsIdentity.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml | 4 +-
...MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml | 4 +-
.../ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml | 6 +-
.../AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml | 4 +-
.../DiagnosticsElement.xml | 4 +-
.../DataGridDesigner.xml | 6 +-
.../DataListDesigner.xml | 6 +-
.../RegexEditorDialog.xml | 6 +-
.../RepeaterDesigner.xml | 4 +-
.../XmlDesigner.xml | 6 +-
.../ExtenderControlDesigner.xml | 4 +-
.../HtmlControlDesigner.xml | 6 +-
.../XhtmlControlAdapter.xml | 8 +-
.../DeviceSpecific.xml | 8 +-
.../DeviceSpecificChoice.xml | 8 +-
.../MobileControlsSection.xml | 6 +-
.../CreateUserWizard.xml | 4 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml | 18 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml | 4 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml | 4 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml | 4 +-
.../AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml | 12 +-
.../HandleExternalEventActivity.xml | 2 +-
.../WorkflowView.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Xaml/XamlLanguage.xml | 500 ++---
100 files changed, 3693 insertions(+), 3693 deletions(-)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.Build.Tasks.Windows/GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly.xml b/xml/Microsoft.Build.Tasks.Windows/GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly.xml
index 91616340237..6dcb2553f17 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.Build.Tasks.Windows/GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.Build.Tasks.Windows/GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly.xml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
- Implements the GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly task. Use the GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly element in your project file to create and execute this task. For usage and parameter information, see [GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly](/visualstudio/msbuild/generatetemporarytargetassembly-task).
+ Implements the GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly task. Use the GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly element in your project file to create and execute this task. For usage and parameter information, see GenerateTemporaryTargetAssembly.
To be added.
@@ -265,13 +265,13 @@
if debugging information is enabled for the Task; otherwise, .
- property is an optional task parameter. It's a diagnostic parameter, and it defaults to `false`.
-
- The only debugging information that is generated consists of the temporary project that is created to generate the temporary target assembly. The temporary project is normally deleted at the end of the MSBuild task. When is enabled, the temporary project is retained for inspection by the developer.
-
+ property is an optional task parameter. It's a diagnostic parameter, and it defaults to `false`.
+
+ The only debugging information that is generated consists of the temporary project that is created to generate the temporary target assembly. The temporary project is normally deleted at the end of the MSBuild task. When is enabled, the temporary project is retained for inspection by the developer.
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
index 5f674478fae..192fcb9ebd8 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
1
- An [eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)](/previous-versions/visualstudio/visual-studio-2010/b51a45x6(v=vs.100)) error. Corresponds to the object.
+ An <see href="/previous-versions/visualstudio/visual-studio-2010/b51a45x6(v=vs.100">eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)</see>) error. Corresponds to the object.
@@ -185,4 +185,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
index 6611de5880b..4025b97c49f 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
- Represents an error that occurs when the method is used. For more information, see [eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)](/previous-versions/visualstudio/visual-studio-2010/b51a45x6(v=vs.100)).
+ Represents an error that occurs when the method is used. For more information, see <see href="/previous-versions/visualstudio/visual-studio-2010/b51a45x6(v=vs.100">eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)</see>).
To be added.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
index 3370969bc84..61ae8d8e352 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose). For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
@@ -1833,4 +1833,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
index b2c6e80f8a2..e81ba5ad5f6 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose). For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
@@ -896,4 +896,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
index 5fa501ee2e9..698044ef0d6 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose). For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1131,4 +1131,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
index 23f41b1fc8d..4ac3b29b596 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose). For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -997,4 +997,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
index 86759287447..34f829f0e20 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@
Gets the height of an item in the .
This property is not required for the control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+ <see href="~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md">!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility</see>]
To be added.
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1045,4 +1045,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
index 94afb0de578..20143e9f1a4 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
@@ -440,8 +440,8 @@
4
- Converts narrow (single-byte) characters in the string to wide (double-byte) characters. Applies to Asian locales. This member is equivalent to the Visual Basic constant . [!INCLUDE[vbstrconv-wide](~/includes/vbstrconv-wide-md.md)]
+ Converts narrow (single-byte) characters in the string to wide (double-byte) characters. Applies to Asian locales. This member is equivalent to the Visual Basic constant . <see href="~/includes/vbstrconv-wide-md.md">!INCLUDE[vbstrconv-wide</see>]
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml b/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
index 64ea23c9e24..f7a92a28360 100644
--- a/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
+++ b/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
@@ -51,34 +51,34 @@
Represents a collection of temporary files.
- can be used to generate unique file names and to keep track of a list of files. This can be useful to implementers when managing a list of compiler-generated intermediate files, which are sometimes deleted after use.
-
- To specify a directory to generate unique temporary file names in, use an appropriately overloaded constructor. You can also use a constructor overload to indicate whether files added to the collection should, if not specified otherwise when using the or methods, be deleted when the collection is disposed or the method is called.
-
- A file in any directory can be added to an instance of using the method.
-
- To generate a unique name for a temporary file of a particular file extension, call and specify the extension of the file name to generate. The method will return a string consisting of a full path to a file name of the specified extension in the directory specified by the property. The method will only return one unique file name per file name extension.
-
- Both the and methods have overloads that allow you to specify whether the files should be deleted when the collection is disposed or the method is called.
-
- The method will delete all the files in the collection except those that are marked to be kept.
-
- The property indicates a full path to the base file name, without a file name extension, used to generate the file names returned by the method.
-
+ can be used to generate unique file names and to keep track of a list of files. This can be useful to implementers when managing a list of compiler-generated intermediate files, which are sometimes deleted after use.
+
+ To specify a directory to generate unique temporary file names in, use an appropriately overloaded constructor. You can also use a constructor overload to indicate whether files added to the collection should, if not specified otherwise when using the or methods, be deleted when the collection is disposed or the method is called.
+
+ A file in any directory can be added to an instance of using the method.
+
+ To generate a unique name for a temporary file of a particular file extension, call and specify the extension of the file name to generate. The method will return a string consisting of a full path to a file name of the specified extension in the directory specified by the property. The method will only return one unique file name per file name extension.
+
+ Both the and methods have overloads that allow you to specify whether the files should be deleted when the collection is disposed or the method is called.
+
+ The method will delete all the files in the collection except those that are marked to be kept.
+
+ The property indicates a full path to the base file name, without a file name extension, used to generate the file names returned by the method.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This class contains a link demand and an inheritance demand at the class level that applies to all members. A is thrown when either the immediate caller or the derived class does not have full-trust permission. For details about security demands, see [Link Demands](/dotnet/framework/misc/link-demands) and [Inheritance Demands](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/x4yx82e6(v=vs.100)).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows the use of the class and the and methods.
-
+> This class contains a link demand and an inheritance demand at the class level that applies to all members. A is thrown when either the immediate caller or the derived class does not have full-trust permission. For details about security demands, see [Link Demands](/dotnet/framework/misc/link-demands) and [Inheritance Demands](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/x4yx82e6(v=vs.100)).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows the use of the class and the and methods.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection/Overview/program.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_CLR_System/system.CodeDom.Compiler.TempFileCollection/VB/program.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_CLR_System/system.CodeDom.Compiler.TempFileCollection/VB/program.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -125,11 +125,11 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class with default values.
-
@@ -207,11 +207,11 @@
if the temporary files should be kept after use; if the temporary files should be deleted.
Initializes a new instance of the class using the specified temporary directory and specified value indicating whether to keep or delete the temporary files after their generation and use, by default.
- parameter. The temporary files in the collection are retained or deleted upon the completion of compiler activity based on the value of the property in the collection. As each file is added to the collection, the current value of is associated with it, unless it is added with a method that has a `keepFile` parameter, in which case that value is used for that specific file. When the method is called, if is `true`, all files are deleted, including those added with a value of `true`. This allows specific files, those identified as being keep files, to be temporarily retained after compilation for purposes such as error reporting, then deleted when they are no longer needed.
-
+ parameter. The temporary files in the collection are retained or deleted upon the completion of compiler activity based on the value of the property in the collection. As each file is added to the collection, the current value of is associated with it, unless it is added with a method that has a `keepFile` parameter, in which case that value is used for that specific file. When the method is called, if is `true`, all files are deleted, including those added with a value of `true`. This allows specific files, those identified as being keep files, to be temporarily retained after compilation for purposes such as error reporting, then deleted when they are no longer needed.
+
]]>
@@ -260,13 +260,13 @@
Adds a file name with the specified file name extension to the collection.
A file name with the specified extension that was just added to the collection.
-
@@ -309,13 +309,13 @@
Adds a file name with the specified file name extension to the collection, using the specified value indicating whether the file should be deleted or retained.
A file name with the specified extension that was just added to the collection.
-
@@ -359,21 +359,21 @@
if the file should be kept after use; if the file should be deleted.
Adds the specified file to the collection, using the specified value indicating whether to keep the file after the collection is disposed or when the method is called.
- method to add a file that is to be kept to the collection. This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
+ method to add a file that is to be kept to the collection. This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection/Overview/program.cs" id="Snippet2":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_CLR_System/system.CodeDom.Compiler.TempFileCollection/VB/program.vb" id="Snippet2":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_CLR_System/system.CodeDom.Compiler.TempFileCollection/VB/program.vb" id="Snippet2":::
+
]]>
- is or an empty string.
-
- -or-
-
+ is or an empty string.
+
+ -or-
+
is a duplicate.
@@ -516,11 +516,11 @@
Deletes the temporary files within this collection that were not marked to be kept.
- method examines each file in the collection to determine, on an individual basis, whether the file is to be kept or deleted. Files can be explicitly marked to be kept when added to the collection using add methods that take a `keepFile` parameter. When adding a file to the collection using the overload that does not have a `keepFile` parameter the value of the property is used as the default keep file indicator.
-
+ method examines each file in the collection to determine, on an individual basis, whether the file is to be kept or deleted. Files can be explicitly marked to be kept when added to the collection using add methods that take a `keepFile` parameter. When adding a file to the collection using the overload that does not have a `keepFile` parameter the value of the property is used as the default keep file indicator.
+
]]>
@@ -566,20 +566,20 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method, if it has been overridden. `Dispose()` invokes this method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` invokes this method with `disposing` set to `false`.
-
- When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+
+ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
-
- For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
Implementing a Dispose method
Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources
@@ -616,15 +616,15 @@
Attempts to delete the temporary files before this object is reclaimed by garbage collection.
- and cleans up resources by calling `Dispose(false)`. Override `Dispose(Boolean)` to customize the cleanup.
-
- Application code should not call this method; an object's `Finalize` method is automatically invoked during garbage collection, unless finalization by the garbage collector has been disabled by a call to the method.
-
- For more information, see [Finalize Methods and Destructors](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/0s71x931(v%3dvs.100)), [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged), and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
-
+ and cleans up resources by calling `Dispose(false)`. Override `Dispose(Boolean)` to customize the cleanup.
+
+ Application code should not call this method; an object's `Finalize` method is automatically invoked during garbage collection, unless finalization by the garbage collector has been disabled by a call to the method.
+
+ For more information, see [Finalize Methods and Destructors](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/0s71x931(v%3dvs.100)), [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged), and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+
]]>
@@ -705,11 +705,11 @@
if the files should be kept; otherwise, .
- property is used as the default value when the overload that does not have a `keepFile` parameter is called to add a temporary file to the collection. Each temporary file in the collection has an associated keep file flag that determines, on a per-file basis, whether that file is to be kept or deleted. Files are automatically kept or deleted on completion of the compilation based on their associated keep files value. However, after compilation is complete, files that were kept can be released by setting false and calling the method. This will result in all files being deleted.
-
+ property is used as the default value when the overload that does not have a `keepFile` parameter is called to add a temporary file to the collection. Each temporary file in the collection has an associated keep file flag that determines, on a per-file basis, whether that file is to be kept or deleted. Files are automatically kept or deleted on completion of the compilation based on their associated keep files value. However, after compilation is complete, files that were kept can be released by setting false and calling the method. This will result in all files being deleted.
+
]]>
@@ -753,11 +753,11 @@
The zero-based index in array at which copying begins.
Copies the elements of the collection to an array, starting at the specified index of the target array.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
@@ -796,11 +796,11 @@
Gets the number of elements contained in the collection.
The number of elements contained in the .
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
@@ -840,11 +840,11 @@
if access to the is synchronized (thread safe); otherwise, .
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
@@ -883,11 +883,11 @@
Gets an object that can be used to synchronize access to the collection.
An object that can be used to synchronize access to the .
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
@@ -928,11 +928,11 @@
Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.
An that can be used to iterate through the collection.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
@@ -972,11 +972,11 @@
Performs application-defined tasks associated with freeing, releasing, or resetting unmanaged resources.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
index 435db913bb0..fabf51cdc2b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
@@ -64,15 +64,15 @@
Represents a set of SQL commands and a database connection that are used to fill the and update the data source.
- serves as a bridge between a and a data source for retrieving and saving data. The provides this bridge by mapping , which changes the data in the to match the data in the data source, and , which changes the data in the data source to match the data in the .
-
- If you are connecting to a SQL Server database, you can increase overall performance by using the along with its associated and objects. For OLE DB-supported data sources, use the with its associated and objects. For ODBC-supported data sources, use the with its associated and objects. For Oracle databases, use the with its associated and objects.
-
- When an instance of is created, the read/write properties are set to initial values. For a list of these values, see the constructor.
-
+ serves as a bridge between a and a data source for retrieving and saving data. The provides this bridge by mapping , which changes the data in the to match the data in the data source, and , which changes the data in the data source to match the data in the .
+
+ If you are connecting to a SQL Server database, you can increase overall performance by using the along with its associated and objects. For OLE DB-supported data sources, use the with its associated and objects. For ODBC-supported data sources, use the with its associated and objects. For Oracle databases, use the with its associated and objects.
+
+ When an instance of is created, the read/write properties are set to initial values. For a list of these values, see the constructor.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -123,19 +123,19 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- is created, the following read/write properties are set to the following initial values.
-
-|Properties|Initial value|
-|----------------|-------------------|
-||`MissingMappingAction.Passthrough`|
-||`MissingSchemaAction.Add`|
-||An array of objects.|
-
- You can change the value of any of these properties through a separate call to the property.
-
+ is created, the following read/write properties are set to the following initial values.
+
+|Properties|Initial value|
+|----------------|-------------------|
+||`MissingMappingAction.Passthrough`|
+||`MissingSchemaAction.Add`|
+||An array of objects.|
+
+ You can change the value of any of these properties through a separate call to the property.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -186,11 +186,11 @@
A object used to create the new .
Initializes a new instance of the class from an existing object of the same type.
- constructor is designed for use by a .NET Framework data provider when implementing a similar constructor for use in a clone implementation.
-
+ constructor is designed for use by a .NET Framework data provider when implementing a similar constructor for use in a clone implementation.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -245,11 +245,11 @@
if is called on the ; otherwise . The default is .
- is not called, and the newly added rows are treated as inserted rows.
-
+ is not called, and the newly added rows are treated as inserted rows.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -299,22 +299,22 @@
if is called during an ; otherwise . The default is .
- being updated. By default, ADO.NET calls the `AcceptChanges` method of the `DataRow` after the update. However, if you want to merge the updated row back into another , you may want to preserver the original value of a primary key column. For example, a primary key column corresponding to an automatically incrementing column in the database, such as an identity column, can contain new values that are assigned by the database that do not match the original values assigned in the `DataRow`. By default, `AcceptChanges` is called implicitly after an update, and the original values in the row, which may have been values assigned by ADO.NET, are lost. You can preserve the original values in the `DataRow` by preventing `ADO.NET` from calling `AcceptChanges` after it performs an update on a row, by setting the property to `false`, which preserves the original values.
-
+ being updated. By default, ADO.NET calls the `AcceptChanges` method of the `DataRow` after the update. However, if you want to merge the updated row back into another , you may want to preserver the original value of a primary key column. For example, a primary key column corresponding to an automatically incrementing column in the database, such as an identity column, can contain new values that are assigned by the database that do not match the original values assigned in the `DataRow`. By default, `AcceptChanges` is called implicitly after an update, and the original values in the row, which may have been values assigned by ADO.NET, are lost. You can preserve the original values in the `DataRow` by preventing `ADO.NET` from calling `AcceptChanges` after it performs an update on a row, by setting the property to `false`, which preserves the original values.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Setting the `AcceptChangesDuringUpdate` property to `false` applies to all data modifications, not only inserts. If you want to edit or delete rows in the same update, and if you want to suppress the call to `AcceptChanges` only for inserts, then instead of setting `AcceptChangesDuringUpdate` to `false`, use an event handler for the `RowUpdated` event of the `DataAdapter`. In the event handler, you can check the to determine if the data modification is an insert, and if `true`, set the property of the to . For more information and an example, see [Retrieving Identity or Autonumber Values](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/retrieving-identity-or-autonumber-values).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- This example demonstrates extracting changed rows from a `DataTable` and using a to update the data source and retrieve a new identity column value. By setting the `AcceptChangesDuringUpdate` property of the to `false` to preserve the original auto increment value, the new data can then be merged into the original , even if the new identity value does not match the original auto increment value in the `DataTable`.
-
+> Setting the `AcceptChangesDuringUpdate` property to `false` applies to all data modifications, not only inserts. If you want to edit or delete rows in the same update, and if you want to suppress the call to `AcceptChanges` only for inserts, then instead of setting `AcceptChangesDuringUpdate` to `false`, use an event handler for the `RowUpdated` event of the `DataAdapter`. In the event handler, you can check the to determine if the data modification is an insert, and if `true`, set the property of the to . For more information and an example, see [Retrieving Identity or Autonumber Values](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/retrieving-identity-or-autonumber-values).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ This example demonstrates extracting changed rows from a `DataTable` and using a to update the data source and retrieve a new identity column value. By setting the `AcceptChangesDuringUpdate` property of the to `false` to preserve the original auto increment value, the new data can then be merged into the original , even if the new identity value does not match the original auto increment value in the `DataTable`.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlClient.AcceptChangesDuringUpdate/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlClient.AcceptChangesDuringUpdate/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlClient.AcceptChangesDuringUpdate/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters
@@ -380,13 +380,13 @@
Creates a copy of this instance of .
The cloned instance of .
- constructor should be used instead of this method.
-
- All the commands, the , the , and the are cloned. However, the connections for the commands are not copied, but shared. Thus, the cloned can be used against the same connection as the original.
-
+ constructor should be used instead of this method.
+
+ All the commands, the , the , and the are cloned. However, the connections for the commands are not copied, but shared. Thus, the cloned can be used against the same connection as the original.
+
]]>
@@ -444,13 +444,13 @@
to continue the update without generating an exception; otherwise . The default is .
- property of the row in error. The continues to update subsequent rows.
-
- If `ContinueUpdateOnError` is set to `false`, an exception is thrown when an error occurs during the update of a row.
-
+ property of the row in error. The continues to update subsequent rows.
+
+ If `ContinueUpdateOnError` is set to `false`, an exception is thrown when an error occurs during the update of a row.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -540,20 +540,20 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method, if it has been overridden. `Dispose()` invokes this method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` invokes this method with `disposing` set to `false`.
-
- When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose` method of each referenced object.
-
+
+ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
-
- For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -618,24 +618,24 @@
Adds or refreshes rows in the to match those in the data source.
The number of rows successfully added to or refreshed in the . This does not include rows affected by statements that do not return rows.
- method retrieves rows from the data source using the SELECT statement specified by an associated property. The connection object associated with the SELECT statement must be valid, but it does not need to be open. If the connection is closed before is called, it is opened to retrieve data, then closed. If the connection is open before is called, it remains open.
-
- The operation then adds the rows to destination objects in the , creating the objects if they do not already exist. When creating objects, the operation normally creates only column name metadata. However, if the property is set to `AddWithKey`, appropriate primary keys and constraints are also created.
-
- If the `SelectCommand` returns the results of an OUTER JOIN, the `DataAdapter` does not set a value for the resulting . You must explicitly define the primary key to ensure that duplicate rows are resolved correctly. For more information, see [Defining Primary Keys](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataset-datatable-dataview/defining-primary-keys).
-
- If the data adapter encounters duplicate columns while populating a , it generates names for the subsequent columns, using the pattern "columnname1", "columnname2", "columnname3", and so on. If the incoming data contains unnamed columns, they are placed in the according to the pattern "Column1", "Column2", and so on. When multiple result sets are added to the each result set is placed in a separate table. Additional result sets are named by appending integral values to the specified table name (for example, "Table", "Table1", "Table2", and so on). Applications using column and table names should ensure that conflicts with these naming patterns does not occur.
-
- When the SELECT statement used to populate the returns multiple results, such as a batch SQL statements, if one of the results contains an error, all subsequent results are skipped and not added to the .
-
- You can use the method multiple times on the same . If a primary key exists, incoming rows are merged with matching rows that already exist. If no primary key exists, incoming rows are appended to the .
-
+ method retrieves rows from the data source using the SELECT statement specified by an associated property. The connection object associated with the SELECT statement must be valid, but it does not need to be open. If the connection is closed before is called, it is opened to retrieve data, then closed. If the connection is open before is called, it remains open.
+
+ The operation then adds the rows to destination objects in the , creating the objects if they do not already exist. When creating objects, the operation normally creates only column name metadata. However, if the property is set to `AddWithKey`, appropriate primary keys and constraints are also created.
+
+ If the `SelectCommand` returns the results of an OUTER JOIN, the `DataAdapter` does not set a value for the resulting . You must explicitly define the primary key to ensure that duplicate rows are resolved correctly. For more information, see [Defining Primary Keys](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataset-datatable-dataview/defining-primary-keys).
+
+ If the data adapter encounters duplicate columns while populating a , it generates names for the subsequent columns, using the pattern "columnname1", "columnname2", "columnname3", and so on. If the incoming data contains unnamed columns, they are placed in the according to the pattern "Column1", "Column2", and so on. When multiple result sets are added to the each result set is placed in a separate table. Additional result sets are named by appending integral values to the specified table name (for example, "Table", "Table1", "Table2", and so on). Applications using column and table names should ensure that conflicts with these naming patterns does not occur.
+
+ When the SELECT statement used to populate the returns multiple results, such as a batch SQL statements, if one of the results contains an error, all subsequent results are skipped and not added to the .
+
+ You can use the method multiple times on the same . If a primary key exists, incoming rows are merged with matching rows that already exist. If no primary key exists, incoming rows are appended to the .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> When handling batch SQL statements that return multiple results, the implementation of for the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB retrieves schema information for only the first result. To retrieve schema information for multiple results, use with the set to `AddWithKey`.
-
+> When handling batch SQL statements that return multiple results, the implementation of for the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB retrieves schema information for only the first result. To retrieve schema information for multiple results, use with the set to `AddWithKey`.
+
]]>
@@ -685,11 +685,11 @@
Adds or refreshes rows in the to match those in the data source using the name and the specified .
The number of rows successfully added to or refreshed in the . This does not include rows affected by statements that do not return rows.
- for additional information.
-
+ for additional information.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -742,11 +742,11 @@
Adds or refreshes rows in a specified range in the collection of objects to match those in the data source.
The number of rows successfully added to or refreshed in the . This does not include rows affected by statements that do not return rows.
-
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -801,11 +801,11 @@
Adds or refreshes rows in a specified range in the to match those in the data source using the and names.
The number of rows successfully added to or refreshed in the . This does not include rows affected by statements that do not return rows.
-
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -862,15 +862,15 @@
Returned when an error occurs during a fill operation.
-
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -995,45 +995,45 @@
Adds a to the specified and configures the schema to match that in the data source based on the specified .
A object that contains schema information returned from the data source.
- method retrieves the schema from the data source using the . The connection object associated with the must be valid, but it does not need to be open. If the connection is closed before is called, it is opened to retrieve data and then closed. If the connection is open before is called, it remains open.
-
- A operation adds a to the destination . It then adds columns to the of the , and configures the following properties if they exist at the data source:
-
--
-
-- . You must set and separately.
-
--
-
--
-
--
-
- also configures the and properties according to the following rules:
-
-- If one or more primary key columns are returned by the , they are used as the primary key columns for the .
-
-- If no primary key columns are returned but unique columns are, the unique columns are used as the primary key if, and only if, all the unique columns are nonnullable. If any of the columns are nullable, a is added to the , but the property is not set.
-
-- If both primary key columns and unique columns are returned, the primary key columns are used as the primary key columns for the .
-
+ method retrieves the schema from the data source using the . The connection object associated with the must be valid, but it does not need to be open. If the connection is closed before is called, it is opened to retrieve data and then closed. If the connection is open before is called, it remains open.
+
+ A operation adds a to the destination . It then adds columns to the of the , and configures the following properties if they exist at the data source:
+
+-
+
+- . You must set and separately.
+
+-
+
+-
+
+-
+
+ also configures the and properties according to the following rules:
+
+- If one or more primary key columns are returned by the , they are used as the primary key columns for the .
+
+- If no primary key columns are returned but unique columns are, the unique columns are used as the primary key if, and only if, all the unique columns are nonnullable. If any of the columns are nullable, a is added to the , but the property is not set.
+
+- If both primary key columns and unique columns are returned, the primary key columns are used as the primary key columns for the .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The underlying data store may allow column attributes that are not supported in a , which causes some column attributes to not translate correctly. For example, SQL Server allows an identity column with a data type of tinyint whereas a only allows Int16, Int32, and Int64 to have the property set. `FillSchema` silently ignores cases where the cannot accurately mirror the data source and throws no exception.
-
- Note that primary keys and unique constraints are added to the according to the preceding rules, but other constraint types are not added.
-
-If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server table and the primary key constraint is defined on a separate set of columns, then the names of the columns in the clustered index will be returned. To return the name or names of the primary key columns, use a query hint with the SELECT statement that specifies the name of the primary key index. For more information about specifying query hints, see [Hints (Transact-SQL) - Query](/sql/t-sql/queries/hints-transact-sql-query).
-
- If the encounters duplicate columns while populating a , it generates names for the subsequent columns, using the pattern "*columnname*1", "*columnname*2", "*columnname*3", and so on. If the incoming data contains unnamed columns, they are placed in the according to the pattern "Column1", "Column2", and so on. When multiple result sets are added to the each result set is placed in a separate table. Additional result sets are named by appending integral values to the specified table name (for example, "Table", "Table1", "Table2", and so on). Applications using column and table names should ensure that conflicts with these naming patterns does not occur.
-
- does not return any rows. Use the method to add rows to a .
-
+> The underlying data store may allow column attributes that are not supported in a , which causes some column attributes to not translate correctly. For example, SQL Server allows an identity column with a data type of tinyint whereas a only allows Int16, Int32, and Int64 to have the property set. `FillSchema` silently ignores cases where the cannot accurately mirror the data source and throws no exception.
+
+ Note that primary keys and unique constraints are added to the according to the preceding rules, but other constraint types are not added.
+
+If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server table and the primary key constraint is defined on a separate set of columns, then the names of the columns in the clustered index will be returned. To return the name or names of the primary key columns, use a query hint with the SELECT statement that specifies the name of the primary key index. For more information about specifying query hints, see [Hints (Transact-SQL) - Query](/sql/t-sql/queries/hints-transact-sql-query).
+
+ If the encounters duplicate columns while populating a , it generates names for the subsequent columns, using the pattern "*columnname*1", "*columnname*2", "*columnname*3", and so on. If the incoming data contains unnamed columns, they are placed in the according to the pattern "Column1", "Column2", and so on. When multiple result sets are added to the each result set is placed in a separate table. Additional result sets are named by appending integral values to the specified table name (for example, "Table", "Table1", "Table2", and so on). Applications using column and table names should ensure that conflicts with these naming patterns does not occur.
+
+ does not return any rows. Use the method to add rows to a .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> When handling batch SQL statements that return multiple results, the implementation of for the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB retrieves schema information for only the first result. To retrieve schema information for multiple results, use with the set to `AddWithKey`.
-
+> When handling batch SQL statements that return multiple results, the implementation of for the .NET Framework Data Provider for OLE DB retrieves schema information for only the first result. To retrieve schema information for multiple results, use with the set to `AddWithKey`.
+
]]>
@@ -1299,19 +1299,19 @@ If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server ta
Determines the action to take when incoming data does not have a matching table or column.
One of the values. The default is .
- property provides the primary mapping between the returned records and the .
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a derived class, and sets some of its properties.
-
+ property provides the primary mapping between the returned records and the .
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a derived class, and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.MissingMappingAction Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.MissingMappingAction Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.MissingMappingAction Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The value set is not one of the values.
@@ -1370,14 +1370,14 @@ If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server ta
Determines the action to take when existing schema does not match incoming data.
One of the values. The default is .
- and sets some of its properties.
-
+ and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.MissingMappingAction Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.MissingMappingAction Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.MissingMappingAction Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The value set is not one of the values.
@@ -1518,11 +1518,11 @@ If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server ta
if the method should return provider-specific values; otherwise to return common CLS-compliant values.
-
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1707,13 +1707,13 @@ If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server ta
Gets a collection that indicates how a source table is mapped to a dataset table.
A collection that provides the primary mapping between the returned records and the . The default value is an empty collection.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
- For more information, see .
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
+ For more information, see .
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1767,17 +1767,17 @@ If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server ta
Gets a collection that provides the primary mapping between a source table and a .
A collection that provides the primary mapping between the returned records and the . The default value is an empty collection.
- uses the collection to associate the column names used by the data source with the column names used by the .
-
-## Examples
- The following example uses a derived class, , to add objects to its collection and display a list of those mapped source tables. This example assumes that an has already been created.
-
+
+## Examples
+ The following example uses a derived class, , to add objects to its collection and display a list of those mapped source tables. This example assumes that an has already been created.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.TableMappings Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.TableMappings Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.TableMappings Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1838,64 +1838,64 @@ If a unique clustered index is defined on a column or columns in a SQL Server ta
Calls the respective INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements for each inserted, updated, or deleted row in the specified from a named "Table."
The number of rows successfully updated from the .
- method determines the type of change that has been performed on it (Insert, Update or Delete). Depending on the type of change, the `Insert`, `Update,` or `Delete` command template executes to propagate the modified row to the data source. When an application calls the method, the examines the property, and executes the required INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements iteratively for each row, based on the order of the indexes configured in the . For example, might execute a DELETE statement, followed by an INSERT statement, and then another DELETE statement, due to the ordering of the rows in the .
-
- It should be noted that these statements are not performed as a batch process; each row is updated individually. An application can call the method in situations where you must control the sequence of statement types (for example, INSERT before UPDATE). For more information, see [Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/updating-data-sources-with-dataadapters).
-
- If INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements have not been specified, the method generates an exception. However, you can create a or object to automatically generate SQL statements for single-table updates if you set the `SelectCommand` property of a .NET Framework data provider. Then, any additional SQL statements that you do not set are generated by the **CommandBuilder**. This generation logic requires key column information to be present in the . For more information see [Generating Commands with CommandBuilders](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/generating-commands-with-commandbuilders).
-
- The method retrieves rows from the table listed in the first mapping before performing an update. The then refreshes the row using the value of the property. Any additional rows returned are ignored.
-
- After any data is loaded back into the , the event is raised, allowing the user to inspect the reconciled row and any output parameters returned by the command. After a row updates successfully, the changes to that row are accepted.
-
- When using , the order of execution is as follows:
-
-1. The values in the are moved to the parameter values.
-
-2. The event is raised.
-
-3. The command executes.
-
-4. If the command is set to `FirstReturnedRecord`, then the first returned result is placed in the .
-
-5. If there are output parameters, they are placed in the .
-
-6. The event is raised.
-
-7. is called. This will raise both the and events for the updated .
-
- Each command associated with the usually has a parameters collection associated with it. Parameters are mapped to the current row through the `SourceColumn` and `SourceVersion` properties of a .NET data provider's `Parameter` class. `SourceColumn` refers to a column that the references to obtain parameter values for the current row.
-
- `SourceColumn` refers to the unmapped column name before any table mappings have been applied. If `SourceColumn` refers to a nonexistent column, the action taken depends on one of the following values.
-
-|Enumeration value|Action taken|
-|-----------------------|------------------|
-|`MissingMappingAction.Passthrough`|Use the source column names and table names in the if no mapping is present.|
-|`MissingMappingAction.Ignore`|A is generated. When the mappings are explicitly set, a missing mapping for an input parameter is usually the result of an error.|
-|`MissingMappingAction.Error`|A is generated.|
-
- The `SourceColumn` property is also used to map the value for output or input/output parameters back to the `DataSet`. An exception is generated if it refers to a nonexistent column.
-
- The `SourceVersion` property of a .NET data provider's `Parameter` class determines whether to use the Original, Current, or Proposed version of the column value. This capability is often used to include original values in the WHERE clause of an UPDATE statement to check for optimistic concurrency violations.
-
- Calling the method or method will commit all changes in the or . If either of these methods are called before the method is called, no changes will be committed when the method is called, unless further changes have been made since or was called.
-
+ method determines the type of change that has been performed on it (Insert, Update or Delete). Depending on the type of change, the `Insert`, `Update,` or `Delete` command template executes to propagate the modified row to the data source. When an application calls the method, the examines the property, and executes the required INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements iteratively for each row, based on the order of the indexes configured in the . For example, might execute a DELETE statement, followed by an INSERT statement, and then another DELETE statement, due to the ordering of the rows in the .
+
+ It should be noted that these statements are not performed as a batch process; each row is updated individually. An application can call the method in situations where you must control the sequence of statement types (for example, INSERT before UPDATE). For more information, see [Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/updating-data-sources-with-dataadapters).
+
+ If INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements have not been specified, the method generates an exception. However, you can create a or object to automatically generate SQL statements for single-table updates if you set the `SelectCommand` property of a .NET Framework data provider. Then, any additional SQL statements that you do not set are generated by the **CommandBuilder**. This generation logic requires key column information to be present in the . For more information see [Generating Commands with CommandBuilders](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/generating-commands-with-commandbuilders).
+
+ The method retrieves rows from the table listed in the first mapping before performing an update. The then refreshes the row using the value of the property. Any additional rows returned are ignored.
+
+ After any data is loaded back into the , the event is raised, allowing the user to inspect the reconciled row and any output parameters returned by the command. After a row updates successfully, the changes to that row are accepted.
+
+ When using , the order of execution is as follows:
+
+1. The values in the are moved to the parameter values.
+
+2. The event is raised.
+
+3. The command executes.
+
+4. If the command is set to `FirstReturnedRecord`, then the first returned result is placed in the .
+
+5. If there are output parameters, they are placed in the .
+
+6. The event is raised.
+
+7. is called. This will raise both the and events for the updated .
+
+ Each command associated with the usually has a parameters collection associated with it. Parameters are mapped to the current row through the `SourceColumn` and `SourceVersion` properties of a .NET data provider's `Parameter` class. `SourceColumn` refers to a column that the references to obtain parameter values for the current row.
+
+ `SourceColumn` refers to the unmapped column name before any table mappings have been applied. If `SourceColumn` refers to a nonexistent column, the action taken depends on one of the following values.
+
+|Enumeration value|Action taken|
+|-----------------------|------------------|
+|`MissingMappingAction.Passthrough`|Use the source column names and table names in the if no mapping is present.|
+|`MissingMappingAction.Ignore`|A is generated. When the mappings are explicitly set, a missing mapping for an input parameter is usually the result of an error.|
+|`MissingMappingAction.Error`|A is generated.|
+
+ The `SourceColumn` property is also used to map the value for output or input/output parameters back to the `DataSet`. An exception is generated if it refers to a nonexistent column.
+
+ The `SourceVersion` property of a .NET data provider's `Parameter` class determines whether to use the Original, Current, or Proposed version of the column value. This capability is often used to include original values in the WHERE clause of an UPDATE statement to check for optimistic concurrency violations.
+
+ Calling the method or method will commit all changes in the or . If either of these methods are called before the method is called, no changes will be committed when the method is called, unless further changes have been made since or was called.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> If an error occurs while updating a row, an exception is thrown and execution of the update is discontinued. To continue the update operation without generating exceptions when an error is encountered, set the property to `true` before calling . You may also respond to errors on a per-row basis within the `RowUpdated` event of a DataAdapter. To continue the update operation without generating an exception within the `RowUpdated` event, set the property of the to .
->
-> For every column that you propagate to the data source on , a parameter should be added to the `InsertCommand`, `UpdateCommand`, or `DeleteCommand`. The `SourceColumn` property of the parameter should be set to the name of the column. This setting indicates that the value of the parameter is not set manually, but is taken from the particular column in the currently processed row.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example uses the derived class, , to the data source.
-
+> If an error occurs while updating a row, an exception is thrown and execution of the update is discontinued. To continue the update operation without generating exceptions when an error is encountered, set the property to `true` before calling . You may also respond to errors on a per-row basis within the `RowUpdated` event of a DataAdapter. To continue the update operation without generating an exception within the `RowUpdated` event, set the property of the to .
+>
+> For every column that you propagate to the data source on , a parameter should be added to the `InsertCommand`, `UpdateCommand`, or `DeleteCommand`. The `SourceColumn` property of the parameter should be set to the name of the column. This setting indicates that the value of the parameter is not set manually, but is taken from the particular column in the currently processed row.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example uses the derived class, , to the data source.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.IDataAdapter.Update Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.IDataAdapter.Update Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData DataAdapter.IDataAdapter.Update Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The source table is invalid.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbBatchCommand.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbBatchCommand.xml
index f0b429079ab..7433cab2aa8 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbBatchCommand.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbBatchCommand.xml
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
System.Data.Common.DbParameterCollection
- Gets the collection of objects. For more information on parameters, see [Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/configuring-parameters-and-parameter-data-types).
+ Gets the collection of objects. For more information on parameters, see Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types.
The parameters of the SQL statement or stored procedure.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommand.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommand.xml
index 07044fd3bec..1017f695178 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommand.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommand.xml
@@ -1726,7 +1726,7 @@
System.Data.Common.DbParameterCollection
- Gets the collection of objects. For more information on parameters, see [Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/configuring-parameters-and-parameter-data-types).
+ Gets the collection of objects. For more information on parameters, see Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types.
The parameters of the SQL statement or stored procedure.
To be added.
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
index 1cf0bcef892..503e746e2ac 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
@@ -51,23 +51,23 @@
Automatically generates single-table commands used to reconcile changes made to a with the associated database. This is an abstract class that can only be inherited.
- class is provided for the convenience of provider writers creating their own command builders. By inheriting from this class, developers can implement provider specific behavior in their own code.
-
- The does not automatically generate the SQL statements required to reconcile changes made to a with the associated data source. However, you can create a object to automatically generate SQL statements for single-table updates if you set the property of the . Then, any additional SQL statements that you do not set are generated by the .
-
- The registers itself as a listener for events whenever you set the property. You can only associate one or object with each other at one time.
-
- To generate INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements, the uses the property to retrieve a required set of metadata automatically. If you change the after the metadata has been retrieved (for example, after the first update), you should call the method to update the metadata.
-
- The `SelectCommand` must also return at least one primary key or unique column. If none exist, an exception is generated, and the commands are not generated.
-
- The also uses the , , and properties referenced by the . The user should call if any of these properties are modified, or if the itself is replaced. Otherwise the , , and properties retain their previous values.
-
- If you call , the is disassociated from the , and the generated commands are no longer used.
-
+ class is provided for the convenience of provider writers creating their own command builders. By inheriting from this class, developers can implement provider specific behavior in their own code.
+
+ The does not automatically generate the SQL statements required to reconcile changes made to a with the associated data source. However, you can create a object to automatically generate SQL statements for single-table updates if you set the property of the . Then, any additional SQL statements that you do not set are generated by the .
+
+ The registers itself as a listener for events whenever you set the property. You can only associate one or object with each other at one time.
+
+ To generate INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE statements, the uses the property to retrieve a required set of metadata automatically. If you change the after the metadata has been retrieved (for example, after the first update), you should call the method to update the metadata.
+
+ The `SelectCommand` must also return at least one primary key or unique column. If none exist, an exception is generated, and the commands are not generated.
+
+ The also uses the , , and properties referenced by the . The user should call if any of these properties are modified, or if the itself is replaced. Otherwise the , , and properties retain their previous values.
+
+ If you call , the is disassociated from the , and the generated commands are no longer used.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -158,11 +158,11 @@
if the parameter is part of the update or delete WHERE clause, if it is part of the insert or update values.
Allows the provider implementation of the class to handle additional parameter properties.
- class to handle provider-specific parameter properties.
-
+ class to handle provider-specific parameter properties.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -370,13 +370,13 @@
Gets or sets a object for which Transact-SQL statements are automatically generated.
A object.
- registers itself as a listener for events that are generated by the specified in this property.
-
- When you create a new instance of , any existing associated with this is released.
-
+ registers itself as a listener for events that are generated by the specified in this property.
+
+ When you create a new instance of , any existing associated with this is released.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -424,20 +424,20 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method and the method, if it has been overridden. invokes the protected method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` specifies the `disposing` parameter as `false`.
-
+
When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the method of each referenced object.
-
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
-
- For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -452,17 +452,17 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform deletions at the data source.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the associated command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
- The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. If the overloaded version of allows you to specify this behavior by supplying a Boolean value, you can cause the to generate parameters based on the column names instead by passing `True`.
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the associated command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
+ The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. If the overloaded version of allows you to specify this behavior by supplying a Boolean value, you can cause the to generate parameters based on the column names instead by passing `True`.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -507,15 +507,15 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform deletions at the data source.
The automatically generated object required to perform deletions.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -563,23 +563,23 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform deletions at the data source, optionally using columns for parameter names.
The automatically generated object required to perform deletions.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
- The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. Passing `true` for the `useColumnsForParameterNames` parameter allows you to force the to generate parameters based on the column names instead. This succeeds only if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The has been specified and its length is equal to or greater than the generated parameter name.
-
-- The generated parameter name meets the criteria specified in the regular expression.
-
-- A is specified.
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
+ The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. Passing `true` for the `useColumnsForParameterNames` parameter allows you to force the to generate parameters based on the column names instead. This succeeds only if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The has been specified and its length is equal to or greater than the generated parameter name.
+
+- The generated parameter name meets the criteria specified in the regular expression.
+
+- A is specified.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -595,17 +595,17 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform insertions at the data source.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the text of the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
- The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. If the overloaded version of allows you to specify this behavior, you can cause the to generate parameters based on the column names instead.
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the text of the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
+ The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. If the overloaded version of allows you to specify this behavior, you can cause the to generate parameters based on the column names instead.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -650,15 +650,15 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform insertions at the data source.
The automatically generated object required to perform insertions.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the text of the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the text of the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -706,23 +706,23 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform insertions at the data source, optionally using columns for parameter names.
The automatically generated object required to perform insertions.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the text of the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
- The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. Passing `true` for the `useColumnsForParameterNames` parameter allows you to force the to generate parameters based on the column names instead. Generation of the parameters based on column names succeeds only if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The has been specified and its length is equal to or greater than the generated parameter name.
-
-- The generated parameter name meets the criteria specified in the regular expression.
-
-- A is specified.
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the text of the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
+ The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. Passing `true` for the `useColumnsForParameterNames` parameter allows you to force the to generate parameters based on the column names instead. Generation of the parameters based on column names succeeds only if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The has been specified and its length is equal to or greater than the generated parameter name.
+
+- The generated parameter name meets the criteria specified in the regular expression.
+
+- A is specified.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -871,11 +871,11 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Returns the placeholder for the parameter in the associated SQL statement.
The name of the parameter with the specified number appended.
-
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -924,11 +924,11 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Returns the schema table for the .
A that represents the schema for the specific .
-
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -944,17 +944,17 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform updates at the data source.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
- The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. If the overloaded version of allows you to specify this behavior, you can cause the to generate parameters based on the column names instead.
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
+ The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. If the overloaded version of allows you to specify this behavior, you can cause the to generate parameters based on the column names instead.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -999,15 +999,15 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform updates at the data source.
The automatically generated object required to perform updates.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify the command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1055,23 +1055,23 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets the automatically generated object required to perform updates at the data source, optionally using columns for parameter names.
The automatically generated object required to perform updates.
- method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
-
- You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
-
- After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
-
- The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. Passing `true` for the `useColumnsForParameterNames` parameter allows you to force the to generate parameters based on the column names instead. Generation of the parameters based on column names succeeds only if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The has been specified and its length is equal to or greater than the generated parameter name.
-
-- The generated parameter name meets the criteria specified in the regular expression.
-
-- A is specified.
-
+ method for informational or troubleshooting purposes because it returns the object to be executed.
+
+ You can also use as the basis of a modified command. For example, you might call and modify command text, and then explicitly set that on the .
+
+ After the SQL statement is first generated, the application must explicitly call if it changes the statement in any way. Otherwise, the will still be using information from the previous statement, which might not be correct. The SQL statements are first generated either when the application calls or .
+
+ The default behavior, when generating parameter names, is to use `@p1`, `@p2`, and so on for the various parameters. Passing `true` for the `useColumnsForParameterNames` parameter allows you to force the to generate parameters based on the column names instead. Generation of the parameters based on column names succeeds only if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The has been specified and its length is equal to or greater than the generated parameter name.
+
+- The generated parameter name meets the criteria specified in the regular expression.
+
+- A is specified.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1127,11 +1127,11 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Resets the , , , and properties on the .
A instance to use for each insert, update, or delete operation. Passing a null value allows the method to create a object based on the Select command associated with the .
-
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1226,14 +1226,14 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets or sets the beginning character or characters to use when specifying database objects (for example, tables or columns) whose names contain characters such as spaces or reserved tokens.
The beginning character or characters to use. The default is an empty string.
- and properties to specify delimiters such as a left bracket and a right bracket to encapsulate the object name.
-
+ and properties to specify delimiters such as a left bracket and a right bracket to encapsulate the object name.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Although you cannot change the or properties after an insert, update, or delete command has been generated, you can change their settings after calling the `Update` method of a .
-
+> Although you cannot change the or properties after an insert, update, or delete command has been generated, you can change their settings after calling the `Update` method of a .
+
]]>
This property cannot be changed after an insert, update, or delete command has been generated.
@@ -1284,14 +1284,14 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets or sets the ending character or characters to use when specifying database objects (for example, tables or columns) whose names contain characters such as spaces or reserved tokens.
The ending character or characters to use. The default is an empty string.
- and properties to specify delimiters such as a left bracket and a right bracket to encapsulate the object name.
-
+ and properties to specify delimiters such as a left bracket and a right bracket to encapsulate the object name.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Although you cannot change the or properties after an insert, update, or delete command has been generated, you can change their settings after calling the `Update` method of a .
-
+> Although you cannot change the or properties after an insert, update, or delete command has been generated, you can change their settings after calling the `Update` method of a .
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1335,17 +1335,17 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Clears the commands associated with this .
- method effectively removes all the objects referred to by the ,
-
- ,
-
- , and
-
- properties.
-
+ method effectively removes all the objects referred to by the ,
+
+ ,
+
+ , and
+
+ properties.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1439,11 +1439,11 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
Gets or sets the character to be used for the separator between the schema identifier and any other identifiers.
The character to be used as the schema separator.
-
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1494,11 +1494,11 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
if the UPDATE statement generated by the includes all columns; if it includes only changed columns.
- can include update information about all the columns, or it can include information only about those columns whose values have changed. Setting the property to `true` causes the generated UPDATE statement to include all the columns, whether their values have changed or not.
-
+ can include update information about all the columns, or it can include information only about those columns whose values have changed. Setting the property to `true` causes the generated UPDATE statement to include all the columns, whether their values have changed or not.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
@@ -1545,11 +1545,11 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
The to be used for the update.
Registers the to handle the event for a .
- is added to the , it is registered for the DbDataAdapter's **RowUpdating** event. If this method is called again with the same , the is unregistered for that DbDataAdapter's **RowUpdating** event.
-
+ is added to the , it is registered for the DbDataAdapter's **RowUpdating** event. If this method is called again with the same , the is unregistered for that DbDataAdapter's **RowUpdating** event.
+
]]>
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbParameter.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbParameter.xml
index 186eb56f5f7..c8abfd31038 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbParameter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbParameter.xml
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
- Represents a parameter to a and optionally, its mapping to a column. For more information on parameters, see [Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/configuring-parameters-and-parameter-data-types).
+ Represents a parameter to a and optionally, its mapping to a column. For more information on parameters, see Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types.
To be added.
DbProviderFactories (ADO.NET)
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -227,13 +227,13 @@
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the parameter is input-only, output-only, bidirectional, or a stored procedure return value parameter.
One of the values. The default is .
- is output, and execution of the associated does not return a value, the contains a null value.
-
- `Output`, `InputOut`, and `ReturnValue` parameters returned by calling cannot be accessed until you call or on the .
-
+ is output, and execution of the associated does not return a value, the contains a null value.
+
+ `Output`, `InputOut`, and `ReturnValue` parameters returned by calling cannot be accessed until you call or on the .
+
]]>
The property is not set to one of the valid values.
@@ -294,11 +294,11 @@
if null values are accepted; otherwise . The default is .
- class.
-
+ class.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -525,25 +525,25 @@
Gets or sets the maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. The default value is inferred from the parameter value.
- property is used for binary and string types.
-
- For nonstring data types and ANSI string data, the property refers to the number of bytes. For Unicode string data, refers to the number of characters. The count for strings does not include the terminating character.
-
- For variable-length data types, describes the maximum amount of data to transmit to the server. For example, for a Unicode string value, could be used to limit the amount of data sent to the server to the first one hundred characters.
-
- For bidirectional and output parameters, and return values, you must set the value of . This is not required for input parameters, and if not explicitly set, the value is inferred from the actual size of the specified parameter when a parameterized statement is executed.
-
- The and properties of a parameter can be inferred by setting . Therefore, you are not required to specify them. However, they are not exposed in property settings. For example, if the size of the parameter has been inferred, does not contain inferred value after statement execution.
-
- For fixed length data types, the value of is ignored. It can be retrieved for informational purposes, and returns the maximum amount of bytes the provider uses when transmitting the value of the parameter to the server.
-
- If the size of the value supplied for a exceeds the specified , the of the will contain the specified value, truncated to the Size of the .
-
- For parameters of type `DbType`.`String`, the value of is length in Unicode characters. For parameters of type `DbType`.`Xml`, is ignored.
-
+ property is used for binary and string types.
+
+ For nonstring data types and ANSI string data, the property refers to the number of bytes. For Unicode string data, refers to the number of characters. The count for strings does not include the terminating character.
+
+ For variable-length data types, describes the maximum amount of data to transmit to the server. For example, for a Unicode string value, could be used to limit the amount of data sent to the server to the first one hundred characters.
+
+ For bidirectional and output parameters, and return values, you must set the value of . This is not required for input parameters, and if not explicitly set, the value is inferred from the actual size of the specified parameter when a parameterized statement is executed.
+
+ The and properties of a parameter can be inferred by setting . Therefore, you are not required to specify them. However, they are not exposed in property settings. For example, if the size of the parameter has been inferred, does not contain inferred value after statement execution.
+
+ For fixed length data types, the value of is ignored. It can be retrieved for informational purposes, and returns the maximum amount of bytes the provider uses when transmitting the value of the parameter to the server.
+
+ If the size of the value supplied for a exceeds the specified , the of the will contain the specified value, truncated to the Size of the .
+
+ For parameters of type `DbType`.`String`, the value of is length in Unicode characters. For parameters of type `DbType`.`Xml`, is ignored.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -597,13 +597,13 @@
Gets or sets the name of the source column mapped to the and used for loading or returning the .
The name of the source column mapped to the . The default is an empty string.
- is set to anything other than an empty string, the value of the parameter is retrieved from the column with the name. If is set to `Input`, the value is taken from the . If is set to `Output`, the value is taken from the data source. A of `InputOutput` is a combination of both.
-
- For more information about how to use the property, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters) and [Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/updating-data-sources-with-dataadapters).
-
+ is set to anything other than an empty string, the value of the parameter is retrieved from the column with the name. If is set to `Input`, the value is taken from the . If is set to `Output`, the value is taken from the data source. A of `InputOutput` is a combination of both.
+
+ For more information about how to use the property, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters) and [Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/updating-data-sources-with-dataadapters).
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -663,26 +663,26 @@
if the source column is nullable; if it is not.
- is used by the to correctly generate update commands when dealing with nullable columns. Generally, use of is limited to developers inheriting from .
-
- uses this property to determine whether the source column is nullable, and sets this property to `true` if it is nullable, and `false` if it is not. When is generating its Update statement, it examines the for each parameter. If the property is `true`, generates a WHERE clauses like the following (in this query expression, "FieldName" represents the name of the field):
-
-```
-((@IsNull_FieldName = 1 AND FieldName IS NULL) OR
- (FieldName = @Original_FieldName))
-```
-
- If for the field is `false`, generates the following WHERE clause:
-
-```
-FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
-```
-
- In addition, @IsNull_FieldName contains 1 if the source field contains null, and 0 if it does not. This mechanism allows for a performance optimization in SQL Server, and provides for common code that works across multiple providers.
-
+ is used by the to correctly generate update commands when dealing with nullable columns. Generally, use of is limited to developers inheriting from .
+
+ uses this property to determine whether the source column is nullable, and sets this property to `true` if it is nullable, and `false` if it is not. When is generating its Update statement, it examines the for each parameter. If the property is `true`, generates a WHERE clauses like the following (in this query expression, "FieldName" represents the name of the field):
+
+```
+((@IsNull_FieldName = 1 AND FieldName IS NULL) OR
+ (FieldName = @Original_FieldName))
+```
+
+ If for the field is `false`, generates the following WHERE clause:
+
+```
+FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
+```
+
+ In addition, @IsNull_FieldName contains 1 if the source field contains null, and 0 if it does not. This mechanism allows for a performance optimization in SQL Server, and provides for common code that works across multiple providers.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -737,11 +737,11 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets or sets the to use when you load .
One of the values. The default is .
- during an operation to determine whether the parameter value is set to `Current` or `Original`. This lets primary keys be updated. This property is set to the version of the used by the `DataRow.Item` property, or the method of the object.
-
+ during an operation to determine whether the parameter value is set to `Current` or `Original`. This lets primary keys be updated. This property is set to the version of the used by the `DataRow.Item` property, or the method of the object.
+
]]>
The property is not set to one of the values.
@@ -828,13 +828,13 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
Indicates the precision of numeric parameters.
The maximum number of digits used to represent the property of a data provider object. The default value is 0, which indicates that a data provider sets the precision for .
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
- For more information, see .
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
+ For more information, see .
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -881,13 +881,13 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
For a description of this member, see .
The number of decimal places to which is resolved. The default is 0.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
- For more information, see .
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
+ For more information, see .
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -958,19 +958,19 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
Gets or sets the value of the parameter.
An that is the value of the parameter. The default value is null.
- that is sent to the server. For output and return value parameters, the value is set on completion of the and after the is closed.
-
- When you send a null parameter value to the server, you must specify , not null. The null value in the system is an empty object that has no value. is used to represent null values.
-
- If the application specifies the database type, the bound value is converted to that type when the provider sends the data to the server. The provider tries to convert any type of value if it supports the interface. Conversion errors may result if the specified type is not compatible with the value.
-
- The property can be inferred by setting the Value.
-
- The property is overwritten by `DbDataAdapter.Update`.
-
+ that is sent to the server. For output and return value parameters, the value is set on completion of the and after the is closed.
+
+ When you send a null parameter value to the server, you must specify , not null. The null value in the system is an empty object that has no value. is used to represent null values.
+
+ If the application specifies the database type, the bound value is converted to that type when the provider sends the data to the server. The provider tries to convert any type of value if it supports the interface. Conversion errors may result if the specified type is not compatible with the value.
+
+ The property can be inferred by setting the Value.
+
+ The property is overwritten by `DbDataAdapter.Update`.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/EdmRelationshipNavigationPropertyAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/EdmRelationshipNavigationPropertyAttribute.xml
index db84aa7a2f3..0e4f0d72bff 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/EdmRelationshipNavigationPropertyAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/EdmRelationshipNavigationPropertyAttribute.xml
@@ -23,19 +23,19 @@
Attribute that indicates that the property represents a navigation property.
- links the navigation property of a class to the navigation property of an entity type that is defined in the conceptual model.
-
- This attribute is applied to the following types of navigation properties:
-
-- Properties that return an of related objects.
-
-- Properties that return the value of the of a related object, as in the following example from the `SalesOrderDetail` type.
-
-
-
+ links the navigation property of a class to the navigation property of an entity type that is defined in the conceptual model.
+
+ This attribute is applied to the following types of navigation properties:
+
+- Properties that return an of related objects.
+
+- Properties that return the value of the of a related object, as in the following example from the `SalesOrderDetail` type.
+
+
+
]]>
@@ -70,11 +70,11 @@
The role name at the other end of the relationship.
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
@@ -105,13 +105,13 @@
Gets the unqualified relationship name.
The relationship name.
-
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@
The namespace name of the navigation property.
A that is the namespace name.
-
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@
Gets the role name at the other end of the relationship.
- The target role name is specified by the attribute of the other element in the association that defines this relationship in the conceptual model. For more information, see [Association Element (CSDL)](/ef/ef6/modeling/designer/advanced/edmx/csdl-spec#association-element-csdl).
+ The target role name is specified by the attribute of the other element in the association that defines this relationship in the conceptual model. For more information, see Association Element (CSDL).
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
index a89ae52ef99..dcef3d15747 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
Gets current state of a tracked object.
An that is the state of the tracked object.
- For more information, see [Identity Resolution, State Management, and Change Tracking](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/bb896269(v=vs.100)) and [Tracking Changes in POCO Entities](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/52d2fc77-5c87-4082-a8e2-a2952ceb8461).
+ For more information, see Identity Resolution, State Management, and Change Tracking) and Tracking Changes in POCO Entities.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects/EntityFunctions.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects/EntityFunctions.xml
index 8f3d62f1154..27911acbab1 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects/EntityFunctions.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects/EntityFunctions.xml
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
@@ -55,16 +55,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of days to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -97,16 +97,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of days to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -117,15 +117,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -158,16 +158,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of hours to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -200,16 +200,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of hours to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -242,16 +242,16 @@
A valid time span.
The number of hours to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -262,15 +262,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -303,16 +303,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of microseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -345,16 +345,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of microseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -387,16 +387,16 @@
A valid time span.
The number of microseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -407,15 +407,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -448,16 +448,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of milliseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -490,16 +490,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of milliseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -532,16 +532,16 @@
A valid time span.
The number of milliseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -552,15 +552,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -593,16 +593,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of minutes to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -635,16 +635,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of minutes to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -677,16 +677,16 @@
A valid time span.
The number of minutes to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -697,15 +697,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -738,16 +738,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of months to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -780,16 +780,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of months to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -800,15 +800,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -841,16 +841,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of nanoseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -883,16 +883,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of nanoseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -925,16 +925,16 @@
A valid time span.
The number of nanoseconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -945,15 +945,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -986,16 +986,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of seconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -1028,16 +1028,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of seconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -1070,16 +1070,16 @@
A valid time span.
The number of seconds to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -1090,15 +1090,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -1131,16 +1131,16 @@
A valid date.
The number of years to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -1173,16 +1173,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
The number of years to add to .
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The incremented by .
-
@@ -1273,16 +1273,16 @@
The hour part of the new date.
The minutes part of the new date.
The seconds part of the new date. Note that you can specify fractions of a second with this parameter.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The new date.
-
@@ -1325,16 +1325,16 @@
The minute part of the new date.
The seconds part of the new date. Note that you can specify fractions of a second with this parameter.
The time zone offset part of the new date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The new date.
-
@@ -1369,16 +1369,16 @@
The hours part of the new time span.
The minutes part of the new time span.
The seconds part of the new time span. Note that you can specify fractions of a second with this parameter.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The new time span.
-
@@ -1389,15 +1389,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -1430,16 +1430,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of days between and .
-
@@ -1472,16 +1472,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of days between and .
-
@@ -1492,15 +1492,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -1533,16 +1533,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of hours between and .
-
@@ -1575,16 +1575,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of hours between and .
-
@@ -1617,16 +1617,16 @@
A valid time span.
A valid time span.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of hours between and .
-
@@ -1637,15 +1637,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -1678,16 +1678,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of microseconds between and .
-
@@ -1720,16 +1720,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of microseconds between and .
-
@@ -1762,16 +1762,16 @@
A valid time span.
A valid time span.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of microseconds between and .
-
@@ -1782,15 +1782,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -1823,16 +1823,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of milliseconds between and .
-
@@ -1865,16 +1865,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of milliseconds between and .
-
@@ -1907,16 +1907,16 @@
A valid time span.
A valid time span.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of milliseconds between and .
-
@@ -1927,15 +1927,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -1968,16 +1968,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of minutes between and .
-
@@ -2010,16 +2010,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of minutes between and .
-
@@ -2052,16 +2052,16 @@
A valid time span.
A valid time span.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of minutes between and .
-
@@ -2072,15 +2072,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -2113,16 +2113,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of months between and .
-
@@ -2155,16 +2155,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of months between and .
-
@@ -2175,15 +2175,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -2216,16 +2216,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of nanoseconds between and .
-
@@ -2258,16 +2258,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of nanoseconds between and .
-
@@ -2300,16 +2300,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of nanoseconds between and .
-
@@ -2320,15 +2320,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -2361,16 +2361,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of seconds between and .
-
@@ -2403,16 +2403,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of seconds between and .
-
@@ -2445,16 +2445,16 @@
A valid time span.
A valid time span.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of seconds between and .
-
@@ -2465,15 +2465,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -2506,16 +2506,16 @@
A valid date.
A valid date.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of years between and .
-
@@ -2548,16 +2548,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of years between and .
-
@@ -2588,16 +2588,16 @@
A valid date time offset.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The number of minutes that the is offset from GMT. This is generally between +780 and -780 (+ or - 13 hrs).
-
@@ -2630,16 +2630,16 @@
A valid string expression.
The number of characters to return.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [String Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/string-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see String Canonical Functions.
The leftmost number of characters of .
-
@@ -2670,16 +2670,16 @@
A valid string.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [String Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/string-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see String Canonical Functions.
The input string with the order of the characters reversed.
-
@@ -2712,16 +2712,16 @@
A valid string expression.
The number of characters to return.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [String Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/string-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see String Canonical Functions.
The rightmost number of characters of .
-
@@ -2732,13 +2732,13 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -2769,14 +2769,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -2807,14 +2807,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -2845,14 +2845,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -2883,14 +2883,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -2921,14 +2921,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -2959,14 +2959,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -2997,14 +2997,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -3035,14 +3035,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the input collection.
-
@@ -3053,13 +3053,13 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function, which returns the statistical standard deviation for a population. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function, which returns the statistical standard deviation for a population. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -3090,14 +3090,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3128,14 +3128,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3166,14 +3166,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3204,14 +3204,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3242,14 +3242,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3280,14 +3280,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3318,14 +3318,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3356,14 +3356,14 @@
A set of numeric values.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical standard deviation of the population in the input collection.
-
@@ -3374,15 +3374,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Math Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/math-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Math Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -3415,17 +3415,17 @@
The number to truncate.
The length or precision to truncate to.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Math Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/math-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Math Canonical Functions.
truncated to the length or precision specified by .
-
@@ -3458,17 +3458,17 @@
The number to truncate.
The length or precision to truncate to.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Math Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/math-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Math Canonical Functions.
truncated to the length or precision specified by .
-
@@ -3479,15 +3479,15 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -3518,16 +3518,16 @@
The date to truncate.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The input date with the time portion cleared.
-
@@ -3558,16 +3558,16 @@
The date time offset to truncate.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Date and Time Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/date-and-time-canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Date and Time Canonical Functions.
The input date with the time portion cleared.
-
@@ -3578,13 +3578,13 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -3615,14 +3615,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3653,14 +3653,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3691,14 +3691,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3729,14 +3729,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3767,14 +3767,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3805,14 +3805,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3843,14 +3843,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3881,14 +3881,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of all values in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3899,13 +3899,13 @@
4.0.0.0
- Invokes the canonical function, which returns the statistical variance over a population. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function, which returns the statistical variance over a population. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
-
@@ -3936,14 +3936,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -3974,14 +3974,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -4012,14 +4012,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -4050,14 +4050,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -4088,14 +4088,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -4126,14 +4126,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -4164,14 +4164,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
@@ -4202,14 +4202,14 @@
The set of values for which the variance will be calculated.
- Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see [Canonical Functions](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/canonical-functions).
+ Invokes the canonical function. For information about the canonical function, see Canonical Functions.
The statistical variance of the population in the specified collection.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
index 55c37e693fd..f5e88536957 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
@@ -16,11 +16,11 @@
This class helps resolve proxy types that were created for persistence-ignorant data classes to the actual types of persistence-ignorant objects.
- class is used with the .
-
+ class is used with the .
+
]]>
@@ -68,14 +68,14 @@
The namespace of the .
The declared type.
An instance of .
- During deserialization, maps any information to the actual type of the [persistence-ignorant](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/dd456853(v=vs.100)) object.
+ During deserialization, maps any information to the actual type of the persistence-ignorant) object.
The type that the is mapped to, or if no known type was found that matches the .
-
@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@
if the type was resolved; otherwise, .
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Services.Client/DataServiceResponse.xml b/xml/System.Data.Services.Client/DataServiceResponse.xml
index af993fa1856..b65bcf0ac7c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Services.Client/DataServiceResponse.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Services.Client/DataServiceResponse.xml
@@ -53,11 +53,11 @@
The headers from an HTTP response associated with a batch request.
An object containing the name-value pairs of an HTTP response.
- instance returned will be an empty collection when batching is not used because there is no set of headers that represents the entire save operation.
-
+ instance returned will be an empty collection when batching is not used because there is no set of headers that represents the entire save operation.
+
]]>
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@
The status code from an HTTP response associated with a batch request.
- An integer based on status codes defined in [Hypertext Transfer Protocol](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=119520).
+ An integer based on status codes defined in Hypertext Transfer Protocol.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlBulkCopyOptions.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlBulkCopyOptions.xml
index d17be67ecf5..856b5f0f638 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlBulkCopyOptions.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlBulkCopyOptions.xml
@@ -38,24 +38,24 @@
Bitwise flag that specifies one or more options to use with an instance of .
- enumeration when you construct a instance to change how the methods for that instance behave.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following console application demonstrates how to perform a bulk load that copies the value in the identity column of the source table to the corresponding column in the destination table, instead of generating a new value for each row's identity column.
-
- To see how the option changes the way the bulk load works, run the sample with the **dbo.BulkCopyDemoMatchingColumns** table empty. All rows load from the source. Next, run the sample again without emptying the table. An exception is thrown, and the code writes a message to the console window notifying you that rows were not added because of primary key violations.
-
+ enumeration when you construct a instance to change how the methods for that instance behave.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following console application demonstrates how to perform a bulk load that copies the value in the identity column of the source table to the corresponding column in the destination table, instead of generating a new value for each row's identity column.
+
+ To see how the option changes the way the bulk load works, run the sample with the **dbo.BulkCopyDemoMatchingColumns** table empty. All rows load from the source. Next, run the sample again without emptying the table. An exception is thrown, and the code writes a message to the console window notifying you that rows were not added because of primary key violations.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> This sample will not run unless you have created the work tables as described in [Bulk Copy Example Setup](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/bulk-copy-example-setup). This code is provided to demonstrate the syntax for using **SqlBulkCopy** only. If the source and destination tables are in the same SQL Server instance, it is easier and faster to use a Transact-SQL `INSERT … SELECT` statement to copy the data.
-
+> This sample will not run unless you have created the work tables as described in [Bulk Copy Example Setup](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/bulk-copy-example-setup). This code is provided to demonstrate the syntax for using **SqlBulkCopy** only. If the source and destination tables are in the same SQL Server instance, it is easier and faster to use a Transact-SQL `INSERT … SELECT` statement to copy the data.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlBulkCopy.KeepIdentity/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlBulkCopy.KeepIdentity/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlBulkCopy.KeepIdentity/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Bulk Copy Operations in SQL Server
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@
64
- When specified, **AllowEncryptedValueModifications** enables bulk copying of encrypted data between tables or databases, without decrypting the data. Typically, an application would select data from encrypted columns from one table without decrypting the data (the app would connect to the database with the column encryption setting keyword set to disabled) and then would use this option to bulk insert the data, which is still encrypted. For more information, see [Always Encrypted](/sql/relational-databases/security/encryption/always-encrypted-database-engine).
-
+ When specified, **AllowEncryptedValueModifications** enables bulk copying of encrypted data between tables or databases, without decrypting the data. Typically, an application would select data from encrypted columns from one table without decrypting the data (the app would connect to the database with the column encryption setting keyword set to disabled) and then would use this option to bulk insert the data, which is still encrypted. For more information, see Always Encrypted.
+
Use caution when specifying **AllowEncryptedValueModifications** as this may lead to corrupting the database because the driver does not check if the data is indeed encrypted, or if it is correctly encrypted using the same encryption type, algorithm and key as the target column.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlCommand.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlCommand.xml
index 991cfd0d097..b7bf7a4c4d2 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlCommand.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlCommand.xml
@@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ class Program {
The text of the query.
A that represents the connection to an instance of SQL Server.
The in which the executes.
- The encryption setting. For more information, see [Always Encrypted](/sql/relational-databases/security/encryption/always-encrypted-database-engine).
+ The encryption setting. For more information, see Always Encrypted.
Initializes a new instance of the class with specified command text, connection, transaction, and encryption setting.
To be added.
@@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ class Program {
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -785,14 +785,14 @@ class Program {
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -875,14 +875,14 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ A other than **Xml
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -963,14 +963,14 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about stre
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -1046,14 +1046,14 @@ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about stre
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about stre
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -1136,14 +1136,14 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ A other than **Xml
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -1232,14 +1232,14 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ SqlCommand command = new SqlCommand("SELECT ContactID, FirstName, LastName FROM
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -1334,14 +1334,14 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ SqlCommand command = new SqlCommand("SELECT ContactID, FirstName, LastName FROM
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -1436,14 +1436,14 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The name/value pair "Asynchronous Processing=true" was not included within the connection string defining the connection for this .
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2488,7 +2488,7 @@ If no statements are detected that contribute to the count, the return value is
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2501,10 +2501,10 @@ If no statements are detected that contribute to the count, the return value is
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Retrieving and Modifying Data in ADO.NET
SQL Server and ADO.NET
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2551,7 +2551,7 @@ If no statements are detected that contribute to the count, the return value is
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2573,9 +2573,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
The cancellation token was canceled. This exception is stored into the returned task.
@@ -2645,7 +2645,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2658,14 +2658,14 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
The current state of the connection is closed. requires an open .
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Retrieving and Modifying Data in ADO.NET
SQL Server and ADO.NET
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2729,7 +2729,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2738,10 +2738,10 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
A other than **Xml** was used when was set to .
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2804,7 +2804,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2818,7 +2818,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2827,9 +2827,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2875,7 +2875,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2889,7 +2889,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2898,9 +2898,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
- A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@ The closed or dropped durin
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2962,7 +2962,7 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -2971,9 +2971,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
The cancellation token was canceled. This exception is stored into the returned task.
@@ -3024,7 +3024,7 @@ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about stre
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3038,7 +3038,7 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3047,9 +3047,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
The cancellation token was canceled. This exception is stored into the returned task.
@@ -3114,7 +3114,7 @@ Int32 count = (Int32) cmd.ExecuteScalar();
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3127,10 +3127,10 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about stre
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3192,7 +3192,7 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3201,9 +3201,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
The cancellation token was canceled. This exception is stored into the returned task.
@@ -3268,7 +3268,7 @@ SqlCommand command = new SqlCommand("SELECT * FROM dbo.Customers FOR XML AUTO, X
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3281,10 +3281,10 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
Connecting and Retrieving Data in ADO.NET
Using the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -3344,7 +3344,7 @@ For more information about asynchronous programming in the .NET Framework Data P
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3357,7 +3357,7 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3366,9 +3366,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ For more information about asynchronous programming in the .NET Framework Data P
]]>
- A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+ A other than **Binary** or **VarBinary** was used when was set to . For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3432,7 +3432,7 @@ A other than **Xml
-or-
-The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+The closed or dropped during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
-or-
@@ -3441,9 +3441,9 @@ The closed or dropped durin
-or-
-A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
- The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+A timeout occurred during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ An error occurred in a , or object during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
+ The , or object was closed during a streaming operation. For more information about streaming, see SqlClient Streaming Support.
ADO.NET Overview
The cancellation token was canceled. This exception is stored into the returned task.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnection.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnection.xml
index 14823ac7a2f..f1c8cfd0b8a 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnection.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnection.xml
@@ -1943,7 +1943,7 @@ The is similar to
- Returns schema information for the data source of this . For more information about scheme, see [SQL Server Schema Collections](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql-server-schema-collections).
+ Returns schema information for the data source of this . For more information about scheme, see SQL Server Schema Collections.
A that contains schema information.
To be added.
Obtaining Schema Information from a Database
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnectionStringBuilder.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnectionStringBuilder.xml
index c0d3c6a87c4..01b61d03bb6 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnectionStringBuilder.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlConnectionStringBuilder.xml
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Integrated Security=True
System.Data.SqlClient.ApplicationIntent
- Declares the application workload type when connecting to a database in an SQL Server Availability Group. You can set the value of this property with . For more information about SqlClient support for Always On Availability Groups, see [SqlClient Support for High Availability, Disaster Recovery](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/sqlclient-support-for-high-availability-disaster-recovery).
+ Declares the application workload type when connecting to a database in an SQL Server Availability Group. You can set the value of this property with . For more information about SqlClient support for Always On Availability Groups, see SqlClient Support for High Availability, Disaster Recovery.
Returns the current value of the property (a value of type ).
To be added.
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1634,7 +1634,7 @@ False
When true, an application can maintain multiple active result sets (MARS). When false, an application must process or cancel all result sets from one batch before it can execute any other batch on that connection.
- For more information, see [Multiple Active Result Sets (MARS)](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/multiple-active-result-sets-mars).
+ For more information, see Multiple Active Result Sets (MARS).
The value of the property, or if none has been supplied.
System.Boolean
- If your application is connecting to an Always On availability group (AG) or Always On Failover Cluster Instance (FCI) on different subnets, setting MultiSubnetFailover=true provides faster detection of and connection to the (currently) active server. For more information about SqlClient support for the Always On features, see [SqlClient Support for High Availability, Disaster Recovery](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/sqlclient-support-for-high-availability-disaster-recovery).
+ If your application is connecting to an Always On availability group (AG) or Always On Failover Cluster Instance (FCI) on different subnets, setting MultiSubnetFailover=true provides faster detection of and connection to the (currently) active server. For more information about SqlClient support for the Always On features, see SqlClient Support for High Availability, Disaster Recovery.
Returns indicating the current value of the property.
To be added.
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlParameter.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlParameter.xml
index 66ec2bc394b..6d89392a9eb 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlParameter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlClient/SqlParameter.xml
@@ -63,26 +63,26 @@
- Represents a parameter to a and optionally its mapping to columns. This class cannot be inherited. For more information on parameters, see [Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/configuring-parameters-and-parameter-data-types).
+ Represents a parameter to a and optionally its mapping to columns. This class cannot be inherited. For more information on parameters, see Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types.
- [!NOTE]
-> Nameless, also called ordinal, parameters are not supported by the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server.
-
- For more information, along with additional sample code demonstrating how to use parameters, see [Commands and Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/commands-and-parameters).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates multiple instances of through the collection within the . These parameters are used to select data from the data source and put the data in the . This example assumes that a and a have already been created by using the appropriate schema, commands, and connection. For more information and additional examples on using parameters, see [Retrieving and Modifying Data in ADO.NET](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/retrieving-and-modifying-data) and [Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/configuring-parameters-and-parameter-data-types).
-
+> Nameless, also called ordinal, parameters are not supported by the .NET Framework Data Provider for SQL Server.
+
+ For more information, along with additional sample code demonstrating how to use parameters, see [Commands and Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/commands-and-parameters).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates multiple instances of through the collection within the . These parameters are used to select data from the data source and put the data in the . This example assumes that a and a have already been created by using the appropriate schema, commands, and connection. For more information and additional examples on using parameters, see [Retrieving and Modifying Data in ADO.NET](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/retrieving-and-modifying-data) and [Configuring Parameters and Parameter Data Types](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/configuring-parameters-and-parameter-data-types).
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -130,14 +130,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- and sets some of its properties.
-
+ and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters
@@ -179,19 +179,19 @@
One of the values.
Initializes a new instance of the class that uses the parameter name and the data type.
- are inferred from the value of the `dbType` parameter.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ are inferred from the value of the `dbType` parameter.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter2 Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter2 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter2 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The value supplied in the parameter is an invalid back-end data type.
@@ -234,25 +234,25 @@
An that is the value of the .
Initializes a new instance of the class that uses the parameter name and a value of the new .
- in the `value` parameter, the is inferred from the Microsoft .NET Framework type of the .
-
- Use caution when you use this overload of the constructor to specify integer parameter values. Because this overload takes a `value` of type , you must convert the integral value to an type when the value is zero, as the following C# example demonstrates.
-
-```csharp
-Parameter = new SqlParameter("@pname", (object)0);
-```
-
-If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying to call the constructor overload.
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ in the `value` parameter, the is inferred from the Microsoft .NET Framework type of the .
+
+ Use caution when you use this overload of the constructor to specify integer parameter values. Because this overload takes a `value` of type , you must convert the integral value to an type when the value is zero, as the following C# example demonstrates.
+
+```csharp
+Parameter = new SqlParameter("@pname", (object)0);
+```
+
+If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying to call the constructor overload.
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter6 Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter6 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter6 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
@@ -296,19 +296,19 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
The length of the parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class that uses the parameter name, the , and the size.
- and sets some of its properties.
-
+ and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter4 Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter4 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter4 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The value supplied in the parameter is an invalid back-end data type.
@@ -355,19 +355,19 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
The name of the source column () if this is used in a call to .
Initializes a new instance of the class that uses the parameter name, the , the size, and the source column name.
- and sets some of its properties.
-
+ and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter5 Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter5 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter5 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The value supplied in the parameter is an invalid back-end data type.
@@ -432,19 +432,19 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
An that is the value of the .
Initializes a new instance of the class that uses the parameter name, the type of the parameter, the size of the parameter, a , the precision of the parameter, the scale of the parameter, the source column, a to use, and the value of the parameter.
- are inferred from the value of the `dbType` parameter if they are not explicitly set in the `size` and `precision` parameters.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ are inferred from the value of the `dbType` parameter if they are not explicitly set in the `size` and `precision` parameters.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter1 Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter1 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.SqlParameter1 Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The value supplied in the parameter is an invalid back-end data type.
@@ -508,11 +508,11 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
The name of the schema collection for this parameter.
Initializes a new instance of the class that uses the parameter name, the type of the parameter, the length of the parameter the direction, the precision, the scale, the name of the source column, one of the values, a Boolean for source column mapping, the value of the , the name of the database where the schema collection for this XML instance is located, the owning relational schema where the schema collection for this XML instance is located, and the name of the schema collection for this parameter.
- and are inferred from the value of the `dbType` parameter if they are not explicitly set in the `size` and `precision` parameters.
-
+ and are inferred from the value of the `dbType` parameter if they are not explicitly set in the `size` and `precision` parameters.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -616,21 +616,21 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
Gets or sets the of the parameter.
One of the values. The default is .
- and are linked. Therefore, setting the changes the to a supporting .
-
- For a list of the supported data types, see the appropriate member. For more information, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ and are linked. Therefore, setting the changes the to a supporting .
+
+ For a list of the supported data types, see the appropriate member. For more information, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.IsNullable Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.IsNullable Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.IsNullable Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -691,24 +691,24 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the parameter is input-only, output-only, bidirectional, or a stored procedure return value parameter.
One of the values. The default is .
- is output, and execution of the associated does not return a value, the contains a null value.
-
- `Output`, `InputOut`, and `ReturnValue` parameters returned by calling cannot be accessed until you close the .
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
- [Commands and Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/commands-and-parameters)
-
- [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters)
-
- [SQL Server and ADO.NET](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/)
-
+ is output, and execution of the associated does not return a value, the contains a null value.
+
+ `Output`, `InputOut`, and `ReturnValue` parameters returned by calling cannot be accessed until you close the .
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
+ [Commands and Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/commands-and-parameters)
+
+ [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters)
+
+ [SQL Server and ADO.NET](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/)
+
]]>
The property was not set to one of the valid values.
@@ -803,19 +803,19 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
if null values are accepted; otherwise, . The default is .
- class.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ class.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet2":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet2":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet2":::
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -861,18 +861,18 @@ If you do not perform this conversion, the compiler assumes that you are trying
Gets or sets the locale identifier that determines conventions and language for a particular region.
The locale identifier associated with the parameter.
- property.
-
-```csharp
-static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
- SqlParameter parameter = new SqlParameter("pName", SqlDbType.VarChar);
- parameter.LocaleId = 1033; // English - United States
-}
-```
-
+ property.
+
+```csharp
+static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
+ SqlParameter parameter = new SqlParameter("pName", SqlDbType.VarChar);
+ parameter.LocaleId = 1033; // English - United States
+}
+```
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -931,21 +931,21 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Gets or sets the offset to the property.
The offset to the . The default is 0.
- and sets some of its properties.
-
+ and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet3":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet3":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet3":::
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
@@ -1001,19 +1001,19 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Gets or sets the name of the .
The name of the . The default is an empty string.
- is specified in the form @paramname. You must set before executing a that relies on parameters.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ is specified in the form @paramname. You must set before executing a that relies on parameters.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.ParameterName Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.ParameterName Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.ParameterName Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters
@@ -1066,27 +1066,27 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Gets or sets the maximum number of digits used to represent the property.
The maximum number of digits used to represent the property. The default value is 0. This indicates that the data provider sets the precision for .
- property is used by parameters that have a of `Decimal`.
-
- You do not need to specify values for the and properties for input parameters, as they can be inferred from the parameter value. `Precision` and `Scale` are required for output parameters and for scenarios where you need to specify complete metadata for a parameter without indicating a value, such as specifying a null value with a specific precision and scale.
-
+ property is used by parameters that have a of `Decimal`.
+
+ You do not need to specify values for the and properties for input parameters, as they can be inferred from the parameter value. `Precision` and `Scale` are required for output parameters and for scenarios where you need to specify complete metadata for a parameter without indicating a value, such as specifying a null value with a specific precision and scale.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Use of this property to coerce data passed to the database is not supported. To round, truncate, or otherwise coerce data before passing it to the database, use the class that is part of the `System` namespace prior to assigning a value to the parameter's `Value` property.
-
+> Use of this property to coerce data passed to the database is not supported. To round, truncate, or otherwise coerce data before passing it to the database, use the class that is part of the `System` namespace prior to assigning a value to the parameter's `Value` property.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Microsoft .NET Framework data providers that are included with the .NET Framework version 1.0 do not verify the or of parameter values. This can cause truncated data being inserted at the data source. If you are using .NET Framework version 1.0, validate the and of values before setting the parameter value. When you use .NET Framework version 1.1 or a later version, an exception is thrown if a parameter value is set with an invalid . values that exceed the parameter scale are still truncated.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+> Microsoft .NET Framework data providers that are included with the .NET Framework version 1.0 do not verify the or of parameter values. This can cause truncated data being inserted at the data source. If you are using .NET Framework version 1.0, validate the and of values before setting the parameter value. When you use .NET Framework version 1.1 or a later version, an exception is thrown if a parameter value is set with an invalid . values that exceed the parameter scale are still truncated.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.Precision Example/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.Precision Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/Classic WebData SqlParameter.Precision Example/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters
@@ -1125,11 +1125,11 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Resets the type associated with this .
- and properties of the .
-
+ and properties of the .
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1169,11 +1169,11 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Resets the type associated with this .
- and properties of the .
-
+ and properties of the .
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1227,32 +1227,32 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Gets or sets the number of decimal places to which is resolved.
The number of decimal places to which is resolved. The default is 0.
- property is used by parameters that have a of `Decimal`, `DateTime2`, `DateTimeOffset`, or `Time`.
-
+ property is used by parameters that have a of `Decimal`, `DateTime2`, `DateTimeOffset`, or `Time`.
+
> [!WARNING]
-> Data may be truncated if the property is not explicitly specified and the data on the server does not fit in scale 0 (the default).
+> Data may be truncated if the property is not explicitly specified and the data on the server does not fit in scale 0 (the default).
> For the `DateTime2` type, scale 0 (the default) will be passed as datetime2(7). There is currently no way to send a parameter as datetime2(0). Scales 1-7 work as expected.
> This problem applies to `DateTimeOffset` and `Time` as well.
- You do not need to specify values for the and properties for input parameters, as they can be inferred from the parameter value. `Precision` and `Scale` are required for output parameters and for scenarios where you need to specify complete metadata for a parameter without indicating a value, such as specifying a null value with a specific precision and scale.
-
+ You do not need to specify values for the and properties for input parameters, as they can be inferred from the parameter value. `Precision` and `Scale` are required for output parameters and for scenarios where you need to specify complete metadata for a parameter without indicating a value, such as specifying a null value with a specific precision and scale.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Use of this property to coerce data passed to the database is not supported. To round, truncate, or otherwise coerce data before passing it to the database, use the class that is part of the `System` namespace prior to assigning a value to the parameter's `Value` property.
-
+> Use of this property to coerce data passed to the database is not supported. To round, truncate, or otherwise coerce data before passing it to the database, use the class that is part of the `System` namespace prior to assigning a value to the parameter's `Value` property.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> .NET Framework data providers that are included with the .NET Framework version 1.0 do not verify the or of parameter values. This can cause truncated data to be inserted at the data source. If you are using .NET Framework version 1.0, validate the and of values before setting the parameter value. values that exceed the parameter scale are still truncated.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+> .NET Framework data providers that are included with the .NET Framework version 1.0 do not verify the or of parameter values. This can cause truncated data to be inserted at the data source. If you are using .NET Framework version 1.0, validate the and of values before setting the parameter value. values that exceed the parameter scale are still truncated.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet4":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet4":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet4":::
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1309,35 +1309,35 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Gets or sets the maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column.
The maximum size, in bytes, of the data within the column. The default value is inferred from the parameter value.
- . For character types, the size specified with is in characters.
-
- The property is used for binary and string types. For parameters of type `SqlType.String`, `Size` means length in Unicode characters. For parameters of type `SqlType.Xml`, `Size` is ignored.
-
- For nonstring data types and ANSI string data, the property refers to the number of bytes. For Unicode string data, refers to the number of characters. The count for strings does not include the terminating character.
-
- For variable-length data types, describes the maximum amount of data to transmit to the server. For example, for a Unicode string value, could be used to limit the amount of data sent to the server to the first one hundred characters.
-
- If not explicitly set, the size is inferred from the actual size of the specified parameter value.
-
- If the fractional part of the parameter value is greater than the size, then the value will be truncated to match the size.
-
- For fixed length data types, the value of is ignored. It can be retrieved for informational purposes, and returns the maximum amount of bytes the provider uses when transmitting the value of the parameter to the server.
-
- For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ . For character types, the size specified with is in characters.
+
+ The property is used for binary and string types. For parameters of type `SqlType.String`, `Size` means length in Unicode characters. For parameters of type `SqlType.Xml`, `Size` is ignored.
+
+ For nonstring data types and ANSI string data, the property refers to the number of bytes. For Unicode string data, refers to the number of characters. The count for strings does not include the terminating character.
+
+ For variable-length data types, describes the maximum amount of data to transmit to the server. For example, for a Unicode string value, could be used to limit the amount of data sent to the server to the first one hundred characters.
+
+ If not explicitly set, the size is inferred from the actual size of the specified parameter value.
+
+ If the fractional part of the parameter value is greater than the size, then the value will be truncated to match the size.
+
+ For fixed length data types, the value of is ignored. It can be retrieved for informational purposes, and returns the maximum amount of bytes the provider uses when transmitting the value of the parameter to the server.
+
+ For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet5":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet5":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet5":::
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1394,21 +1394,21 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
Gets or sets the name of the source column mapped to the and used for loading or returning the .
The name of the source column mapped to the . The default is an empty string.
- is set to anything other than an empty string, the value of the parameter is retrieved from the column with the name. If is set to `Input`, the value is taken from the . If is set to `Output`, the value is taken from the data source. A of `InputOutput` is a combination of both.
-
- For more information about how to use the property, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters) and [Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/updating-data-sources-with-dataadapters).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ is set to anything other than an empty string, the value of the parameter is retrieved from the column with the name. If is set to `Input`, the value is taken from the . If is set to `Output`, the value is taken from the data source. A of `InputOutput` is a combination of both.
+
+ For more information about how to use the property, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters) and [Updating Data Sources with DataAdapters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/updating-data-sources-with-dataadapters).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet6":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet6":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet6":::
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
@@ -1448,26 +1448,26 @@ static void CreateSqlParameterLocaleId(){
if the source column is nullable; if it is not.
- is used by the to correctly generate update commands when dealing with nullable columns. Generally, use of is limited to developers inheriting from .
-
- uses this property to determine whether the source column is nullable, and sets this property to `true` if it is nullable, and `false` if it is not. When is generating its Update statement, it examines the for each parameter. If the property is `true`, generates a WHERE clauses like the following (in this query expression, "FieldName" represents the name of the field):
-
-```
-((@IsNull_FieldName = 1 AND FieldName IS NULL) OR
- (FieldName = @Original_FieldName))
-```
-
- If for the field is false, generates the following WHERE clause:
-
-```
-FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
-```
-
- In addition, @IsNull_FieldName contains 1 if the source field contains null, and 0 if it does not. This mechanism allows for a performance optimization in SQL Server, and provides for common code that works across multiple providers.
-
+ is used by the to correctly generate update commands when dealing with nullable columns. Generally, use of is limited to developers inheriting from .
+
+ uses this property to determine whether the source column is nullable, and sets this property to `true` if it is nullable, and `false` if it is not. When is generating its Update statement, it examines the for each parameter. If the property is `true`, generates a WHERE clauses like the following (in this query expression, "FieldName" represents the name of the field):
+
+```
+((@IsNull_FieldName = 1 AND FieldName IS NULL) OR
+ (FieldName = @Original_FieldName))
+```
+
+ If for the field is false, generates the following WHERE clause:
+
+```
+FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
+```
+
+ In addition, @IsNull_FieldName contains 1 if the source field contains null, and 0 if it does not. This mechanism allows for a performance optimization in SQL Server, and provides for common code that works across multiple providers.
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
@@ -1522,19 +1522,19 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets or sets the to use when you load .
One of the values. The default is .
- used by the `DataRow.Item` property, or one of the `DataRow.GetChildRows` methods of the object.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ used by the `DataRow.Item` property, or one of the `DataRow.GetChildRows` methods of the object.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet7":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet7":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet7":::
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1593,15 +1593,15 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets or sets the of the parameter.
One of the values. The default is .
- and are linked. Therefore, setting the changes the to a supporting .
-
- For a list of the supported data types, see the appropriate member. For more information, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters).
-
- For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
-
+ and are linked. Therefore, setting the changes the to a supporting .
+
+ For a list of the supported data types, see the appropriate member. For more information, see [DataAdapter Parameters](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/dataadapter-parameters).
+
+ For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1651,23 +1651,23 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets or sets the value of the parameter as an SQL type.
An that is the value of the parameter, using SQL types. The default value is null.
- that is sent to the server. For output and return value parameters, the value is set on completion of the and after the is closed.
-
- This property can be set to null or . Use to send a NULL value as the value of the parameter. Use null or do not set to use the default value for the parameter.
-
- If the application specifies the database type, the bound value is converted to that type when the provider sends the data to the server. The provider tries to convert any type of value if it supports the interface. Conversion errors may result if the specified type is not compatible with the value.
-
- Both the and properties can be inferred by setting the .
-
- The property is overwritten by `SqlDataAdapter.UpdateCommand`.
-
- Use the property to return parameter values as common language runtime (CLR) types.
-
- For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
-
+ that is sent to the server. For output and return value parameters, the value is set on completion of the and after the is closed.
+
+ This property can be set to null or . Use to send a NULL value as the value of the parameter. Use null or do not set to use the default value for the parameter.
+
+ If the application specifies the database type, the bound value is converted to that type when the provider sends the data to the server. The provider tries to convert any type of value if it supports the interface. Conversion errors may result if the specified type is not compatible with the value.
+
+ Both the and properties can be inferred by setting the .
+
+ The property is overwritten by `SqlDataAdapter.UpdateCommand`.
+
+ Use the property to return parameter values as common language runtime (CLR) types.
+
+ For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1711,11 +1711,11 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
For a description of this member, see .
A new that is a copy of this instance.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -1847,11 +1847,11 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets or sets a that represents a user-defined type as a parameter.
A that represents the fully qualified name of a user-defined type in the database.
- , see [Retrieving UDT Data](/sql/relational-databases/clr-integration-database-objects-user-defined-types/accessing-user-defined-types-retrieving-udt-data).
-
+ , see [Retrieving UDT Data](/sql/relational-databases/clr-integration-database-objects-user-defined-types/accessing-user-defined-types-retrieving-udt-data).
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
@@ -1914,31 +1914,31 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets or sets the value of the parameter.
An that is the value of the parameter. The default value is null.
- that is sent to the server. For output and return value parameters, the value is set on completion of the and after the is closed.
-
- This property can be set to `null` or . Use to send a NULL value as the value of the parameter. Use `null` or do not set to use the default value for the parameter.
-
- An exception is thrown if non-Unicode XML data is passed as a string.
-
- If the application specifies the database type, the bound value is converted to that type when the provider sends the data to the server. The provider tries to convert any type of value if it supports the interface. Conversion errors may result if the specified type is not compatible with the value.
-
- Both the and properties can be inferred by setting the Value.
-
- The property is overwritten by `SqlDataAdapter.UpdateCommand`.
-
- For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
-
+ that is sent to the server. For output and return value parameters, the value is set on completion of the and after the is closed.
+
+ This property can be set to `null` or . Use to send a NULL value as the value of the parameter. Use `null` or do not set to use the default value for the parameter.
+
+ An exception is thrown if non-Unicode XML data is passed as a string.
+
+ If the application specifies the database type, the bound value is converted to that type when the provider sends the data to the server. The provider tries to convert any type of value if it supports the interface. Conversion errors may result if the specified type is not compatible with the value.
+
+ Both the and properties can be inferred by setting the Value.
+
+ The property is overwritten by `SqlDataAdapter.UpdateCommand`.
+
+ For information about streaming, see [SqlClient Streaming Support](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sqlclient-streaming-support).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example creates a and sets some of its properties.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/CS/source.cs" id="Snippet8":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet8":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_ADO.NET/DataWorks SqlParam.Properties/VB/source.vb" id="Snippet8":::
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1978,11 +1978,11 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets the name of the database where the schema collection for this XML instance is located.
The name of the database where the schema collection for this XML instance is located.
- and are also null.
-
+ and are also null.
+
]]>
ADO.NET Overview
@@ -2018,11 +2018,11 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
Gets the name of the schema collection for this XML instance.
The name of the schema collection for this XML instance.
- and are also null.
-
+ and are also null.
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
@@ -2061,11 +2061,11 @@ FieldName = @OriginalFieldName
The owning relational schema where the schema collection for this XML instance is located.
The owning relational schema for this XML instance.
- and are also null.
-
+ and are also null.
+
]]>
Commands and Parameters (ADO.NET)
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlChars.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlChars.xml
index c2401229005..aef8582085d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlChars.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlChars.xml
@@ -82,11 +82,11 @@
is a mutable reference type that wraps a array or a instance.
- can be obtained for `varchar`, `nvarchar`, `char`, `nchar`, `text`, and `ntext` values, or can be created over an unmanaged buffer.
-
+ can be obtained for `varchar`, `nvarchar`, `char`, `nchar`, `text`, and `ntext` values, or can be created over an unmanaged buffer.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
-
+ is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -147,11 +147,11 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
-
+ is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -205,13 +205,13 @@
A array.
Initializes a new instance of the class based on the specified character array.
- is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
-
- If a null reference is passed in, the instance is set to null.
-
+ is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
+
+ If a null reference is passed in, the instance is set to null.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -258,13 +258,13 @@
A .
Initializes a new instance of the class based on the specified value.
- is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
-
- If a null reference is passed in, the instance is set to null.
-
+ is bound by the common language runtime maximum size of an Int32 (2,147,483,647).
+
+ If a null reference is passed in, the instance is set to null.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -322,13 +322,13 @@
Returns a reference to the internal buffer.
A reference to the internal buffer. For instances created on top of unmanaged pointers, it returns a managed copy of the internal buffer.
- .
-
- Throws an for stream-wrapped instances of .
-
+ .
+
+ Throws an for stream-wrapped instances of .
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -426,11 +426,11 @@
if the is null. Otherwise, .
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -523,17 +523,17 @@
Gets the length of the value that is contained in the instance.
- A value that indicates the length in characters of the value that is contained in the instance.
-
- Returns -1 if no buffer is available to the instance, or if the value is null.
-
+ A value that indicates the length in characters of the value that is contained in the instance.
+
+ Returns -1 if no buffer is available to the instance, or if the value is null.
+
Returns a for a stream-wrapped instance.
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -578,15 +578,15 @@
Gets the maximum length in two-byte characters of the value the internal buffer can hold.
- An value representing the maximum length in two-byte characters of the value of the internal buffer.
-
+ An value representing the maximum length in two-byte characters of the value of the internal buffer.
+
Returns -1 for a stream-wrapped .
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
Returns a null instance of this .
- An instance whose property returns . For more information, see [Handling Null Values](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/handling-null-values).
+ An instance whose property returns . For more information, see Handling Null Values.
To be added.
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -797,17 +797,17 @@
Copies characters from this instance to the passed-in buffer and returns the number of copied characters.
An value representing the number of copied bytes.
- , an exception is thrown.
-
- If `count` specifies more characters to be copied than are available from the `offsetInBuffer` to the end of the value, only the available characters are copied.
-
- An exception is thrown if the destination buffer is a null reference.
-
- An exception is thrown if the destination buffer cannot receive as many characters as requested.
-
+ , an exception is thrown.
+
+ If `count` specifies more characters to be copied than are available from the `offsetInBuffer` to the end of the value, only the available characters are copied.
+
+ An exception is thrown if the destination buffer is a null reference.
+
+ An exception is thrown if the destination buffer cannot receive as many characters as requested.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -857,11 +857,11 @@
The value representing the length.
Sets the length of this instance.
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1247,11 +1247,11 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
Returns a managed copy of the value held by this .
The value of this as an array of characters.
- .
-
+ .
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1307,15 +1307,15 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
An integer representing the number of characters to copy.
Copies characters from the passed-in buffer to this instance.
- but within , is updated to reflect the new ending position.
-
- The value of `offsetInBuffer` must be less than or equal to . An exception is thrown otherwise. Only a value of 0 can be specified when writing to a null value instance.
-
- If an attempt is made to write beyond , an exception is thrown.
-
+ but within , is updated to reflect the new ending position.
+
+ The value of `offsetInBuffer` must be less than or equal to . An exception is thrown otherwise. Only a value of 0 can be specified when writing to a null value instance.
+
+ If an attempt is made to write beyond , an exception is thrown.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlInt16.xml b/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlInt16.xml
index 2e60ce8f84c..742bcb9688f 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlInt16.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.SqlTypes/SqlInt16.xml
@@ -334,24 +334,24 @@
The to be compared.
Compares this instance to the supplied and returns an indication of their relative values.
- A signed number that indicates the relative values of the instance and the object.
-
- Return value
-
- Condition
-
- - Less than zero
-
- This instance is less than the object.
-
-
- Zero
-
- This instance is the same as the object.
-
-
- Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than the object, or the object is a null reference ( in Visual Basic)
-
+ A signed number that indicates the relative values of the instance and the object.
+
+
Return value
+
+ Condition
+
+ - Less than zero
+
+ This instance is less than the object.
+
+
- Zero
+
+ This instance is the same as the object.
+
+
- Greater than zero
+
+ This instance is greater than the object, or the object is a null reference ( in Visual Basic)
+
To be added.
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -411,28 +411,28 @@
The to be compared.
Compares this instance to the supplied and returns an indication of their relative values.
- A signed number that indicates the relative values of the instance and the object.
-
- Return value
-
- Condition
-
- - Less than zero
-
- This instance is less than the object.
-
-
- Zero
-
- This instance is the same as the object.
-
-
- Greater than zero
-
- This instance is greater than the object
-
- -or-
-
- object is a null reference ( in Visual Basic)
-
+ A signed number that indicates the relative values of the instance and the object.
+
+
Return value
+
+ Condition
+
+ - Less than zero
+
+ This instance is less than the object.
+
+
- Zero
+
+ This instance is the same as the object.
+
+
- Greater than zero
+
+ This instance is greater than the object
+
+ -or-
+
+ object is a null reference ( in Visual Basic)
+
To be added.
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
Indicates whether this structure is null.
- if null. Otherwise, . For more information, see [Handling Null Values](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/handling-null-values).
+ if null. Otherwise, . For more information, see Handling Null Values.
To be added.
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
Handling Null Values (ADO.NET)
@@ -1046,11 +1046,11 @@
A constant representing the largest possible value of a .
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1097,11 +1097,11 @@
A constant representing the smallest possible value of a .
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1205,11 +1205,11 @@
Divides two values and returns the remainder.
The remainder left after division is performed on and .
-
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -1358,11 +1358,11 @@
Represents a that can be assigned to this instance of the structure.
- functions as a constant for the structure. For more information, see [Handling Null Values](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/handling-null-values).
-
+ functions as a constant for the structure. For more information, see [Handling Null Values](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/sql/handling-null-values).
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
@@ -3700,11 +3700,11 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
Represents a zero value that can be assigned to the property of an instance of the structure.
- field is a constant for the structure.
-
+ field is a constant for the structure.
+
]]>
SQL Server Data Types and ADO.NET
diff --git a/xml/System.Data/EntityKey.xml b/xml/System.Data/EntityKey.xml
index a07c21cd7ba..a7c44f11288 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data/EntityKey.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data/EntityKey.xml
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
System.Data.EntityKey
- A simple identifying an entity that resulted from a failed [TREAT](/dotnet/framework/data/adonet/ef/language-reference/treat-entity-sql) operation.
+ A simple identifying an entity that resulted from a failed TREAT operation.
!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml
index 47e0245b27c..a98bb7850a8 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml
index 0ab85799b3c..963eb063b5f 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml
index 5c45189bd2a..e0654a057fd 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml
index 8fd6c70b366..fe00c4fe09b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
## Remarks
-[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
+!INCLUDE[system-json]
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/BaseEvent.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/BaseEvent.xml
index cebebb44077..f5b3d11a527 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/BaseEvent.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/BaseEvent.xml
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
- Represents classes derived from that are known to be management event classes. These derived classes inherit an implementation of that allows events to be fired through the method.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Represents classes derived from that are known to be management event classes. These derived classes inherit an implementation of that allows events to be fired through the method.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
@@ -85,13 +85,13 @@
Raises a management event.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementInstaller.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementInstaller.xml
index ba0c4537f99..4e0308971d7 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementInstaller.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementInstaller.xml
@@ -15,29 +15,29 @@
- Installs an instrumented assembly. To use this default project installer, simply derive a class from inside the assembly. No methods need to be overridden.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Installs an instrumented assembly. To use this default project installer, simply derive a class from inside the assembly. No methods need to be overridden.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- class to install a WMI provider.
-
-```csharp
-// This is the installer class that installs an instrumented assembly.
-// To use the default project installer, simply derive a class from
-// DefaultManagementInstaller. No methods need to be overridden.
-[System.ComponentModel.RunInstaller(true)]
-public class TheInstaller : DefaultManagementInstaller
-{ }
-```
-
+ class to install a WMI provider.
+
+```csharp
+// This is the installer class that installs an instrumented assembly.
+// To use the default project installer, simply derive a class from
+// DefaultManagementInstaller. No methods need to be overridden.
+[System.ComponentModel.RunInstaller(true)]
+public class TheInstaller : DefaultManagementInstaller
+{ }
+```
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementProjectInstaller.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementProjectInstaller.xml
index 15e273d3268..66c676b04e0 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementProjectInstaller.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/DefaultManagementProjectInstaller.xml
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
- Installs an instrumented assembly. To use this default project installer, derive a class from inside the assembly. No methods need to be overridden.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Installs an instrumented assembly. To use this default project installer, derive a class from inside the assembly. No methods need to be overridden.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -39,13 +39,13 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class. This is the parameterless constructor.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IEvent.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IEvent.xml
index 04c238b46d5..835fe265c3d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IEvent.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IEvent.xml
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
- Specifies a source of a management instrumentation event. Objects that implement this interface are known to be sources of management instrumentation events. Classes that do not derive from should implement this interface instead.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Specifies a source of a management instrumentation event. Objects that implement this interface are known to be sources of management instrumentation events. Classes that do not derive from should implement this interface instead.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -40,13 +40,13 @@
Raises a management event.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IInstance.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IInstance.xml
index 6fcf8574210..857906d786d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IInstance.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IInstance.xml
@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@
- Specifies a source of a management instrumentation instance. Objects that implement this interface are known to be sources of management instrumentation instances. Classes that do not derive from should implement this interface instead.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Specifies a source of a management instrumentation instance. Objects that implement this interface are known to be sources of management instrumentation instances. Classes that do not derive from should implement this interface instead.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -41,16 +41,16 @@
if instances of classes that implement this interface are visible through management instrumentation; otherwise, .
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IgnoreMemberAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IgnoreMemberAttribute.xml
index ebdfcf6e8f7..5ea7c4cf743 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IgnoreMemberAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/IgnoreMemberAttribute.xml
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@
- Causes the associated member of an instrumented class to be ignored by management instrumentation.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Causes the associated member of an instrumented class to be ignored by management instrumentation.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -45,14 +45,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instance.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instance.xml
index 01b612b6548..9ca552bc7e3 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instance.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instance.xml
@@ -26,9 +26,9 @@
- Represents derived classes known to be management instrumentation instance classes. These derived classes inherit an implementation of that allows instances to be published through the property.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Represents derived classes known to be management instrumentation instance classes. These derived classes inherit an implementation of that allows instances to be published through the property.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -49,14 +49,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
@@ -91,16 +91,16 @@
Gets or sets a value indicating whether instances of classes that implement this interface are visible through management instrumentation.
Returns a value indicating whether instances of classes that implement this interface are visible through management instrumentation.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstanceNotFoundException.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstanceNotFoundException.xml
index a29d19a703c..b0dcbcf6918 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstanceNotFoundException.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstanceNotFoundException.xml
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
- The exception thrown to indicate that no instances are returned by a provider.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The exception thrown to indicate that no instances are returned by a provider.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instrumentation.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instrumentation.xml
index a1ab361c6f7..2b10164b39a 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instrumentation.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/Instrumentation.xml
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
- Provides helper functions for exposing events and data for management. There is a single instance of this class per application domain.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Provides helper functions for exposing events and data for management. There is a single instance of this class per application domain.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@
The object that determines the class, properties, and values of the event.
Raises a management event.
-
@@ -112,13 +112,13 @@
if the instrumentation schema in the specified assembly is registered with WMI; otherwise, .
-
@@ -147,13 +147,13 @@
The object that is to be visible through management instrumentation.
Makes an instance visible through management instrumentation.
-
@@ -182,13 +182,13 @@
The containing instrumentation instance or event types.
Registers the management instance or event classes in the specified assembly with WMI. This ensures that the instrumentation schema is accessible to client applications.
-
@@ -217,13 +217,13 @@
The object to remove from visibility for management instrumentation.
Makes an instance that was previously published through the method no longer visible through management instrumentation.
-
@@ -254,13 +254,13 @@
The maximum number of objects to be provided at a time.
Specifies the maximum number of objects of the specified type to be provided at a time.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationBaseException.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationBaseException.xml
index 212b3f23eea..791e0375a14 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationBaseException.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationBaseException.xml
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
- Represents the base provider-related exception.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Represents the base provider-related exception.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationClassAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationClassAttribute.xml
index 5090bb1fe6a..666293b6d36 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationClassAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationClassAttribute.xml
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@
- Specifies that a class provides event or instance instrumentation.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Specifies that a class provides event or instance instrumentation.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@
The type of instrumentation provided by this class.
Initializes a new instance of the class that is used if this type is derived from another type that has the attribute, or if this is a top-level instrumentation class (for example, an instance or abstract class without a base class, or an event derived from **__ExtrinsicEvent**).
-
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
The name of the base class.
Initializes a new instance of the class that has schema for an existing base class. The class must contain proper member definitions for the properties of the existing WMI base class.
-
@@ -124,16 +124,16 @@
Gets or sets the type of instrumentation provided by this class.
Returns an enumeration value containing the type of instrumentation provided by this class.
- value that indicates whether this is an instrumented event, instance, or abstract class.
-
-## .NET Framework Security
- Full trust for the immediate caller. This member cannot be used by partially trusted code. For more information, see [Using Libraries from Partially Trusted Code](/dotnet/framework/misc/using-libraries-from-partially-trusted-code).
-
+ value that indicates whether this is an instrumented event, instance, or abstract class.
+
+## .NET Framework Security
+ Full trust for the immediate caller. This member cannot be used by partially trusted code. For more information, see [Using Libraries from Partially Trusted Code](/dotnet/framework/misc/using-libraries-from-partially-trusted-code).
+
]]>
@@ -159,16 +159,16 @@
Gets or sets the name of the base class of this instrumentation class.
Returns a value containing the name of the base class of this instrumentation class.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationException.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationException.xml
index 4301b752ecf..41ae3917d5e 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationException.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationException.xml
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
- Represents a provider-related exception.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Represents a provider-related exception.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationManager.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationManager.xml
index 969a1b7d076..573aa3810d4 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationManager.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationManager.xml
@@ -15,55 +15,55 @@
- Provides methods that manage the lifetime and the model used for decoupled providers.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Provides methods that manage the lifetime and the model used for decoupled providers.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- and methods.
-
- In the publish/revoke model, the WMI infrastructure provides default behavior for many of the methods you have to write yourself in the callback method. These include the enumeration and bind methods. In this model, the application creates instances and publishes them. The application is responsible for ensuring that the key properties of the classes are respected. The application is also responsible for deleting instances.
-
- In the callback model, the WMI infrastructure expects the application to have methods that handle enumeration, binding and any other methods required to implement the functionality of the provider. It calls into the application for this functionality and fails if it does not exist or is not implemented properly. The application registers the type of its WMI classes with the infrastructure by calling and indicates that it no longer wants the WMI classes exposed by calling .
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example demonstrates how to use the publish/revoke model. Two instances of the router class are created and published. They are later revoked.
-
+ and methods.
+
+ In the publish/revoke model, the WMI infrastructure provides default behavior for many of the methods you have to write yourself in the callback method. These include the enumeration and bind methods. In this model, the application creates instances and publishes them. The application is responsible for ensuring that the key properties of the classes are respected. The application is also responsible for deleting instances.
+
+ In the callback model, the WMI infrastructure expects the application to have methods that handle enumeration, binding and any other methods required to implement the functionality of the provider. It calls into the application for this functionality and fails if it does not exist or is not implemented properly. The application registers the type of its WMI classes with the infrastructure by calling and indicates that it no longer wants the WMI classes exposed by calling .
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example demonstrates how to use the publish/revoke model. Two instances of the router class are created and published. They are later revoked.
+
```csharp
-public class Sample_InstanceProvider
-{
- public int Main (string[] args)
- {
+public class Sample_InstanceProvider
+{
+ public int Main (string[] args)
+ {
var r_one = new Router();
- r_one.Name = "one";
- InstrumentationManager.Publish(r_one);
- var r_two = new Router ();
- r_two.Name = "two";
- InstrumentationManager.Publish(r_two);
- // ....
- InstrumentationManager.Revoke(r_one);
- InstrumentationManager.Revoke(r_two);
- return 0;
- }
-}
-```
-
- In the next example, the callback method of registration is used to expose the RouterNew class.
-
+ r_one.Name = "one";
+ InstrumentationManager.Publish(r_one);
+ var r_two = new Router ();
+ r_two.Name = "two";
+ InstrumentationManager.Publish(r_two);
+ // ....
+ InstrumentationManager.Revoke(r_one);
+ InstrumentationManager.Revoke(r_two);
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+```
+
+ In the next example, the callback method of registration is used to expose the RouterNew class.
+
```csharp
-public int MainNew(string[] args)
-{
- InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(RouterNew));
- // ....
- InstrumentationManager.UnRegisterType(typeof(RouterNew));
- return 0;
-}
-```
-
+public int MainNew(string[] args)
+{
+ InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(RouterNew));
+ // ....
+ InstrumentationManager.UnRegisterType(typeof(RouterNew));
+ return 0;
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ public int MainNew(string[] args)
The type of the class.
Registers a class with the WMI infrastructure.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationType.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationType.xml
index 8587e35df6a..6bb5b07ca3a 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationType.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentationType.xml
@@ -15,18 +15,18 @@
System.Enum
- Specifies the type of instrumentation provided by a class.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Specifies the type of instrumentation provided by a class.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- enumeration.
-
+ enumeration.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WindowsServer/wminet_InstrumentationType/cs/InstrumentationType.cs" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WindowsServer/wminet_InstrumentationType/vb/InstrumentationType.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WindowsServer/wminet_InstrumentationType/vb/InstrumentationType.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentedAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentedAttribute.xml
index deb34706b8e..d920f1d6b45 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentedAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/InstrumentedAttribute.xml
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@
- Specifies that this assembly provides management instrumentation. This attribute should appear one time per assembly.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Specifies that this assembly provides management instrumentation. This attribute should appear one time per assembly.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -54,13 +54,13 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class that is set for the root\default namespace. This is the parameterless constructor.
-
@@ -86,13 +86,13 @@
The namespace for instrumentation instances and events.
Initializes a new instance of the class that is set to the specified namespace for instrumentation within this assembly.
-
@@ -120,13 +120,13 @@
A security descriptor that allows only the specified users or groups to run applications that provide the instrumentation supported by this assembly.
Initializes a new instance of the class that is set to the specified namespace and security settings for instrumentation within this assembly.
-
@@ -152,17 +152,17 @@
Gets or sets the namespace for instrumentation instances and events in this assembly.
Returns a value containing the name of the namespace for instrumentation instances and events in this assembly.
-
@@ -188,17 +188,17 @@
Gets or sets a security descriptor that allows only the specified users or groups to run applications that provide the instrumentation supported by this assembly.
Returns a value containing the security descriptor that allows only the specified users or groups to run applications that provide the instrumentation supported by this assembly.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedCommonProvider.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedCommonProvider.xml
index 90671788be9..6b661ce2c96 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedCommonProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedCommonProvider.xml
@@ -37,9 +37,9 @@
- The class is used internally by the WMI.NET Provider Extensions infrastructure.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The class is used internally by the WMI.NET Provider Extensions infrastructure.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedNameAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedNameAttribute.xml
index 94bea6dc294..1694bccc091 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedNameAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagedNameAttribute.xml
@@ -22,9 +22,9 @@
- Allows an instrumented class, or member of an instrumented class, to present an alternate name through management instrumentation.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Allows an instrumented class, or member of an instrumented class, to present an alternate name through management instrumentation.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -49,13 +49,13 @@
The alternate name for the type, field, property, method, or parameter to which this attribute is applied.
Initializes a new instance of the class that allows the alternate name to be specified for the type, field, property, method, or parameter to which this attribute is applied.
-
@@ -81,16 +81,16 @@
Gets the name of the managed entity.
Returns a value containing the name of the managed entity.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementBindAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementBindAttribute.xml
index fee1bbec3e7..bad3e064aad 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementBindAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementBindAttribute.xml
@@ -21,43 +21,43 @@
- The ManagementBind attribute indicates that a method is used to return the instance of a WMI class associated with a specific key value.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementBind attribute indicates that a method is used to return the instance of a WMI class associated with a specific key value.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- [!IMPORTANT]
> The method parameters must have exactly the same name and type as the key parameters of the class. The key parameters are identified by the attribute.
-
- The method must assign values to all instrumented properties of the class.
-
- When the WMI Provider Extensions infrastructure requires this binding functionality, it first searches for a constructor with this attribute. If none is found, it then searches for a static method that returns the WMI class type.
-
- The target of this attribute must be either a method or a static method.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows how to use the ManagementBind attribute to mark the constructor of a class.
-
-```csharp
-// Use the ManagementBind attribute to specify that this constructor
-// is used to attach a class instance to a specific WMI
-// instance. The constructor should set the values of the
-// key properties of the WMI instance.
-[ManagementBind]
-public ClassConstructor(int Id)
-{
- // Set this class instance to a specific instance
- // by assigning property values and
- // giving unique values to the key properties.
-}
-```
-
+
+ The method must assign values to all instrumented properties of the class.
+
+ When the WMI Provider Extensions infrastructure requires this binding functionality, it first searches for a constructor with this attribute. If none is found, it then searches for a static method that returns the WMI class type.
+
+ The target of this attribute must be either a method or a static method.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows how to use the ManagementBind attribute to mark the constructor of a class.
+
+```csharp
+// Use the ManagementBind attribute to specify that this constructor
+// is used to attach a class instance to a specific WMI
+// instance. The constructor should set the values of the
+// key properties of the WMI instance.
+[ManagementBind]
+public ClassConstructor(int Id)
+{
+ // Set this class instance to a specific instance
+ // by assigning property values and
+ // giving unique values to the key properties.
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ public ClassConstructor(int Id)
Gets or sets a value that defines the type of output that the method that is marked with the ManagementEnumerator attribute will output.
A value that indicates the type of output that the method marked with the attribute will output.
- , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
-
+ , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCommitAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCommitAttribute.xml
index 44ee600471f..586212f481d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCommitAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCommitAttribute.xml
@@ -21,46 +21,46 @@
- The ManagementCommit attribute marks a method that is called when it is necessary to update a set of read-write properties in one, atomic operation.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementCommit attribute marks a method that is called when it is necessary to update a set of read-write properties in one, atomic operation.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- attribute. In addition, each read-write property can be one of two types: or . If a class has read-write properties that are configured as OnCommit, the class should have a method that is marked with the ManagementCommit attribute. The associated method will be called when all OnCommit properties have been set.
-
- The marked method is not thread safe.
-
- If no method is marked with the ManagementCommit attribute, the class manages the configuration updates by itself without any indication that the update has completed.
-
- The method marked with the ManagementCommit attribute does not take any parameters and it has a void return type.
-
-
-
-## Examples
-
-```csharp
-public class Process
-{
- /// Key attribute marks a key property. Keys are not changeable.
- /// Keys have to be unique information.
- [ManagementKey]
- public int Id
- {
- get { }
- }
-
- /// ManagementConfiguration stands for read/write manageable
- /// property from a read/write field.
- [ManagementConfiguration]
- public string UserDefinedString;
-
- [ManagementCommit]
- void SaveOnDevice();
-}
-```
-
+ attribute. In addition, each read-write property can be one of two types: or . If a class has read-write properties that are configured as OnCommit, the class should have a method that is marked with the ManagementCommit attribute. The associated method will be called when all OnCommit properties have been set.
+
+ The marked method is not thread safe.
+
+ If no method is marked with the ManagementCommit attribute, the class manages the configuration updates by itself without any indication that the update has completed.
+
+ The method marked with the ManagementCommit attribute does not take any parameters and it has a void return type.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+
+```csharp
+public class Process
+{
+ /// Key attribute marks a key property. Keys are not changeable.
+ /// Keys have to be unique information.
+ [ManagementKey]
+ public int Id
+ {
+ get { }
+ }
+
+ /// ManagementConfiguration stands for read/write manageable
+ /// property from a read/write field.
+ [ManagementConfiguration]
+ public string UserDefinedString;
+
+ [ManagementCommit]
+ void SaveOnDevice();
+}
+```
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationAttribute.xml
index b8dfe2d3087..c17418cc0ab 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationAttribute.xml
@@ -21,34 +21,34 @@
- The ManagementConfiguration attribute indicates that a property or field represents a read-write WMI property.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementConfiguration attribute indicates that a property or field represents a read-write WMI property.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- attribute.
-
- Any fields or properties in the class that are not marked with this or another WMI Provider Extensions attribute will not be instrumented.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows how to use the ManagementConfiguration attribute to mark a property. This property is exposed to WMI.
-
-```csharp
-// Use the ManagementConfiguration attribute to specify that a property
-// is a read/write property in the provider. Consumers will be
-// able to get and set this property value through WMI.
-[ManagementConfiguration]
-public double ReadableWritableProperty
-{
- get { return this.propertyValue; }
- set { this.propertyValue = value; }
-}
-```
-
+ attribute.
+
+ Any fields or properties in the class that are not marked with this or another WMI Provider Extensions attribute will not be instrumented.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows how to use the ManagementConfiguration attribute to mark a property. This property is exposed to WMI.
+
+```csharp
+// Use the ManagementConfiguration attribute to specify that a property
+// is a read/write property in the provider. Consumers will be
+// able to get and set this property value through WMI.
+[ManagementConfiguration]
+public double ReadableWritableProperty
+{
+ get { return this.propertyValue; }
+ set { this.propertyValue = value; }
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -101,11 +101,11 @@ public double ReadableWritableProperty
Gets or sets the mode of the property, which specifies whether changes to it are applied as soon as possible or when a commit method is called.
Returns a that indicates whether the WMI property uses or mode.
- mode. It is identified by the .
-
+ mode. It is identified by the .
+
]]>
@@ -140,11 +140,11 @@ public double ReadableWritableProperty
Gets or sets a value that defines the type of output that the property that is marked with the ManagementConfiguration attribute will return.
A value representing the type of output that the property marked with the ManagementConfiguration attribute will return.
- , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
-
+ , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationType.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationType.xml
index 197fa8c1922..04d2282e7d5 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationType.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementConfigurationType.xml
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@
System.Enum
- Represents the possible commit behaviors of a read/write property. It is used as the value of a parameter of the attribute.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Represents the possible commit behaviors of a read/write property. It is used as the value of a parameter of the attribute.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- attribute only if the attribute is used to identify a method to run to commit values. Otherwise, read/write property values are applied automatically.
-
+ attribute only if the attribute is used to identify a method to run to commit values. Otherwise, read/write property values are applied automatically.
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCreateAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCreateAttribute.xml
index 0bd8c4dfd22..12a91e30815 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCreateAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementCreateAttribute.xml
@@ -21,41 +21,41 @@
- The ManagementCreateAttribute is used to indicate that a method creates a new instance of a managed entity.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementCreateAttribute is used to indicate that a method creates a new instance of a managed entity.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEntityAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEntityAttribute.xml
index b2bc90304f6..5faddeed2c9 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEntityAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEntityAttribute.xml
@@ -21,30 +21,30 @@
- The ManagementEntity attribute indicates that a class provides management information exposed through a WMI provider.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementEntity attribute indicates that a class provides management information exposed through a WMI provider.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
@@ -71,11 +71,11 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class. This is the parameterless constructor.
- parameter, the name of the associated WMI class will default to the name of the attributed class.
-
+ parameter, the name of the associated WMI class will default to the name of the attributed class.
+
]]>
@@ -110,11 +110,11 @@
Gets or sets a value that specifies whether the class represents a WMI class in a provider implemented external to the current assembly.
A boolean value that is true if the class represents an external WMI class and false otherwise.
-
@@ -149,23 +149,23 @@
Gets or sets the name of the WMI class.
A string that contains the name of the WMI class.
-
@@ -200,25 +200,25 @@ public class MortgageCalcWMIProvider
Specifies whether the associated class represents a singleton WMI class.
A boolean value that is true if the class represents a singleton WMI class and false otherwise.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEnumeratorAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEnumeratorAttribute.xml
index 98a4032996a..c2dac20b897 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEnumeratorAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementEnumeratorAttribute.xml
@@ -21,32 +21,32 @@
- The ManagementEnumerator attribute marks a method that returns all the instances of a WMI class.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementEnumerator attribute marks a method that returns all the instances of a WMI class.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- .
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows how to use the Enumerator attribute to mark a method that is used to enumerate instances of a class. In this case, the Enumerate method uses the class to retrieve all of the processes running on the computer.
-
-```csharp
-[ManagementEnumerator]
-public static IEnumerable Enumerate()
-{
- Process[] rgProcesses = Process.GetProcesses();
- for (int i = 0; i < rgProcesses.Length; i++)
- {
- yield return new ProcessProvider(rgProcesses[i]);
- }
-}
-```
-
+ .
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows how to use the Enumerator attribute to mark a method that is used to enumerate instances of a class. In this case, the Enumerate method uses the class to retrieve all of the processes running on the computer.
+
+```csharp
+[ManagementEnumerator]
+public static IEnumerable Enumerate()
+{
+ Process[] rgProcesses = Process.GetProcesses();
+ for (int i = 0; i < rgProcesses.Length; i++)
+ {
+ yield return new ProcessProvider(rgProcesses[i]);
+ }
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -105,11 +105,11 @@ public static IEnumerable Enumerate()
Gets or sets a value that defines the type of output that the method that is marked with the ManagementEnumerator attribute will output.
A value that indicates the type of output that the method marked with the attribute will output.
- , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
-
+ , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementHostingModel.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementHostingModel.xml
index eec323c2cf9..47d4ee0051c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementHostingModel.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementHostingModel.xml
@@ -14,15 +14,15 @@
System.Enum
- Defines values that specify the hosting model for the provider.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Defines values that specify the hosting model for the provider.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementInstaller.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementInstaller.xml
index fe00afaadc2..f2e8aa7e60e 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementInstaller.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementInstaller.xml
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
- Installs instrumented assemblies. Include an instance of this installer class in the project installer for an assembly that includes instrumentation.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Installs instrumented assemblies. Include an instance of this installer class in the project installer for an assembly that includes instrumentation.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
@@ -75,13 +75,13 @@
The state of the assembly.
Commits the assembly to the operation.
-
@@ -107,16 +107,16 @@
Gets or sets installer options for this class.
Returns a value containing the installer options for this class.
-
@@ -145,13 +145,13 @@
The state of the assembly.
Installs the assembly.
-
@@ -180,13 +180,13 @@
The state of the assembly.
Rolls back the state of the assembly.
-
@@ -215,13 +215,13 @@
The state of the assembly.
Uninstalls the assembly.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementKeyAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementKeyAttribute.xml
index fe3182cf3a4..ed962ece042 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementKeyAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementKeyAttribute.xml
@@ -21,39 +21,39 @@
- The ManagementKey attribute identifies the key properties of a WMI class.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementKey attribute identifies the key properties of a WMI class.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- attribute to identify those key properties. Properties identified as keys have the same runtime behavior as read-only properties indicated by the attribute.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows how to use the to mark a field as a key property of a WMI class.
-
-```csharp
-[ManagementKey]
-public int id;
-```
-
- The next example shows how to use the attribute to mark a key property of a WMI class.
-
-```csharp
-// Use the ManagementKey attribute to specify that this property
-// is used as the key identifier of this class and for the WMI
-// instances of this class. This property must be unique for each
-// class instance.
-[ManagementKey]
-public int Id
-{
- get { return System.Diagnostics.Process.GetCurrentProcess().Id; }
-}
-```
-
+ attribute to identify those key properties. Properties identified as keys have the same runtime behavior as read-only properties indicated by the attribute.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows how to use the to mark a field as a key property of a WMI class.
+
+```csharp
+[ManagementKey]
+public int id;
+```
+
+ The next example shows how to use the attribute to mark a key property of a WMI class.
+
+```csharp
+// Use the ManagementKey attribute to specify that this property
+// is used as the key identifier of this class and for the WMI
+// instances of this class. This property must be unique for each
+// class instance.
+[ManagementKey]
+public int Id
+{
+ get { return System.Diagnostics.Process.GetCurrentProcess().Id; }
+}
+```
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementMemberAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementMemberAttribute.xml
index 83ae2917f18..853fff1d112 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementMemberAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementMemberAttribute.xml
@@ -21,15 +21,15 @@
- This class is used by the WMI.NET Provider Extensions framework. It is the base class for all the management attributes that can be applied to members.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ This class is used by the WMI.NET Provider Extensions framework. It is the base class for all the management attributes that can be applied to members.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNameAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNameAttribute.xml
index 18c00e0f6db..31655078879 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNameAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNameAttribute.xml
@@ -21,29 +21,29 @@
- The ManagementName attribute is used to override names exposed through a WMI class.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementName attribute is used to override names exposed through a WMI class.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNewInstanceAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNewInstanceAttribute.xml
index 8eb76a56457..d38ad21cc77 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNewInstanceAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementNewInstanceAttribute.xml
@@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
- The base class for management attributes that have only run-time functionality and no schema representation. The management attribute classes ManagementBindAttribute, ManagementCreateAttribute and ManagementEnumeratorAttribute are all derived from this class.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The base class for management attributes that have only run-time functionality and no schema representation. The management attribute classes ManagementBindAttribute, ManagementCreateAttribute and ManagementEnumeratorAttribute are all derived from this class.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementProbeAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementProbeAttribute.xml
index 16b49866e4f..5ac3c3ae264 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementProbeAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementProbeAttribute.xml
@@ -21,38 +21,38 @@
- The ManagementProbe attribute indicates that a property or field represents a read-only WMI property.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementProbe attribute indicates that a property or field represents a read-only WMI property.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- attribute. Any fields or properties in the class that are not marked with this or another WMI Provider Extensions attribute will not be instrumented.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows how to use the ManagementProbe attribute to indicate that a field represents a read-only WMI property.
-
-```csharp
-[ManagementProbe]
-string count;
-```
-
- The next example shows how to use the ManagementProbe attribute to mark a property.
-
-```csharp
-// Use the ManagementProbe attribute to specify that a property
-// is a read-only property in the provider. Consumers will be
-// able to get this property value through WMI.
-[ManagementProbe]
-public int ReadOnlyProperty
-{
- get { return this.propertyValue; }
-}
-```
-
+ attribute. Any fields or properties in the class that are not marked with this or another WMI Provider Extensions attribute will not be instrumented.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows how to use the ManagementProbe attribute to indicate that a field represents a read-only WMI property.
+
+```csharp
+[ManagementProbe]
+string count;
+```
+
+ The next example shows how to use the ManagementProbe attribute to mark a property.
+
+```csharp
+// Use the ManagementProbe attribute to specify that a property
+// is a read-only property in the provider. Consumers will be
+// able to get this property value through WMI.
+[ManagementProbe]
+public int ReadOnlyProperty
+{
+ get { return this.propertyValue; }
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@ public int ReadOnlyProperty
Gets or sets a value that defines the type of output that the property that is marked with the ManagementProbe attribute will output.
A value that indicates the type of output that the property that is marked with the ManagementProbe attribute will output.
- , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
-
+ , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierAttribute.xml
index c77a4268db6..1c26834c82a 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierAttribute.xml
@@ -21,29 +21,29 @@
- The ManagementQualifier attribute contains additional WMI provider-related information about an associated WMI class, instance, property, field or method.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementQualifier attribute contains additional WMI provider-related information about an associated WMI class, instance, property, field or method.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- flavor that specifies that the effect of the qualifier cannot be overridden in subclasses.
-
-```
-[ManagementQualifier("Association", Flavor = ManagementQualifierFlavors.DisableOverride)]
-public class AssociationSample
-{
-}
-```
-
+ flavor that specifies that the effect of the qualifier cannot be overridden in subclasses.
+
+```
+[ManagementQualifier("Association", Flavor = ManagementQualifierFlavors.DisableOverride)]
+public class AssociationSample
+{
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -160,11 +160,11 @@ public class AssociationSample
Value associated with the qualifier.
Returns an object that represents the value of the qualifier.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierFlavors.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierFlavors.xml
index ff82b370227..66bd3f24760 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierFlavors.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementQualifierFlavors.xml
@@ -20,35 +20,35 @@
- Qualifier flavors that can be used with WMI provider extensions.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Qualifier flavors that can be used with WMI provider extensions.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementReferenceAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementReferenceAttribute.xml
index f727fe17f8b..a14148829ae 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementReferenceAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementReferenceAttribute.xml
@@ -21,160 +21,160 @@
- The ManagementReferenceAttribute marks a class member, property or method parameter as a reference to another management object or class.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementReferenceAttribute marks a class member, property or method parameter as a reference to another management object or class.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- attribute together with the to create an association WMI class that links two other WMI classes. The example is a decoupled provider that exposes three WMI classes in the root/assoc namespace. The first two classes, NumberPhonetic and NumberLetter, are linked by the last class, LetterPhonetic.
-
- To compile the example, you will need to include references to both System.Management.Instrumentation and System.Configuration.Install. You must run installutil.exe against the resulting executable and ensure that the program is running in order to use the implemented WMI classes.
-
-```
-using System;
-using System.Collections;
-using System.Management.Instrumentation;
-
-[assembly: WmiConfiguration("root/assoc", HostingModel = ManagementHostingModel.Decoupled)]
-
-[System.ComponentModel.RunInstaller(true)]
-public class TheInstaller : DefaultManagementInstaller
-{ }
-
-namespace AssocExample
-{
- class Program
- {
- static void Main(string[] args)
- {
- InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(NumberPhonetic));
- InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(NumberLetter));
- InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(LetterPhonetic));
-
- Console.WriteLine("Press enter to exit");
- Console.ReadLine();
-
- InstrumentationManager.UnregisterType(typeof(NumberPhonetic));
- InstrumentationManager.UnregisterType(typeof(NumberLetter));
- InstrumentationManager.UnregisterType(typeof(LetterPhonetic));
-
- }
- }
-
- [ManagementEntity]
- public class NumberPhonetic
- {
- [ManagementKey]
- public int Number;
-
- [ManagementProbe]
- public string Name;
-
- [ManagementBind]
- public NumberPhonetic(int Number)
- {
- this.Number = Number;
- if(Number == 1)
- {
- Name = "alpha";
- }
- else if(Number == 2)
- {
- Name = "bravo";
- }
- else
- {
- throw new InstanceNotFoundException();
- }
- }
-
- [ManagementEnumerator]
- static public IEnumerable EnumerateInstances()
- {
- for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++)
- {
- yield return new NumberPhonetic(i);
- }
- }
-
- }
-
- [ManagementEntity]
- public class NumberLetter
- {
- [ManagementKey]
- public int Number;
-
- [ManagementProbe]
- public string Letter;
-
- [ManagementBind]
- public NumberLetter(int Number)
- {
- this.Number = Number;
- if(Number == 1)
- {
- Letter = "A";
- }
- else if(Number == 2)
- {
- Letter = "B";
- }
- else
- {
- throw new InstanceNotFoundException();
- }
- }
-
- [ManagementEnumerator]
- static public IEnumerable EnumerateInstances()
- {
- for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++)
- {
- yield return new NumberLetter(i);
- }
- }
-
- }
-
- [ManagementEntity]
- [ManagementQualifier("Association", Flavor = ManagementQualifierFlavors.DisableOverride)]
- public class LetterPhonetic
- {
- [ManagementReference(Type = "NumberLetter")]
- [ManagementKey]
- public string LetterNumber;
-
- [ManagementReference(Type = "NumberPhonetic")]
- [ManagementKey]
- public string PhoneticNumber;
-
- [ManagementEnumerator]
- static public IEnumerable EnumerateInstances()
- {
- ArrayList insts = new ArrayList();
- for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++)
- {
- LetterPhonetic inst = new LetterPhonetic();
- inst.LetterNumber = "Letter = " + i;
- inst.PhoneticNumber = "Phonetic = " + i;
- insts.Add(inst);
- }
- return insts;
- }
-
- }
-
-}
-```
-
+ attribute together with the to create an association WMI class that links two other WMI classes. The example is a decoupled provider that exposes three WMI classes in the root/assoc namespace. The first two classes, NumberPhonetic and NumberLetter, are linked by the last class, LetterPhonetic.
+
+ To compile the example, you will need to include references to both System.Management.Instrumentation and System.Configuration.Install. You must run installutil.exe against the resulting executable and ensure that the program is running in order to use the implemented WMI classes.
+
+```
+using System;
+using System.Collections;
+using System.Management.Instrumentation;
+
+[assembly: WmiConfiguration("root/assoc", HostingModel = ManagementHostingModel.Decoupled)]
+
+[System.ComponentModel.RunInstaller(true)]
+public class TheInstaller : DefaultManagementInstaller
+{ }
+
+namespace AssocExample
+{
+ class Program
+ {
+ static void Main(string[] args)
+ {
+ InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(NumberPhonetic));
+ InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(NumberLetter));
+ InstrumentationManager.RegisterType(typeof(LetterPhonetic));
+
+ Console.WriteLine("Press enter to exit");
+ Console.ReadLine();
+
+ InstrumentationManager.UnregisterType(typeof(NumberPhonetic));
+ InstrumentationManager.UnregisterType(typeof(NumberLetter));
+ InstrumentationManager.UnregisterType(typeof(LetterPhonetic));
+
+ }
+ }
+
+ [ManagementEntity]
+ public class NumberPhonetic
+ {
+ [ManagementKey]
+ public int Number;
+
+ [ManagementProbe]
+ public string Name;
+
+ [ManagementBind]
+ public NumberPhonetic(int Number)
+ {
+ this.Number = Number;
+ if(Number == 1)
+ {
+ Name = "alpha";
+ }
+ else if(Number == 2)
+ {
+ Name = "bravo";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ throw new InstanceNotFoundException();
+ }
+ }
+
+ [ManagementEnumerator]
+ static public IEnumerable EnumerateInstances()
+ {
+ for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ yield return new NumberPhonetic(i);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ [ManagementEntity]
+ public class NumberLetter
+ {
+ [ManagementKey]
+ public int Number;
+
+ [ManagementProbe]
+ public string Letter;
+
+ [ManagementBind]
+ public NumberLetter(int Number)
+ {
+ this.Number = Number;
+ if(Number == 1)
+ {
+ Letter = "A";
+ }
+ else if(Number == 2)
+ {
+ Letter = "B";
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ throw new InstanceNotFoundException();
+ }
+ }
+
+ [ManagementEnumerator]
+ static public IEnumerable EnumerateInstances()
+ {
+ for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ yield return new NumberLetter(i);
+ }
+ }
+
+ }
+
+ [ManagementEntity]
+ [ManagementQualifier("Association", Flavor = ManagementQualifierFlavors.DisableOverride)]
+ public class LetterPhonetic
+ {
+ [ManagementReference(Type = "NumberLetter")]
+ [ManagementKey]
+ public string LetterNumber;
+
+ [ManagementReference(Type = "NumberPhonetic")]
+ [ManagementKey]
+ public string PhoneticNumber;
+
+ [ManagementEnumerator]
+ static public IEnumerable EnumerateInstances()
+ {
+ ArrayList insts = new ArrayList();
+ for (int i = 1; i < 3; i++)
+ {
+ LetterPhonetic inst = new LetterPhonetic();
+ inst.LetterNumber = "Letter = " + i;
+ inst.PhoneticNumber = "Phonetic = " + i;
+ insts.Add(inst);
+ }
+ return insts;
+ }
+
+ }
+
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -233,11 +233,11 @@ namespace AssocExample
Gets or sets the name of the referenced type.
A string containing the name of the referenced type.
-
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementRemoveAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementRemoveAttribute.xml
index 97dd3d5d145..8b2442435ef 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementRemoveAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementRemoveAttribute.xml
@@ -21,17 +21,17 @@
- The ManagementRemoveAttribute is used to indicate that a method cleans up an instance of a managed entity.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementRemoveAttribute is used to indicate that a method cleans up an instance of a managed entity.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
-
@@ -91,11 +91,11 @@
Gets or sets a value that defines the type of output that the object that is marked with the ManagementRemove attribute will output.
A value that indicates the type of output that the object marked with the Remove attribute will output.
- , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
-
+ , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementTaskAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementTaskAttribute.xml
index 60223fa9368..fecc3128f7a 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementTaskAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/ManagementTaskAttribute.xml
@@ -21,35 +21,35 @@
- The ManagementTask attribute indicates that the target method implements a WMI method.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ The ManagementTask attribute indicates that the target method implements a WMI method.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- , includes a Name parameter. You can use that parameter to change the name of the method that is exposed through WMI without changing your internal method name.
-
- The method must be public and it may be static. It can include any combination of [in], [out], [in/out], array or object reference parameters. Array parameters cannot be multidimensional or jagged because of limitations imposed by WMI.
-
- The return type of the method can be: void, scalar, string, datetime or object. It cannot be an array.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows how to mark a method with the ManagementTask attribute to expose the method to WMI. The method will show up in WMI as ResetCounters.
-
-```csharp
-// Use the ManagementTask attribute to specify that a method
-// is exposed to WMI through this provider. Consumers will be
-// able to execute this method through WMI.
-[ManagementTask]
-public void ResetCounters()
-{
- counter.Reset();
-}
-```
-
+ , includes a Name parameter. You can use that parameter to change the name of the method that is exposed through WMI without changing your internal method name.
+
+ The method must be public and it may be static. It can include any combination of [in], [out], [in/out], array or object reference parameters. Array parameters cannot be multidimensional or jagged because of limitations imposed by WMI.
+
+ The return type of the method can be: void, scalar, string, datetime or object. It cannot be an array.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows how to mark a method with the ManagementTask attribute to expose the method to WMI. The method will show up in WMI as ResetCounters.
+
+```csharp
+// Use the ManagementTask attribute to specify that a method
+// is exposed to WMI through this provider. Consumers will be
+// able to execute this method through WMI.
+[ManagementTask]
+public void ResetCounters()
+{
+ counter.Reset();
+}
+```
+
]]>
@@ -112,11 +112,11 @@ public void ResetCounters()
Gets or sets a value that defines the type of output that the method that is marked with the ManagementTask attribute will output.
A value that indicates the type of output that the method that is marked with the ManagementTask attribute will output.
- , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
-
+ , then the output should be treated as a value of type .
+
]]>
diff --git a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/WmiConfigurationAttribute.xml b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/WmiConfigurationAttribute.xml
index 0f22a352c63..b630cf121f5 100644
--- a/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/WmiConfigurationAttribute.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Management.Instrumentation/WmiConfigurationAttribute.xml
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
The WmiConfiguration attribute indicates that an assembly contains code that implements a WMI provider by using the WMI.NET Provider Extensions model. The attribute accepts parameters that establish the high-level configuration of the implemented WMI provider.
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/wmi_v2/windows-management-infrastructure) should be used for all new development.
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
- Represents an exception to throw when WMI provider installation fails.
-
- Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The [MI APIs](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/jj152383%28v=vs.80%29.aspx) should be used for all new development.
+ Represents an exception to throw when WMI provider installation fails.
+
+ Note: the WMI .NET libraries are now considered in final state, and no further development, enhancements, or updates will be available for non-security related issues affecting these libraries. The MI APIs should be used for all new development.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity.xml b/xml/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity.xml
index b7296990a2b..e0f6e66cdb9 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity.xml
@@ -261,9 +261,9 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
- For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
Client Application Services
@@ -428,4 +428,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
index 43bbc07f1f9..132606237a7 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
The device evaluation method, property name, or item in the capabilities collection.
The optional argument.
- Provides a uniform way to evaluate device capabilities. This method is used internally by ASP.NET to implement various device-selection criteria expressed in the syntax of the controls. For example, this method is used to choose among [<Choice> Element (.NET Framework Developer's Guide)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) elements in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Provides a uniform way to evaluate device capabilities. This method is used internally by ASP.NET to implement various device-selection criteria expressed in the syntax of the controls. For example, this method is used to choose among <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100"><Choice> Element (.NET Framework Developer's Guide)</see>) elements in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the device has the specified capability; otherwise, .
@@ -1872,4 +1872,4 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
index ff62eb208f2..2cd93e535f4 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
- Reads the [deviceFilters Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ms228145(v=vs.100)) section of a configuration file that specifies the set of device filters for use with ASP.NET mobile controls. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Reads the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ms228145(v=vs.100">deviceFilters Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) section of a configuration file that specifies the set of device filters for use with ASP.NET mobile controls. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
To be added.
Instances of classes that inherit the class must be thread safe and stateless. The method must be callable from multiple threads simultaneously. See for more information about inheriting.
@@ -128,4 +128,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml b/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
index 8105f89a78a..82b06a4eaff 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
-or-
is and property is .
- The [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) element to store password answers with the .
+ The <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) element to store password answers with the .
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
The parameter is not .
The administrator has not mapped the password question-and-answer fields to attributes of the Active Directory schema, and either the or parameter is not .
- The [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) element to store password answers with the .
+ The <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) element to store password answers with the .
-or-
@@ -2377,4 +2377,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml b/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
index 136ee34bb8c..572bf60fee0 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ msxml://
is .
- The attribute is empty or does not exist in the [connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/bf7sd233(v=vs.100)) configuration section.
+ The attribute is empty or does not exist in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/bf7sd233(v=vs.100">connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) configuration section.
-or-
@@ -944,4 +944,4 @@ msxml://
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml b/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml
index 6945450f4bd..c3606d081ec 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
- Represents the [<diagnostics>](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/e4ca05d1-1e10-4873-9ef6-75e55851d888) element in the Web.config configuration file.
+ Represents the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/e4ca05d1-1e10-4873-9ef6-75e55851d888"><diagnostics></see> element in the Web.config configuration file.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
index bfd4f90a95c..99c3b0ad01d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
@@ -161,9 +161,9 @@
]]>
- The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, be sure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, be sure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
- For more information about the and methods, see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ For more information about the and methods, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
GridView Web Server Control Overview
@@ -579,4 +579,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
index 99afa919f12..71a4e3c9119 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
@@ -198,9 +198,9 @@
]]>
- The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
- For more information about the and methods, see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ For more information about the and methods, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -629,4 +629,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
index e89c4a839f8..ffe8d205482 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
@@ -184,9 +184,9 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
- For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
.NET Framework Regular Expressions
@@ -318,4 +318,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml
index 5a5e78eb799..f57deb02c71 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
]]>
- The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose). For more information about the Dispose and Finalize methods, see [Implementing a Dispose method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about the Dispose and Finalize methods, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose method</see>.
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -672,4 +672,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
index 85fd72b9124..00136f4da04 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
@@ -92,9 +92,9 @@
]]>
- When overriding , because the method can be called multiple times by other objects, be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to the method. For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose)
+ When overriding , because the method can be called multiple times by other objects, be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to the method. For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>
- [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100))
+ <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>)
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -185,4 +185,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
index 41485652318..537c8527550 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed in an earlier call to . For more information, see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose). For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed in an earlier call to . For more information, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
@@ -186,4 +186,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
index 9d21a306f9b..098af62ecae 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
@@ -198,9 +198,9 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
- For more information about and , see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Overriding the Finalize Method](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100)).
+ For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -567,4 +567,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
index 519736959a2..242f855d4f2 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
A number of conditional rendering methods allow for such conditions as secondary UI and for display devices that require line breaks after every block or after every inline control. Examples of these conditional methods are and . These methods work for a given device regardless of the control being rendered. It is unlikely you would need to override these methods when creating a new control adapter based on this class. At a minimum, you would need to override the methods.
- Device filtering is required to use a specific adapter for a server control. For more information about device filtering, see [Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/67276kc5(v=vs.100)) and [Device Filtering Overview](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ms178620(v=vs.100)).
+ Device filtering is required to use a specific adapter for a server control. For more information about device filtering, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/67276kc5(v=vs.100">Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior</see>) and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ms178620(v=vs.100">Device Filtering Overview</see>).
ASP.NET and XHTML Compliance
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
]]>
- The base implementation of loads the current secondary UI mode from view state. You can override it to load other specific data from view state, but be sure to also invoke the base method in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see [ASP.NET State Management Overview](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100)).
+ The base implementation of loads the current secondary UI mode from view state. You can override it to load other specific data from view state, but be sure to also invoke the base method in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100">ASP.NET State Management Overview</see>).
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@
]]>
- The base implementation of saves the current secondary UI mode in view state. You can override it to save other specific data from view state, but be sure to obtain the current state from the base class, and then combine it with your control-specific state in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see [ASP.NET State Management Overview](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100)).
+ The base implementation of saves the current secondary UI mode in view state. You can override it to save other specific data from view state, but be sure to obtain the current state from the base class, and then combine it with your control-specific state in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100">ASP.NET State Management Overview</see>).
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -2024,4 +2024,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
index 4dc0bcef776..f3054451db6 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
- Provides a construct for specifying a choice among multiple content alternatives in the [<DeviceSpecific>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Provides a construct for specifying a choice among multiple content alternatives in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
System.Web.UI.MobileControls.DeviceSpecificChoiceCollection
- Retrieves the collection of choices in a [<DeviceSpecific>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Retrieves the collection of choices in a <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The collection of choices in a element.
System.Boolean
- Gets a value indicating that the currently selected choice in the [<DeviceSpecific>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets a value indicating that the currently selected choice in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the currently selected choice has templates defined within it; otherwise, .
To be added.
@@ -646,4 +646,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
index 2d06c5ad4d0..05f29cb2afe 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ public bool myChoiceMethod(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
System.Boolean
- Gets a value indicating whether the currently selected choice in the [<DeviceSpecific>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets a value indicating whether the currently selected choice in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the currently selected choice has templates defined with in it; otherwise, .
To be added.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ The value of the attribute.
System.Collections.IDictionary
- Gets the templates that have been defined in the [<Choice>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets the templates that have been defined in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100"><Choice></see>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
An instance containing the objects defined for the element.
To be added.
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ The value of the attribute.
System.String
- Gets or sets the type of markup in a [<Choice>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets or sets the type of markup in a <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100"><Choice></see>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The type of markup inside templates of a choice.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml
index 0fabad068c8..103207aba2c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
System.Web.UI.MobileControls.DeviceElementCollection
- Gets the collection of device elements that programmatically represent the [device](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/d6d2a3c9-d5f8-43be-a783-822d59a0b587) elements of a configuration file. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- The that contains the objects that programmatically represent the [device](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/d6d2a3c9-d5f8-43be-a783-822d59a0b587) elements of the configuration file.
+ Gets the collection of device elements that programmatically represent the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/d6d2a3c9-d5f8-43be-a783-822d59a0b587">device</see> elements of a configuration file. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ The that contains the objects that programmatically represent the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/d6d2a3c9-d5f8-43be-a783-822d59a0b587">device</see> elements of the configuration file.
To be added.
Configuration Files in the Mobile Controls
@@ -204,4 +204,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml
index 5d2816ec997..0ad9ccaf9e9 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@
to automatically generate a password for the new user account; otherwise, . The default value is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and [ASP.NET Themes and Skins](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100)).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100">ASP.NET Themes and Skins</see>).
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml
index 69ca6b2cc66..b33979f6157 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml
@@ -2109,7 +2109,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2167,7 +2167,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2284,7 +2284,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2345,7 +2345,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2404,7 +2404,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@
When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+ For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
@@ -3524,4 +3524,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml
index 51f98dafecb..f042d7bba7e 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
to display **Cancel** on the ; otherwise, . The default is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and [ASP.NET Themes and Skins](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100)).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100">ASP.NET Themes and Skins</see>).
To be added.
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
to display the sidebar area on the ; otherwise, . The default is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and [ASP.NET Themes and Skins](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100)).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100">ASP.NET Themes and Skins</see>).
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml
index dd62983f322..8f1112a66f3 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ HyperLink1.NavigateUrl = HyperLink1.GetRouteUrl("Product",
]]>
- The method should be overridden only to change metadata attributes such as . For more information about using attributes, see [Attributes](/dotnet/standard/attributes/).
+ The method should be overridden only to change metadata attributes such as . For more information about using attributes, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/attributes/">Attributes</see>.
@@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@ HyperLink1.NavigateUrl = HyperLink1.GetRouteUrl("Product",
When control state is saved, a string object is returned to the client as a variable that is stored in an HTML element. Override this method to extract the state information to use in your control.
- Control state is intended for small amounts of critical data, such as a page index or a keyword. Using control state for large amounts of data can adversely affect page performance. For more information, see [ASP.NET State Management Overview](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100)).
+ Control state is intended for small amounts of critical data, such as a page index or a keyword. Using control state for large amounts of data can adversely affect page performance. For more information, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100">ASP.NET State Management Overview</see>).
@@ -4951,4 +4951,4 @@ HyperLink1.NavigateUrl = HyperLink1.GetRouteUrl("Product",
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
index a0dcdc5c9b7..ab02ec926c5 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- Created when a user control (.ascx file) is specified for output caching, using either the [@ OutputCache](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/hdxfb6cy(v=vs.100)) page directive or the attribute, and the user control is inserted into a page's control hierarchy by dynamically loading the user control with the method.
+ Created when a user control (.ascx file) is specified for output caching, using either the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/hdxfb6cy(v=vs.100">@ OutputCache</see>) page directive or the attribute, and the user control is inserted into a page's control hierarchy by dynamically loading the user control with the method.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml
index 6abfd97c132..28f6fbb81dc 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
0
- In the control, the version of client scripts to use is determined at run time based on the application-level [<compilation>](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/s10awwz0(v=vs.100)) element of the Web.config file, unless it is overridden in an instance of the control. In the control, when applied to a standalone script file, is equivalent to . When applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to .
+ In the control, the version of client scripts to use is determined at run time based on the application-level <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/s10awwz0(v=vs.100"><compilation></see>) element of the Web.config file, unless it is overridden in an instance of the control. In the control, when applied to a standalone script file, is equivalent to . When applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to .
@@ -129,4 +129,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml
index 953c86851fa..5ca0aef3baf 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml
@@ -171,9 +171,9 @@
System.Boolean
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the object automatically adds code at the end of the ECMAScript (JavaScript) file to call the client method of the [Sys.Application](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cd901c0f-51e2-4c63-9963-158f4a88b008) class.
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the object automatically adds code at the end of the ECMAScript (JavaScript) file to call the client method of the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cd901c0f-51e2-4c63-9963-158f4a88b008">Sys.Application</see> class.
- if the [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6) method is automatically called at the end of a JavaScript file, or if user code calls the [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6) method that is already in the JavaScript file. The default value is .
+ if the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6">Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded</see> method is automatically called at the end of a JavaScript file, or if user code calls the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6">Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded</see> method that is already in the JavaScript file. The default value is .
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml b/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml
index 071c9afc17a..08bb0a06a1e 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
15
- The compilation system shut the application domain. The member is introduced in the .NET Framework version 3.5. For more information, see [.NET Framework Versions and Dependencies](/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/versions-and-dependencies).
+ The compilation system shut the application domain. The member is introduced in the .NET Framework version 3.5. For more information, see <see href="/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/versions-and-dependencies">.NET Framework Versions and Dependencies</see>.
@@ -369,4 +369,4 @@
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml b/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
index 98956440063..cc97e284e9d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
500
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the trust level will succeed. This level is intended for highly trusted managed-code applications that need to use most of the managed permissions that support semi-trusted access. It does not grant some of the highest permissions (for example, the ability to call into native code), but it does provide a way to run trusted applications with least privilege or to provide some level of constraints for highly trusted applications. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the [trust](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100)) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the trust level will succeed. This level is intended for highly trusted managed-code applications that need to use most of the managed permissions that support semi-trusted access. It does not grant some of the highest permissions (for example, the ability to call into native code), but it does provide a way to run trusted applications with least privilege or to provide some level of constraints for highly trusted applications. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
300
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is intended to allow read-only access to limited resources in a constrained environment. This level is granted by specifying the trust level in the [trust](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100)) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is intended to allow read-only access to limited resources in a constrained environment. This level is granted by specifying the trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
400
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the [trust](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100)) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
200
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for the level will succeed. This level allows code to execute but not to interact with resources present on the system. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level using the [trust](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100)) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for the level will succeed. This level allows code to execute but not to interact with resources present on the system. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level using the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@
600
- Indicates that all demands for permission to use all features of an application will be granted. This is equivalent to granting trust level in the [trust](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100)) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that all demands for permission to use all features of an application will be granted. This is equivalent to granting trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
-
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/xml/System.Workflow.Activities/HandleExternalEventActivity.xml b/xml/System.Workflow.Activities/HandleExternalEventActivity.xml
index e8d3d8ebce4..4ad9c6076e7 100644
--- a/xml/System.Workflow.Activities/HandleExternalEventActivity.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Workflow.Activities/HandleExternalEventActivity.xml
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
This correlation should not be confused with correlating an event to the correct workflow instance. The correlation to the correct workflow instance is done by sending the event to an explicit workflow instance and using the property to properly identify the correct workflow instance.
- For an example of correlation, see the [Correlated Local Service Sample](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/5a3d0733-bbea-4dbf-88ee-a8316db55fbd).
+ For an example of correlation, see the Correlated Local Service Sample.
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
diff --git a/xml/System.Xaml/XamlLanguage.xml b/xml/System.Xaml/XamlLanguage.xml
index 5bea4278302..6988b6a30b5 100644
--- a/xml/System.Xaml/XamlLanguage.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Xaml/XamlLanguage.xml
@@ -21,11 +21,11 @@
Defines constants that provide strings or objects that are useful for XAML markup or for programming with XAML types. These strings or objects are relevant to XAML language concepts, to the implementation of XAML language concepts in .NET XAML Services, or to both.
- API returns lookup results that are based on a XAML schema context that remains internal. In this schema context, is `true`. Otherwise, the XAML schema context that is reported as the default for .NET Framework XAML Services and its defined XAML readers and XAML writers uses default settings. Overall, the XAML schema context that is used for predefined XAML readers and XAML writers is based on the same instance that is available from APIs that set or return a . The default XAML schema context for .NET Framework XAML Services is based on CLR concepts and reflection. Evidence of the default CLR backing can be found when obtaining certain properties that are a and when checking . Similarly, properties that are a have CLR reflection-based values for .
-
+ API returns lookup results that are based on a XAML schema context that remains internal. In this schema context, is `true`. Otherwise, the XAML schema context that is reported as the default for .NET Framework XAML Services and its defined XAML readers and XAML writers uses default settings. Overall, the XAML schema context that is used for predefined XAML readers and XAML writers is based on the same instance that is available from APIs that set or return a . The default XAML schema context for .NET Framework XAML Services is based on CLR concepts and reflection. Evidence of the default CLR backing can be found when obtaining certain properties that are a and when checking . Similarly, properties that are a have CLR reflection-based values for .
+
]]>
@@ -80,11 +80,11 @@
Gets a read-only generic collection of individual values that match, or alias, a XAML language intrinsic that is defined by .NET XAML Services.
A read-only generic collection of each that matches a XAML language intrinsic.
- . For example, `x:Code` is not a type.
-
+ . For example, `x:Code` is not a type.
+
]]>
@@ -113,13 +113,13 @@
Gets a for the of a factory method or a generic usage.
A for the of a factory method or generic usage.
-
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -181,11 +181,11 @@
Gets a for the pseudomember.
A for the pseudomember.
-
@@ -214,11 +214,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XML.
A for the directive from XML.
-
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -280,11 +280,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -313,11 +313,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -346,11 +346,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -379,11 +379,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -412,11 +412,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -445,11 +445,11 @@
Gets a for as detailed in [MS-XAML].
A for as detailed in [MS-XAML].
- by this API.
-
+ by this API.
+
]]>
@@ -504,11 +504,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -537,11 +537,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -570,11 +570,11 @@
Gets a that identifies a factory method for XAML.
A that identifies a factory method for XAML.
-
@@ -603,11 +603,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -636,13 +636,13 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -671,11 +671,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -704,11 +704,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -737,11 +737,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -770,13 +770,13 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -805,11 +805,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -838,11 +838,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XML.
A for the directive from XML.
-
@@ -871,11 +871,11 @@
Gets a for the type that is the item type of .
A for the type that is the item type of .
- is backed by .
-
+ is backed by .
+
]]>
@@ -904,11 +904,11 @@
Gets a for the concept in XAML.
A for the concept in XAML.
- .
-
+ .
+
]]>
@@ -937,13 +937,13 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -972,11 +972,11 @@
Gets a for the or XAML language intrinsic.
A for the / XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -1005,11 +1005,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language concept.
A for the XAML language concept.
-
@@ -1038,13 +1038,13 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -1073,11 +1073,11 @@
Gets a for the concept in XAML.
A for the concept in XAML.
- .
-
+ .
+
]]>
@@ -1106,11 +1106,11 @@
Gets a that represents a for XAML.
A that represents a for XAML.
- .
-
+ .
+
]]>
@@ -1139,11 +1139,11 @@
Gets a for the directive for XAML.
A for the directive for XAML.
-
@@ -1172,11 +1172,11 @@
Gets a for the Single XAML language intrinsic.
A for the Single XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -1205,11 +1205,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XML.
A for the directive from XML.
-
@@ -1238,11 +1238,11 @@
Gets a for the / XAML language intrinsic.
A for the / XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -1271,11 +1271,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language intrinsic.
A for the XAML language intrinsic.
-
@@ -1304,11 +1304,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -1337,11 +1337,11 @@
Gets a that enables loading XAML asynchronously if the XAML processor supports such a mode.
A that enables loading XAML asynchronously.
-
@@ -1370,11 +1370,11 @@
Gets a for the concept in XAML language.
A for the XAML language concept.
-
@@ -1403,11 +1403,11 @@
Gets a for the / XAML language intrinsic.
A for the / XAML language intrinsic.
- values that use bindings from, and lookups to, a backing type system. The XAML type is (or must be) assignable to `MarkupExtension`. See [[MS-XAML] Section 5.2.3](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=114525).
-
+ values that use bindings from, and lookups to, a backing type system. The XAML type is (or must be) assignable to `MarkupExtension`. See [[MS-XAML] Section 5.2.3](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=114525).
+
]]>
@@ -1436,11 +1436,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -1469,11 +1469,11 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -1502,13 +1502,13 @@
Gets a for the directive from XAML.
A for the directive from XAML.
-
@@ -1537,11 +1537,11 @@
Gets a for the XAML language concept.
A for the XAML language concept.
-
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@
System.String
- Gets a string value for the string that identifies the XAML (2006) language namespace. That namespace corresponds to the XAML (2006) "x" prefixed namespace as defined in [[MS-XAML] Section 5.1.1](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=114525).
+ Gets a string value for the string that identifies the XAML (2006) language namespace. That namespace corresponds to the XAML (2006) "x" prefixed namespace as defined in [MS-XAML] Section 5.1.1.
To be added.
@@ -1601,11 +1601,11 @@
Gets a collection of the namespace identifiers for XAML.
A collection of the namespace identifiers for XAML.
- value.
-
+ value.
+
]]>
@@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@
Gets a for the XAML type that backs an block in XAML.
- The for the XAML type that backs an block. See [[MS-XAML] Section 5.2.23](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=114525).
+ The for the XAML type that backs an block. See [MS-XAML] Section 5.2.23.
To be added.
@@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@
System.String
- Gets a string value for the string that identifies the XML (1998) language namespace. That namespace corresponds to the XML "xml" prefixed namespace as referenced in [[MS-XAML] Section 5.1.2](https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=114525).
+ Gets a string value for the string that identifies the XML (1998) language namespace. That namespace corresponds to the XML "xml" prefixed namespace as referenced in [MS-XAML] Section 5.1.2.
To be added.
@@ -1692,11 +1692,11 @@
Gets a collection of the namespace identifiers for XML.
A collection of the namespace identifiers for XML.
- value.
-
+ value.
+
]]>
From e78673e7dafc2f0dccb9b4e8607370a6ec19e156 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Genevieve Warren <24882762+gewarren@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Sat, 24 Aug 2024 15:28:12 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 2/6] fix angle brackets
---
xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml | 4 +-
xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml | 4 +-
.../ADODC.xml | 614 ++---
.../BaseControlArray.xml | 382 +--
.../DirListBox.xml | 412 +--
.../DriveListBox.xml | 346 +--
.../FileListBox.xml | 378 +--
xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml | 14 +-
.../TempFileCollection.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml | 2 +-
.../IEntityChangeTracker.xml | 2 +-
.../ProxyDataContractResolver.xml | 2 +-
.../ClientFormsIdentity.xml | 126 +-
xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml | 138 +-
...MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml | 4 +-
.../ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml | 2392 ++++++++--------
.../AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml | 804 +++---
.../DiagnosticsElement.xml | 14 +-
.../DataGridDesigner.xml | 130 +-
.../DataListDesigner.xml | 182 +-
.../RegexEditorDialog.xml | 22 +-
.../RepeaterDesigner.xml | 44 +-
.../XmlDesigner.xml | 30 +-
.../ExtenderControlDesigner.xml | 26 +-
.../HtmlControlDesigner.xml | 130 +-
.../XhtmlControlAdapter.xml | 776 +++---
.../DeviceSpecific.xml | 138 +-
.../DeviceSpecificChoice.xml | 142 +-
.../MobileControlsSection.xml | 16 +-
.../CreateUserWizard.xml | 4 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml | 2448 ++++++++---------
xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml | 6 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml | 28 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml | 48 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml | 38 +-
xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml | 4 +-
.../AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml | 30 +-
39 files changed, 4945 insertions(+), 4945 deletions(-)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
index 192fcb9ebd8..d7064c5bad6 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
1
- An <see href="/previous-versions/visualstudio/visual-studio-2010/b51a45x6(v=vs.100">eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)</see>) error. Corresponds to the object.
+ An eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)) error. Corresponds to the object.
@@ -185,4 +185,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
index 4025b97c49f..2d019a1a8da 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
@@ -16,10 +16,10 @@
- Represents an error that occurs when the method is used. For more information, see <see href="/previous-versions/visualstudio/visual-studio-2010/b51a45x6(v=vs.100">eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)</see>).
+ Represents an error that occurs when the method is used. For more information, see eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)).
To be added.
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
index 61ae8d8e352..a6f75fbf781 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
Provides compatibility with the Visual Basic 6.0 , which enabled you to create a connection to a database using Microsoft ActiveX Data Objects ().
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@
A .
Adds an interface to monitor changes in a data set.
- is connected to a data source.
-
+ is connected to a data source.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -144,14 +144,14 @@
Gets or sets the background color for a .
A that represents the background color of the .
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -187,16 +187,16 @@
if the current row position is before the first row; otherwise, .
- return values are determined by the location of the current row pointer if this pointer is valid. If either `BOF` or is `true`, there is no current row, and any attempt to reference data causes an exception.
-
- You can use the `BOF` and properties to determine whether an object contains rows or whether you have gone beyond the limits of an as you move from row to row.
-
+ return values are determined by the location of the current row pointer if this pointer is valid. If either `BOF` or is `true`, there is no current row, and any attempt to reference data causes an exception.
+
+ You can use the `BOF` and properties to determine whether an object contains rows or whether you have gone beyond the limits of an as you move from row to row.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -235,14 +235,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that indicates what action the takes when the property is .
A enumeration that specifies the action to take.
- is the current row.
-
+ is the current row.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -281,16 +281,16 @@
Gets or sets the number of records that are cached in local memory for the current .
An that specifies the number of records that are cached in local memory for the current object. The default is 50 records.
- , the provider fetches the first 10 records into local memory. Therefore, as you move forward from the current record, the provider returns the data values from the local memory buffer. As soon as you move past the last record, the next 10 records are fetched from the data source into the cache.
-
- While you can change value during the life of the cursor, the change only affects the number of records in the cache after the next fetch from the data source.
-
+ , the provider fetches the first 10 records into local memory. Therefore, as you move forward from the current record, the provider returns the data values from the local memory buffer. As soon as you move past the last record, the next 10 records are fetched from the data source into the cache.
+
+ While you can change value during the life of the cursor, the change only affects the number of records in the cache after the next fetch from the data source.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -329,14 +329,14 @@
Gets or sets the duration, in seconds, that the waits for a command to return from the server.
An that specifies the number of seconds to wait when a connection is being established. The default is 15 seconds.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -379,14 +379,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that informs the what type of command to pass when opening a .
A enumeration that specifies the command type.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -425,14 +425,14 @@
Gets of sets the information that is used to establish a connection to a data source.
A that contains the connection information.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -471,14 +471,14 @@
Gets or sets the duration of time, in seconds, for which the provider attempts to connect to the server specified in the property.
An that specifies the number of seconds to wait when a connection is being established. The default is 15 seconds.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -521,14 +521,14 @@
Gets or sets the location of the cursor library for the object.
A enumeration that specifies s the location. The default is .
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -571,14 +571,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that specifies the default type of cursor to use when opening a result set from the specified query.
A enumeration that specifies the type of cursor to use.
- .
-
+ .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -611,21 +611,21 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by a and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
-
- When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+ method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
+
+ When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
@@ -655,14 +655,14 @@
The event is called when there is an attempt to move to a row past the end of the .
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -698,16 +698,16 @@
if the current row position is after the last row; otherwise, .
- and `EOF` return values are determined by the location of the current row pointer if this pointer is valid. If either or `EOF` is `true`, there is no current row, and any attempt to reference data causes an exception.
-
- You can use the and `EOF` properties to determine whether an object contains rows or whether you have gone beyond the limits of an as you move from row to row.
-
+ and `EOF` return values are determined by the location of the current row pointer if this pointer is valid. If either or `EOF` is `true`, there is no current row, and any attempt to reference data causes an exception.
+
+ You can use the and `EOF` properties to determine whether an object contains rows or whether you have gone beyond the limits of an as you move from row to row.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -746,14 +746,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that indicates what action the takes when the property is .
A enumeration that specifies the action to take.
- is the current row.
-
+ is the current row.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -778,14 +778,14 @@
Occurs when an exception is raised in a .
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -816,14 +816,14 @@
Occurs when a control completes a fetch from a database.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -854,14 +854,14 @@
Occurs while a control is fetching data from a database.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -892,14 +892,14 @@
Occurs when an update to a in a for a control is complete.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -933,13 +933,13 @@
Returns a for a .
A data access object (such as a row position) for a given data member.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -968,14 +968,14 @@
Implements the OLE DB method.
An that represents the count.
- .
-
+ .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1007,14 +1007,14 @@
Implements the OLE DB method.
A that describes the data member name.
- .
-
+ .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1057,14 +1057,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that indicates the type of concurrency handling.
A enumeration that specifies the type of concurrency handling.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1103,14 +1103,14 @@
Gets or sets the maximum number of records that can be retrieved from the data source.
An that specifies the number of records that can be retrieved from the data source.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1153,14 +1153,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that specifies the available permissions for modifying data in a or opening a in a .
A that specifies the mode.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1191,14 +1191,14 @@
Occurs when a , , or method has occurred in a for a control.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1227,16 +1227,16 @@
An that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1282,14 +1282,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that specifies whether a will be oriented horizontally (the default) or vertically.
A enumeration that specifies the orientation.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1324,14 +1324,14 @@
Sets the password that is used during the creation of an ADO object.
A that contains the password.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1362,14 +1362,14 @@
Occurs when the current record has changed in the of a control.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1408,14 +1408,14 @@
Gets or sets a reference to the underlying ADO object.
An ADO object.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1446,14 +1446,14 @@
Occurs when the for a control changes.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1492,14 +1492,14 @@
Gets or sets the statement or query that returns a .
A that contains the statement or query.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1529,13 +1529,13 @@
Forces a control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself and any child controls.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1572,14 +1572,14 @@
A .
Removes a .
- is connected to a data source.
-
+ is connected to a data source.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1626,14 +1626,14 @@
Gets or sets the text that is contained in the display area of a .
A that specifies the text.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1672,14 +1672,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that represents a user of an ADO object.
A that contains a user name.
- are supplied, the control uses the values to create a connection string ( property).
-
+ are supplied, the control uses the values to create a connection string ( property).
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1710,13 +1710,13 @@
Occurs before the current field in a of a control changes.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1747,13 +1747,13 @@
Occurs before the current record in a of a control changes.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1784,13 +1784,13 @@
Occurs before the of a control changes.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1821,16 +1821,16 @@
Occurs before the , , or method of a of a control executes.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
index e81ba5ad5f6..4209be055b3 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
@@ -27,14 +27,14 @@
Implements the basic functionality common to control arrays in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -64,14 +64,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this constructor is typically not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this constructor is typically not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -96,14 +96,14 @@
The where the control array will be hosted.
Initializes a new instance of the class, optionally specifying a container.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this constructor is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this constructor is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -133,19 +133,19 @@
if the control is a member of the control array; otherwise, .
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
- Derived classes should make sure that is of the correct type for the control array.
-
+ Derived classes should make sure that is of the correct type for the control array.
+
When you override in a derived class, do not call the method of the base class.
@@ -174,14 +174,14 @@
Gets the index of a control in a control array.
A integer representing the index of the control in the control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -213,14 +213,14 @@
Gets the control for a specified index in a control array.
The at the specified .
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -251,16 +251,16 @@
A .
Not supported in the class.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. -
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. -
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -291,14 +291,14 @@
Optional. A specifying whether the control was created at design time () or at run time ().
Sets the index for a control in a control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -331,14 +331,14 @@
if the control is a member of the control array; otherwise, .
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this `Protected` method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -365,14 +365,14 @@
Stores the container for a control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -396,14 +396,14 @@
Stores values to track whether a control in a control array was created at design time or at run time.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -427,14 +427,14 @@
Stores values that represent the controls in a control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -460,16 +460,16 @@
Returns the number of controls in a control array.
A Short that contains the number of controls.
- class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -498,18 +498,18 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources that are used by a control in a control array and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
-
- When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+ method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
+
+ When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
@@ -532,14 +532,14 @@
Stores a value indicating whether the initialization code for a control array's container has finished executing.
- class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -564,10 +564,10 @@
Returns the type of a control in a control array.
The type of a control in a control array.
- This method must be overridden.
-
+ This method must be overridden.
+
The class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0. Because this class is not typically used to create an instance of the class, this method is usually not called directly but is instead called by a derived class.
-
+
Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
When you override in a derived class, do not call the method of the base class.
@@ -595,14 +595,14 @@
Returns a reference to an enumerator object, which is used to iterate over a control array.
A object.
- class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -630,16 +630,16 @@
A .
Adds event handlers for a control in a control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -666,14 +666,14 @@
Stores the indices for a control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -699,16 +699,16 @@
Returns a that contains the smallest available subscript for a control array.
A that contains the lower bounds of a control array.
- function to determine the size of a control array.
-
- The class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ function to determine the size of a control array.
+
+ The class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -736,16 +736,16 @@
A that represents the index of the new control.
Creates a new element in a control array.
- class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -773,14 +773,14 @@
Begins the initialization of the control.
- method ends the initialization. Using the `BeginInit` and methods prevents the control from being used before it is fully initialized. The initialization occurs at run time.
-
+ method ends the initialization. Using the `BeginInit` and methods prevents the control from being used before it is fully initialized. The initialization occurs at run time.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -808,14 +808,14 @@
Ends the initialization of a control.
- and `EndInit` methods prevents the control from being used before it is fully initialized. The initialization occurs at run time.
-
+ and `EndInit` methods prevents the control from being used before it is fully initialized. The initialization occurs at run time.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -841,16 +841,16 @@
Returns a that contains the largest available subscript for a control array.
A that contains the upper bounds of a control array.
- function to determine the size of a control array.
-
- The class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+ function to determine the size of a control array.
+
+ The class is the base class for all control arrays used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -878,22 +878,22 @@
A that represents the index of the control to remove.
Removes a control from a control array.
- [!NOTE]
-> Only controls that were added dynamically by using the method can be removed from the control array.
-
- The class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
-
+> Only controls that were added dynamically by using the method can be removed from the control array.
+
+ The class is the base class for all control arrays that are used in applications upgraded from Visual Basic 6.0.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
index 698044ef0d6..c896805e703 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@
Displays directories and paths at run time.
- , , and properties to enable a user to access items in a list. If you also display the and controls, you can write code to synchronize them with the control and with each other.
-
+ , , and properties to enable a user to access items in a list. If you also display the and controls, you can write code to synchronize them with the control and with each other.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -59,14 +59,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -93,14 +93,14 @@
Occurs when the contents of a control has changed.
- control changes, either when the user double-clicks a new directory or when you change the property setting through code.
-
+ control changes, either when the user double-clicks a new directory or when you change the property setting through code.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@
Gets or sets the width of columns in a multicolumn .
The width, in pixels, of each column in the control. The default is 0.
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@
Gets or sets the data source for a .
An object that implements the or interfaces, such as a or a . The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -237,16 +237,16 @@
Gets the items that are contained in a control's list portion.
A that contains the directory and path for the specified item.
- and properties.
-
- For a control, the `Index` number sequence is based on the current directories and subdirectories when the control is created at run time.
-
+ and properties.
+
+ For a control, the `Index` number sequence is based on the current directories and subdirectories when the control is created at run time.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -283,14 +283,14 @@
Gets the number of items in the list section of a control.
An that represents the number of items in the list.
- and properties.
-
+ and properties.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -327,16 +327,16 @@
Gets or sets the index of the currently selected item in a control.
An that represents the index of the currently selected item.
- and properties.
-
- The expression `instance.DirList(instance.DirListIndex)` returns the string for the currently selected directory.
-
+ and properties.
+
+ The expression `instance.DirList(instance.DirListIndex)` returns the string for the currently selected directory.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -371,21 +371,21 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources that are used by a control and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
-
- When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+ method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
+
+ When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -421,14 +421,14 @@
Gets or sets the drawing mode for a .
One of the values that represent the mode for drawing the items of the control. The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -469,14 +469,14 @@
Gets the height of an item in the .
The height, in pixels, of an item in the control.
- control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -517,14 +517,14 @@
Gets the items that are contained in a .
A that represents the items in the .
- control; trying to add or remove directories from the collection could cause an exception. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; trying to add or remove directories from the collection could cause an exception. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -566,14 +566,14 @@
if the supports multiple columns; otherwise, . The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -608,16 +608,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -650,16 +650,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -697,16 +697,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -740,16 +740,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raise the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -783,16 +783,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -826,16 +826,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -869,16 +869,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -926,22 +926,22 @@
Gets or sets the current path in a control.
A that represents the path of the currently selected directory. The default is the current path when the control is created at run time.
- control generates an event.
-
+ control generates an event.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -969,13 +969,13 @@
Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -1019,14 +1019,14 @@
Gets or sets the method in which items are selected in a .
One of the values. The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1068,14 +1068,14 @@
if items in the control are sorted; otherwise, . The default is .
- control, `Sorted` always returns false.
-
+ control, `Sorted` always returns false.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1116,14 +1116,14 @@
Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in a .
A that represents the name of an object property that is contained in the collection specified by the property. The default is an empty string ("").
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1131,4 +1131,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
index 4ac3b29b596..85c21c10b1b 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
@@ -27,16 +27,16 @@
Enables a user to select a valid disk drive at run time.
- and controls, you can write code to synchronize them with the `DriveListBox` control and with each other.
-
+ and controls, you can write code to synchronize them with the `DriveListBox` control and with each other.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -59,14 +59,14 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -107,14 +107,14 @@
Gets or sets the data source for a .
An object that implements the or interfaces, such as a or a . The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -155,14 +155,14 @@
Gets or sets the property to display for this .
A that represents the name of an object property and is contained in the collection specified by the property. The default is an empty string ("").
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -193,21 +193,21 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources that are used by a control and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
-
- When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+ method. `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with the disposing parameter set to `true`. invokes `Dispose` with the disposing parameter set to `false`.
+
+ When the disposing parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this control references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -243,14 +243,14 @@
Gets or sets the drawing mode for a .
One of the values that represent the mode for drawing the items of the control. The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -291,14 +291,14 @@
Gets or sets the selected drive at run time.
A expression that specifies the selected drive.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -339,16 +339,16 @@
Gets or sets a value that specifies the style of a combo box.
One of the values. The default is .
- control.
-
- If you set the `DropDownStyle` property to , you can select only valid values from the list. If you set the `DropDownStyle` property to , you can type any value in the editable area of the .
-
+ control.
+
+ If you set the `DropDownStyle` property to , you can select only valid values from the list. If you set the `DropDownStyle` property to , you can type any value in the editable area of the .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -385,14 +385,14 @@
Gets the height of an item in the .
The height, in pixels, of an item in the control.
- control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -442,14 +442,14 @@
Gets the items that are contained in a .
A that represents the items in the .
- .
-
+ .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -490,14 +490,14 @@
Gets the item for a specified index in a .
A that contains the name of the drive at the specified .
- .
-
+ .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -538,14 +538,14 @@
Gets or sets a value that specifies the maximum length of text displayed in a .
An that specifies the maximum length for the property.
- .
-
+ .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -576,16 +576,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -619,16 +619,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raise the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -662,16 +662,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -705,16 +705,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -748,16 +748,16 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -792,13 +792,13 @@
Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself.
- [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -843,14 +843,14 @@
if items in the control are sorted; otherwise, . The default is .
- control, `Sorted` always returns `false`.
-
+ control, `Sorted` always returns `false`.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -891,14 +891,14 @@
Gets the text displayed in a .
A that contains the text that is displayed.
- property.
-
+ property.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -939,14 +939,14 @@
Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in a .
A that represents the name of an object property and is contained in the collection specified by the property. The default is an empty string ("").
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -977,16 +977,16 @@
The Windows Message to process.
Processes Windows messages.
- method.
-
- The `WndProc` method corresponds exactly to the Windows `WindowProc` function. For more information about processing Windows messages, see [WindowProc callback function](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/legacy/ms633573(v=vs.85)).
-
+ method.
+
+ The `WndProc` method corresponds exactly to the Windows `WindowProc` function. For more information about processing Windows messages, see [WindowProc callback function](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/windows/desktop/legacy/ms633573(v=vs.85)).
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
-
+> Functions and objects in the namespace are provided for use by the tools for upgrading from Visual Basic 6.0 to Visual Basic. In most cases, these functions and objects duplicate functionality that you can find in other namespaces in the .NET Framework. They are necessary only when the Visual Basic 6.0 code model differs significantly from the .NET Framework implementation.
+
]]>
@@ -997,4 +997,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
index 34f829f0e20..b680069f563 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
@@ -27,15 +27,15 @@
Locates and lists files in the directory specified by the property at run time.
- and controls, you can write code to synchronize them with the `FileListBox` control and with each other.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ and controls, you can write code to synchronize them with the `FileListBox` control and with each other.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -58,13 +58,13 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
-
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -102,13 +102,13 @@
if files that have the attribute will be displayed; otherwise . The default is .
- control, based on standard `Archive` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property in code at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control, based on standard `Archive` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property in code at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -149,13 +149,13 @@
Gets or sets the data source for a .
An object that implements the or interfaces, such as a or a . The default is .
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -196,13 +196,13 @@
Gets or sets the property to display for this .
A that represents the name of an object property that is contained in the collection specified by the property. The default is an empty string ("").
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -243,13 +243,13 @@
Gets or sets the file name of the selected file in a .
A that contains the file name of the selected file.
- .
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ .
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -287,13 +287,13 @@
if files that have the attribute will be displayed; otherwise . The default is .
- control, based on standard `Hidden` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property in code at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control, based on standard `Hidden` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property in code at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -332,9 +332,9 @@
Gets the height of an item in the .
- This property is not required for the control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
- <see href="~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md">!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility</see>]
+ This property is not required for the control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ !INCLUDE[Note_compatibility]
To be added.
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -383,13 +383,13 @@
Gets the items that are contained in a .
A representing the items in the .
- control; trying to add or remove directories from the collection could cause an exception. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control; trying to add or remove directories from the collection could cause an exception. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -430,13 +430,13 @@
Gets the items that are contained in a .
A that represents the items in the .
- control; trying to add or remove directories from the collection could cause an exception. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control; trying to add or remove directories from the collection could cause an exception. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -474,13 +474,13 @@
if files that have the attribute will be displayed; otherwise . The default is .
- control, based on standard `Normal` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control, based on standard `Normal` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -515,15 +515,15 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
-
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -553,15 +553,15 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
-
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -591,15 +591,15 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
-
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -630,15 +630,15 @@
A that contains the event data.
Raises the event.
-
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -683,23 +683,23 @@
Gets or sets the current path for a .
A that contains the current path, not including the file name.
- control, the default is the current path when the control is created at run time.
-
- Use this property when you are building an application's file-browsing and manipulation capabilities. Setting the `Path` property has effects similar to the MS-DOS `chdir` command; relative paths are allowed with or without a drive specification. Specifying only a drive with a colon (:) selects the current directory on that drive.
-
- The `Path` property can also be set to a qualified network path without a drive connection using the following syntax:
-
-```
-\\servername\sharename\path
-```
-
- Changing the value of `Path` for a control generates an event.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control, the default is the current path when the control is created at run time.
+
+ Use this property when you are building an application's file-browsing and manipulation capabilities. Setting the `Path` property has effects similar to the MS-DOS `chdir` command; relative paths are allowed with or without a drive specification. Specifying only a drive with a colon (:) selects the current directory on that drive.
+
+ The `Path` property can also be set to a qualified network path without a drive connection using the following syntax:
+
+```
+\\servername\sharename\path
+```
+
+ Changing the value of `Path` for a control generates an event.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -726,13 +726,13 @@
Occurs when the path is changed by setting the or property in code.
- control. When you assign a string that contains a new path to the property, the control invokes the `PathChange` event.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control. When you assign a string that contains a new path to the property, the control invokes the `PathChange` event.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -773,17 +773,17 @@
Gets or sets a value indicating the file names displayed in a control at run time.
A string expression indicating a file specification, such as "*.\*" or "\*.FRM". The default is "\*.\*", which returns a list of all files.
- event.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ event.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -810,13 +810,13 @@
Occurs when the file listing pattern, such as "*.\*", is changed by setting the or property in code.
- control. When you assign a string that contains a new pattern to the property, the FileListBox invokes the event.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control. When you assign a string that contains a new pattern to the property, the FileListBox invokes the event.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -854,16 +854,16 @@
if files that have the attribute will be displayed; otherwise . The default is .
- control to specify whether files that have read-only attributes are displayed in the file list or not.
-
+ control to specify whether files that have read-only attributes are displayed in the file list or not.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> If the property is set to `true` (the default), files that have read-only attributes are displayed regardless of the `ReadOnly` property setting.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+> If the property is set to `true` (the default), files that have read-only attributes are displayed regardless of the `ReadOnly` property setting.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -891,11 +891,11 @@
Forces the control to invalidate its client area and immediately redraw itself.
-
@@ -940,13 +940,13 @@
if items in the control are sorted; otherwise, . The default is .
- control, `Sorted` always returns `false`.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control, `Sorted` always returns `false`.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -984,13 +984,13 @@
if files that have the attribute will be displayed; otherwise . The default is .
- control, based on standard `System` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control, based on standard `System` file attribute used in the operating environment. Setting this property at run time resets the control to display only those files that have the specified attribute.
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1031,13 +1031,13 @@
Gets or sets the property to use as the actual value for the items in a .
A representing the name of an object property that is contained in the collection specified by the property. The default is an empty string ("").
- control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
-
- [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
-
+ control; it is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ [!INCLUDE[Note_compatibility](~/includes/note-compatibility-md.md)]
+
]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
@@ -1045,4 +1045,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
index 20143e9f1a4..25f253e1f02 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
@@ -33,11 +33,11 @@
Indicates which type of conversion to perform when calling the function.
-
@@ -440,8 +440,8 @@
4
- Converts narrow (single-byte) characters in the string to wide (double-byte) characters. Applies to Asian locales. This member is equivalent to the Visual Basic constant . <see href="~/includes/vbstrconv-wide-md.md">!INCLUDE[vbstrconv-wide</see>]
+ Converts narrow (single-byte) characters in the string to wide (double-byte) characters. Applies to Asian locales. This member is equivalent to the Visual Basic constant . !INCLUDE[vbstrconv-wide]
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml b/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
index f7a92a28360..ae7ae2d7500 100644
--- a/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
+++ b/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
Implementing a Dispose method
Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
index fabf51cdc2b..d4894e5dd70 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
index 503e746e2ac..cf971e055ae 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
index dcef3d15747..ff862be2abc 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
Gets current state of a tracked object.
An that is the state of the tracked object.
- For more information, see Identity Resolution, State Management, and Change Tracking) and Tracking Changes in POCO Entities.
+ For more information, see Identity Resolution, State Management, and Change Tracking) and Tracking Changes in POCO Entities.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
index f5e88536957..de48da5b3aa 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
The namespace of the .
The declared type.
An instance of .
- During deserialization, maps any information to the actual type of the persistence-ignorant) object.
+ During deserialization, maps any information to the actual type of the persistence-ignorant) object.
The type that the is mapped to, or if no known type was found that matches the .
Represents a user identity authenticated for client application services by using forms authentication.
- method. After authentication, you can retrieve a reference to the current instance through the property of the retrieved through the `static` property. For more information, see [Client Application Services](/dotnet/framework/common-client-technologies/client-application-services).
-
- You will typically access a object as an reference to avoid a direct dependency on this class. You can determine whether a user is authenticated by checking the property of the identity. However, the user may be authenticated for Windows, but not for client application services. To determine whether the user is authenticated for client application services, you should also confirm that the property value is "ClientForms".
-
- You must use an explicit reference to call the method, which is not defined by the interface.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example code demonstrates how to use this class to silently revalidate a user when the application leaves the offline state. In this example, a event handler updates the offline status to match the check box value. If the user sets the application to the online state, the event handler attempts to revalidate the user by calling the method. However, if the authentication server is unavailable, the event handler returns the application to the offline state.
-
+ method. After authentication, you can retrieve a reference to the current instance through the property of the retrieved through the `static` property. For more information, see [Client Application Services](/dotnet/framework/common-client-technologies/client-application-services).
+
+ You will typically access a object as an reference to avoid a direct dependency on this class. You can determine whether a user is authenticated by checking the property of the identity. However, the user may be authenticated for Windows, but not for client application services. To determine whether the user is authenticated for client application services, you should also confirm that the property value is "ClientForms".
+
+ You must use an explicit reference to call the method, which is not defined by the interface.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example code demonstrates how to use this class to silently revalidate a user when the application leaves the offline state. In this example, a event handler updates the offline status to match the check box value. If the user sets the application to the online state, the event handler attempts to revalidate the user by calling the method. However, if the authentication server is unavailable, the event handler returns the application to the offline state.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The method is for convenience only. Because it does not have a return value, it cannot indicate whether revalidation has failed. Revalidation can fail, for example, if the user credentials have changed on the server. In this case, you might want to include code that explicitly validates users after a service call fails. For more information, see the Accessing Web Settings section in [Walkthrough: Using Client Application Services](/dotnet/framework/common-client-technologies/walkthrough-using-client-application-services).
-
+> The method is for convenience only. Because it does not have a return value, it cannot indicate whether revalidation has failed. Revalidation can fail, for example, if the user credentials have changed on the server. In this case, you might want to include code that explicitly validates users after a service call fails. For more information, see the Accessing Web Settings section in [Walkthrough: Using Client Application Services](/dotnet/framework/common-client-technologies/walkthrough-using-client-application-services).
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity/Overview/Class1.cs" id="Snippet315":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet315":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet315":::
+
]]>
@@ -120,11 +120,11 @@
Gets a collection of the cookies retrieved from the authentication service.
The cookies retrieved from the authentication service.
-
Client Application Services
@@ -159,17 +159,17 @@
Gets the type of authentication that is used to authenticate the user.
The type of authentication that is used to authenticate the user.
- object as an reference to avoid a direct dependency on this class. You can determine whether a user is authenticated by checking the property of the identity. However, the user may be authenticated for Windows, but not for client application services. To determine whether the user is authenticated for client application services, you should also confirm that the property value is "ClientForms". For more information, see the class overview.
-## Examples
+## Examples
The following example code demonstrates how to use this property through an reference to determine whether a user is currently authenticated for client application services. This example assumes that the application is in the default configuration where users are not required to log in again when the authentication cookie expires. Otherwise, the might indicate that the user login has expired.
-
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity/Overview/Class1.cs" id="Snippet312":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet312":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet312":::
+
]]>
@@ -213,14 +213,14 @@
Releases all resources used by the .
- when you are finished using the . The method leaves the in an unusable state. After calling , you must release all references to the so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. For more information, see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
-
+ when you are finished using the . The method leaves the in an unusable state. After calling , you must release all references to the so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. For more information, see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Always call before you release your last reference to the . Otherwise, the resources it is using will not be freed until the garbage collector calls the object's `Finalize` method.
-
+> Always call before you release your last reference to the . Otherwise, the resources it is using will not be freed until the garbage collector calls the object's `Finalize` method.
+
]]>
Client Application Services
@@ -250,20 +250,20 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method, if it has been overridden. `Dispose()` invokes this method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` invokes this method with `disposing` set to `false`.
-
- When the `disposing` parameter is true, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+
+ When the `disposing` parameter is true, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
-
- For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
Client Application Services
@@ -298,17 +298,17 @@
if the user has been authenticated; otherwise, .
- object as an reference to avoid a direct dependency on this class. You can determine whether a user is authenticated by checking the property of the identity. However, the user may be authenticated for Windows, but not for client application services. To determine whether the user is authenticated for client application services, you should also confirm that the property value is "ClientForms". For more information, see the class overview.
-## Examples
+## Examples
The following example code demonstrates how to use this property through an reference to determine whether a user is currently authenticated for client application services. This example assumes that the application is in the default configuration where users are not required to log in again when the authentication cookie expires. Otherwise, the might indicate that the user login has expired.
-
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity/Overview/Class1.cs" id="Snippet312":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet312":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet312":::
+
]]>
@@ -403,20 +403,20 @@
Silently authenticates the user by using cached credentials.
- class stores the user credentials as long as the application is running. However, the user is only authenticated until the authentication cookie expires. After the cookie expires, the user must be revalidated to access the remote roles or Web settings services. You can use the **Advanced Settings for Services** dialog box to configure your application to automatically revalidate the user. However, if you configure your application to honor the cookie expiration, you can programmatically revalidate the user by calling the method. This method is also useful when switching from offline mode to online mode, because the application may have been shut down while offline.
-
+ class stores the user credentials as long as the application is running. However, the user is only authenticated until the authentication cookie expires. After the cookie expires, the user must be revalidated to access the remote roles or Web settings services. You can use the **Advanced Settings for Services** dialog box to configure your application to automatically revalidate the user. However, if you configure your application to honor the cookie expiration, you can programmatically revalidate the user by calling the method. This method is also useful when switching from offline mode to online mode, because the application may have been shut down while offline.
+
> [!NOTE]
> The method is for convenience only. Because it does not have a return value, it cannot indicate whether revalidation has failed. Revalidation can fail, for example, if the user credentials have changed on the server. In this case, you might want to include code that explicitly validates users after a service call fails. For more information, see the Accessing Web Settings section in [Walkthrough: Using Client Application Services](/dotnet/framework/common-client-technologies/walkthrough-using-client-application-services).
-## Examples
- The following example code demonstrates how to use this method to silently revalidate a user when the application leaves the offline state. In this example, a event handler updates the offline status to match the check box value. If the user sets the application to the online state, the event handler attempts to revalidate the user. However, if the authentication server is unavailable, the event handler returns the application to the offline state.
-
+## Examples
+ The following example code demonstrates how to use this method to silently revalidate a user when the application leaves the offline state. In this example, a event handler updates the offline status to match the check box value. If the user sets the application to the online state, the event handler attempts to revalidate the user. However, if the authentication server is unavailable, the event handler returns the application to the offline state.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity/Overview/Class1.cs" id="Snippet315":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet315":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Winforms/ClientApplicationServices/VB/Class1.vb" id="Snippet315":::
+
]]>
@@ -428,4 +428,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
index 132606237a7..f44cdb52877 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
@@ -24,48 +24,48 @@
Provides a single source for accessing capability information about a client device and for performing queries against device capabilities. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- class extends the class. The class offers a large number of read-only properties that provide type-safe access to the Browser object's capabilities dictionary.
-
- You can use the Browser property of the object to point to an instance of a object, which can then be used to read the capabilities of the requesting browser and device.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- During the page load, the object obtains the capabilities through the property as previously discussed. The and the properties of the object report back to the browser by setting properties on the object and also by programmatically setting the `Text` property of certain controls on the page.
-
-```csharp
-<%@ Page Inherits="System.Web.UI.MobileControls.MobilePage"
- Language="c#" %>
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ class extends the class. The class offers a large number of read-only properties that provide type-safe access to the Browser object's capabilities dictionary.
+
+ You can use the Browser property of the object to point to an instance of a object, which can then be used to read the capabilities of the requesting browser and device.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ During the page load, the object obtains the capabilities through the property as previously discussed. The and the properties of the object report back to the browser by setting properties on the object and also by programmatically setting the `Text` property of certain controls on the page.
+
+```csharp
+<%@ Page Inherits="System.Web.UI.MobileControls.MobilePage"
+ Language="c#" %>
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
@@ -445,15 +445,15 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
The device evaluation method, property name, or item in the capabilities collection.
The optional argument.
- Provides a uniform way to evaluate device capabilities. This method is used internally by ASP.NET to implement various device-selection criteria expressed in the syntax of the controls. For example, this method is used to choose among <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100"><Choice> Element (.NET Framework Developer's Guide)</see>) elements in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Provides a uniform way to evaluate device capabilities. This method is used internally by ASP.NET to implement various device-selection criteria expressed in the syntax of the controls. For example, this method is used to choose among <Choice> Element (.NET Framework Developer's Guide)) elements in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the device has the specified capability; otherwise, .
- method programmatically when they gather device-specific information. If the `capabilityName` parameter specifies a device evaluation method, the `optionalArgument` parameter is passed to this method. If the `capabilityName` parameter specifies a property name or item in the capabilities dictionary, the method checks whether the property or item is equal to the `optionalArgument` parameter.
-
+ method programmatically when they gather device-specific information. If the `capabilityName` parameter specifies a device evaluation method, the `optionalArgument` parameter is passed to this method. If the `capabilityName` parameter specifies a property name or item in the capabilities dictionary, the method checks whether the property or item is equal to the `optionalArgument` parameter.
+
]]>
A parameter is not found as a device-filter name specified in the configuration file, as a property, or as an item in the Item collection.
@@ -739,11 +739,11 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
Returns the source identifier to use for compact HTML 1.0. This field is read-only. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Mobile Device Capabilities
@@ -770,11 +770,11 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
Returns the source identifier to use for HTML 3.2. This field is read-only. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Mobile Device Capabilities
@@ -801,11 +801,11 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
Returns the source identifier to use for WML 1.1. This field is read-only. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Mobile Device Capabilities
@@ -832,11 +832,11 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
Returns the source identifier to use for WML 1.2. This field is read-only. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Mobile Device Capabilities
@@ -1872,4 +1872,4 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
index 2cd93e535f4..b4cb876edc5 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
- Reads the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ms228145(v=vs.100">deviceFilters Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) section of a configuration file that specifies the set of device filters for use with ASP.NET mobile controls. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Reads the deviceFilters Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) section of a configuration file that specifies the set of device filters for use with ASP.NET mobile controls. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
To be added.
Instances of classes that inherit the class must be thread safe and stateless. The method must be callable from multiple threads simultaneously. See for more information about inheriting.
@@ -128,4 +128,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml b/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
index 82b06a4eaff..77f173e8299 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
@@ -17,163 +17,163 @@
Manages storage of membership information for an ASP.NET application in Active Directory and Active Directory Application Mode servers.
- and classes to provide membership services for an ASP.NET application using an Active Directory (AD) or Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) server.
-
+ and classes to provide membership services for an ASP.NET application using an Active Directory (AD) or Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) server.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Using an ADAM server requires specific configuration. For more information, see the ADAM Configuration section below.
-
+> Using an ADAM server requires specific configuration. For more information, see the ADAM Configuration section below.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The instance works only in the full-trust policy default configuration of ASP.NET. In order to use the instance at any partial-trust level, either you must make changes to the appropriate trust policy file for your application or you must create a "sandbox" assembly that is deployed in the GAC.
->
-> The class requires unrestricted permission to run. This permission is not added to any of the partial-trust policy files supplied with ASP.NET. Although adding the permission to a partial-trust policy file will enable use of the class, doing so makes the namespace classes available to any code running in your ASP.NET pages. This option is not recommended for any Web servers that need to run in a secure, locked-down mode.
->
-> As an alternative, you can create a "sandbox" assembly that calls the class. This assembly can contain either a wrapper class that forwards method calls to the class or a class that derives from the class. In either case, the wrapper class must assert unrestricted permission. Deploy the sandbox assembly in the GAC and mark the assembly with the (APTCA) attribute. This will enable your partially trusted ASP.NET code to call your wrapper class, and since the wrapper class internally asserts the unrestricted permission, your wrapper class will be able to successfully call the provider
-
- You must create a [connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/bf7sd233(v=vs.100)) entry in the Web.config file that identifies the Active Directory server, Active Directory domain, or ADAM application partition to use. The provider will only operate at domain scope, or in a subscope within a domain. The following table lists allowed connection strings and the scope used.
-
-|Connection string|Scope|
-|-----------------------|-----------|
-|LDAP://\:[port]
Port number is optional for ADAM and not needed for Active Directory.|The provider runs against the specified domain or server. With AD, user creation and deletion is done in the default users container. All other operations, including any search methods, will be rooted at the default naming context for the domain.
If the connection string specifies an Active Directory domain rather than a specific server and the property is `true`, the instance will always connect to the server with the PDC role for the domain to ensure that password changes take effect and are available when the method is called.
This connection string is not allowed when using ADAM, and will throw a .|
-|LDAP://\:[port]/\
Port number is optional for ADAM and not needed for Active Directory.|The provider runs against the specified domain or server. User creation and deletion is only done in the specified container. All other operations, including any search methods, perform subtree searches rooted at the container.
For ADAM servers, the container specifies the root of an application partition, or a container within an application partition.
We recommend that the connection string define a specific container to improve performance.|
-
- The instance maps directory attributes to properties. Default attributes are used if no attribute mapping is done in the Web.config file. For more information on attribute mappings, see the individual properties in the class documentation.
-
- The following table lists the properties and their default attribute mappings.
-
+> The instance works only in the full-trust policy default configuration of ASP.NET. In order to use the instance at any partial-trust level, either you must make changes to the appropriate trust policy file for your application or you must create a "sandbox" assembly that is deployed in the GAC.
+>
+> The class requires unrestricted permission to run. This permission is not added to any of the partial-trust policy files supplied with ASP.NET. Although adding the permission to a partial-trust policy file will enable use of the class, doing so makes the namespace classes available to any code running in your ASP.NET pages. This option is not recommended for any Web servers that need to run in a secure, locked-down mode.
+>
+> As an alternative, you can create a "sandbox" assembly that calls the class. This assembly can contain either a wrapper class that forwards method calls to the class or a class that derives from the class. In either case, the wrapper class must assert unrestricted permission. Deploy the sandbox assembly in the GAC and mark the assembly with the (APTCA) attribute. This will enable your partially trusted ASP.NET code to call your wrapper class, and since the wrapper class internally asserts the unrestricted permission, your wrapper class will be able to successfully call the provider
+
+ You must create a [connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/bf7sd233(v=vs.100)) entry in the Web.config file that identifies the Active Directory server, Active Directory domain, or ADAM application partition to use. The provider will only operate at domain scope, or in a subscope within a domain. The following table lists allowed connection strings and the scope used.
+
+|Connection string|Scope|
+|-----------------------|-----------|
+|LDAP://\:[port]
Port number is optional for ADAM and not needed for Active Directory.|The provider runs against the specified domain or server. With AD, user creation and deletion is done in the default users container. All other operations, including any search methods, will be rooted at the default naming context for the domain.
If the connection string specifies an Active Directory domain rather than a specific server and the property is `true`, the instance will always connect to the server with the PDC role for the domain to ensure that password changes take effect and are available when the method is called.
This connection string is not allowed when using ADAM, and will throw a .|
+|LDAP://\:[port]/\
Port number is optional for ADAM and not needed for Active Directory.|The provider runs against the specified domain or server. User creation and deletion is only done in the specified container. All other operations, including any search methods, perform subtree searches rooted at the container.
For ADAM servers, the container specifies the root of an application partition, or a container within an application partition.
We recommend that the connection string define a specific container to improve performance.|
+
+ The instance maps directory attributes to properties. Default attributes are used if no attribute mapping is done in the Web.config file. For more information on attribute mappings, see the individual properties in the class documentation.
+
+ The following table lists the properties and their default attribute mappings.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The class does not explicitly check that provider attributes are not mapped to core attributes of the user object in the directory. You must ensure that sensitive information from the directory is not exposed through mapped attributes.
-
-|Property|Default directory attribute|Can be mapped?|
-|--------------|---------------------------------|--------------------|
-||securityIdentifier|No|
-||userPrincipalName|Yes, but must be either userPrincipalName or sAMAccountName|
-||comment|No|
-||whenCreated|No|
-||mail|Yes, but must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
-||n/a|Not supported by .|
-||n/a|Not supported by .|
-||pwdLastSet|No|
-||none|Yes, but must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
-||User-Account-Control (AD)
mDS-UserAccountDisabled (ADAM)|No|
-||computed from lockoutTime and the AD lockout duration (AD on Windows 2000)
msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed (AD on Windows Server 2003)
msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed (ADAM)|No|
-||If user is locked out due to too many bad password attempts, the lockout time attribute is returned.
If user is locked out due to too many bad password answer attempts, the value stored in the attribute defined by `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockoutTime` is returned.
If user is locked out due to both a bad password and too many bad password attempts, the most recent date/time value is returned.
If the account is not locked out, return 1/1/1754 for SQL compatibility.|No|
-
- When both the and properties are `true`, the class supports password-reset security by requiring the user to answer a predetermined question. To support the question and answer, you must set the following configuration attributes using the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file.
-
-|Configuration attribute|Attribute type|
-|-----------------------------|--------------------|
-|`attributeMapPasswordQuestion`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
-|`attributeMapPasswordAnswer`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
-|`attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerCount`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Integer.|
-|`attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerTime`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Large Integer/Interval.|
-|`attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockoutTime`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Large Integer/Interval.|
-
- For more information on using password-reset security, see the property.
-
-## Active Directory connections
- When the class is used to connect to an Active Directory or an Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) server, the `connectionProtection` attribute that is set using the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file may restrict the types of operations the class can perform over the connection. The `connectionProtection` attribute also determines the methods the instance will use to create the connection to the Active Directory or ADAM server.
-
- The following table shows the effect of the `connectionProtection` attribute when connecting to an Active Directory.
-
-|`connectionProtection` setting|Effect|
-|------------------------------------|------------|
-||The class will connect to an Active Directory, with these restrictions.
- Any method that sets a password will fail. Active Directory requires a secure connection when changing passwords.
- You must explicitly set the `connectionUsername` and `connectionPassword` attributes using the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file; otherwise, the instance will throw a exception.|
-|`Secure`|The class will attempt to connect to Active Directory using SSL. If SSL fails, a second attempt to connect to Active Directory using sign-and-seal will be made. If both attempts fail, the instance will throw a exception.
Both process credentials and explicit credentials are supported.|
-
- The following table shows the effect of the `connectionProtection` attribute when connecting to an ADAM server.
-
-|`connectionProtection` setting|Effect|
-|------------------------------------|------------|
-||The class will connect to an ADAM server, with this restriction.
- Any method that sets passwords will fail unless you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow passwords to be sent and changed over an insecure connection.
Both process credentials and explicit credentials are supported.|
-|`Secure`|The class will attempt to connect to the ADAM server using SSL. If a connection cannot be made, the instance will throw a exception.
Both process credentials and explicit credentials are supported.|
-
-## ADAM Configuration
- When using an ADAM server, the ADAM instance must contain a schema that defines the `User` class. You can import the `User` class with an LDIF import of the `MS-User.ldf` file available in the ADAM install directory.
-
- The class will work with an ADAM server configured to use the default network ports. The following table shows the defaults expected for the ADAM server.
-
-|connectionProtection setting|Expected ADAM port|
-|----------------------------------|------------------------|
-||389|
+> The class does not explicitly check that provider attributes are not mapped to core attributes of the user object in the directory. You must ensure that sensitive information from the directory is not exposed through mapped attributes.
+
+|Property|Default directory attribute|Can be mapped?|
+|--------------|---------------------------------|--------------------|
+||securityIdentifier|No|
+||userPrincipalName|Yes, but must be either userPrincipalName or sAMAccountName|
+||comment|No|
+||whenCreated|No|
+||mail|Yes, but must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
+||n/a|Not supported by .|
+||n/a|Not supported by .|
+||pwdLastSet|No|
+||none|Yes, but must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
+||User-Account-Control (AD)
mDS-UserAccountDisabled (ADAM)|No|
+||computed from lockoutTime and the AD lockout duration (AD on Windows 2000)
msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed (AD on Windows Server 2003)
msDS-User-Account-Control-Computed (ADAM)|No|
+||If user is locked out due to too many bad password attempts, the lockout time attribute is returned.
If user is locked out due to too many bad password answer attempts, the value stored in the attribute defined by `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockoutTime` is returned.
If user is locked out due to both a bad password and too many bad password attempts, the most recent date/time value is returned.
If the account is not locked out, return 1/1/1754 for SQL compatibility.|No|
+
+ When both the and properties are `true`, the class supports password-reset security by requiring the user to answer a predetermined question. To support the question and answer, you must set the following configuration attributes using the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file.
+
+|Configuration attribute|Attribute type|
+|-----------------------------|--------------------|
+|`attributeMapPasswordQuestion`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
+|`attributeMapPasswordAnswer`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Unicode String.|
+|`attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerCount`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Integer.|
+|`attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerTime`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Large Integer/Interval.|
+|`attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockoutTime`|Must be a single-valued attribute of type Large Integer/Interval.|
+
+ For more information on using password-reset security, see the property.
+
+## Active Directory connections
+ When the class is used to connect to an Active Directory or an Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) server, the `connectionProtection` attribute that is set using the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file may restrict the types of operations the class can perform over the connection. The `connectionProtection` attribute also determines the methods the instance will use to create the connection to the Active Directory or ADAM server.
+
+ The following table shows the effect of the `connectionProtection` attribute when connecting to an Active Directory.
+
+|`connectionProtection` setting|Effect|
+|------------------------------------|------------|
+||The class will connect to an Active Directory, with these restrictions.
- Any method that sets a password will fail. Active Directory requires a secure connection when changing passwords.
- You must explicitly set the `connectionUsername` and `connectionPassword` attributes using the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file; otherwise, the instance will throw a exception.|
+|`Secure`|The class will attempt to connect to Active Directory using SSL. If SSL fails, a second attempt to connect to Active Directory using sign-and-seal will be made. If both attempts fail, the instance will throw a exception.
Both process credentials and explicit credentials are supported.|
+
+ The following table shows the effect of the `connectionProtection` attribute when connecting to an ADAM server.
+
+|`connectionProtection` setting|Effect|
+|------------------------------------|------------|
+||The class will connect to an ADAM server, with this restriction.
- Any method that sets passwords will fail unless you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow passwords to be sent and changed over an insecure connection.
Both process credentials and explicit credentials are supported.|
+|`Secure`|The class will attempt to connect to the ADAM server using SSL. If a connection cannot be made, the instance will throw a exception.
Both process credentials and explicit credentials are supported.|
+
+## ADAM Configuration
+ When using an ADAM server, the ADAM instance must contain a schema that defines the `User` class. You can import the `User` class with an LDIF import of the `MS-User.ldf` file available in the ADAM install directory.
+
+ The class will work with an ADAM server configured to use the default network ports. The following table shows the defaults expected for the ADAM server.
+
+|connectionProtection setting|Expected ADAM port|
+|----------------------------------|------------------------|
+||389|
|`Secure`|636|
-
-## Examples
- The following code examples show the Web.config file for an ASP.NET application configured to use an instance. The first example uses the default mappings for Active Directory attributes, and does not support password-reset security with question-and-answer nor the ability to call search methods. The second example shows all the attribute settings allowed for an instance.
-
- The first example is a simple configuration file using default mappings for Active Directory attributes.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
- This example shows all of the attribute settings that are available for an instance of .
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- />
-
-
-
-
-```
-
- `clientSearchTimeout` and `serverSearchTimeout` default to minutes. To change the units, set the `timeoutUnit` attribute value to one of "Days", "Hours", "Minutes", "Seconds", or "Milliseconds". If the attribute is not specified, the default is "Minutes".
-
+
+## Examples
+ The following code examples show the Web.config file for an ASP.NET application configured to use an instance. The first example uses the default mappings for Active Directory attributes, and does not support password-reset security with question-and-answer nor the ability to call search methods. The second example shows all the attribute settings allowed for an instance.
+
+ The first example is a simple configuration file using default mappings for Active Directory attributes.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
+ This example shows all of the attribute settings that are available for an instance of .
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ />
+
+
+
+
+```
+
+ `clientSearchTimeout` and `serverSearchTimeout` default to minutes. To change the units, set the `timeoutUnit` attribute value to one of "Days", "Hours", "Minutes", "Seconds", or "Milliseconds". If the attribute is not specified, the default is "Minutes".
+
]]>
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
Creates a new instance of the class.
- constructor is called by ASP.NET to create an instance of the class as specified in the configuration for the application. This constructor is not intended to be used from your code.
-
+ constructor is called by ASP.NET to create an instance of the class as specified in the configuration for the application. This constructor is not intended to be used from your code.
+
]]>
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -226,13 +226,13 @@
The name of the application using the custom membership provider.
The name of the application using the custom membership provider.
- property can be set to the name of the ASP.NET application; however, the application name is not used by the class.
-
- Therefore, unlike other implementations, all ASP.NET applications that access the same Active Directory data store will always share the same user data.
-
+ property can be set to the name of the ASP.NET application; however, the application name is not used by the class.
+
+ Therefore, unlike other implementations, all ASP.NET applications that access the same Active Directory data store will always share the same user data.
+
]]>
An attempt was made to set the property.
@@ -268,62 +268,62 @@
if the password was updated successfully; otherwise, .
- method is used to update the user's password in the Active Directory data store. Regardless of the credentials that the instance is configured to use, the provider connects to the Active Directory server using the `username` and `oldPassword` parameters as the connection credentials.
-
- If the property is `true`, the user cannot change their password if the account was previously locked because the user made too many attempts to answer the password question. The user will need to wait the number of minutes specified in the property before changing the password.
-
- If the password change succeeds and the property is `true`, then the user's bad password answer tracking counters are reset.
-
- The provider finds the user instance to update by performing a subtree search for the user name starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- To change passwords on an Active Directory server the `connectionProtection` attribute must be set to .
-
- When using an ADAM server, the `connectionProtection` attribute can be set to , but only if you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow password change over unsecured connections.
-
+ method is used to update the user's password in the Active Directory data store. Regardless of the credentials that the instance is configured to use, the provider connects to the Active Directory server using the `username` and `oldPassword` parameters as the connection credentials.
+
+ If the property is `true`, the user cannot change their password if the account was previously locked because the user made too many attempts to answer the password question. The user will need to wait the number of minutes specified in the property before changing the password.
+
+ If the password change succeeds and the property is `true`, then the user's bad password answer tracking counters are reset.
+
+ The provider finds the user instance to update by performing a subtree search for the user name starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ To change passwords on an Active Directory server the `connectionProtection` attribute must be set to .
+
+ When using an ADAM server, the `connectionProtection` attribute can be set to , but only if you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow password change over unsecured connections.
+
]]>
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
-
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- contains commas.
-
+
+ contains commas.
+
-or-
-
- The user name is mapped to the attribute and the parameter contains backslashes.
-
+
+ The user name is mapped to the attribute and the parameter contains backslashes.
+
-or-
-
- or is a zero-length string.
-
+
+ or is a zero-length string.
+
-or-
-
- or exceeds the maximum password length (usually 128 characters).
-
+
+ or exceeds the maximum password length (usually 128 characters).
+
-or-
-
- is less than the minimum password size specified in the property
-
+
+ is less than the minimum password size specified in the property
+
-or-
-
- contains fewer than the number of non-alphabetic characters specified in the property.
-
+
+ contains fewer than the number of non-alphabetic characters specified in the property.
+
-or-
-
+
fails validation by the regular expression defined in the property.
- is .
-
+ is .
+
-or-
-
- is .
-
+
+ is .
+
-or-
-
+
is .
does not meet the complexity requirements defined by the Active Directory server.
@@ -364,83 +364,83 @@
if the update was successful; otherwise, . A value of is also returned if the password is incorrect, the user is locked out, or the user does not exist in the Active Directory data store.
- class to update the password question and answer for a user in the Active Directory membership store.
-
- Requiring a password question and answer provides an additional layer of security when resetting a user's password. When creating a user name, a user can supply a question and answer that can later be used to reset a forgotten password. The method updates the password question and answer for a membership user to new values.
-
- In order to use the method, you must set these additional attributes in your application's configuration file:
-
-- `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` must be `true`.
-
-- `attributeMapPasswordQuestion` and `attributeMapPasswordAnswer` must be mapped to attributes in the Active Directory schema.
-
- If the above criteria are not met, a is thrown at initialization.
-
- The instance connects to the Active Directory data store with the credentials provided in the `username` and `password` parameters to validate the user name/password combination. The actual update of the question and answer is performed with the configured connection credentials of the provider.
-
- If an incorrect password is supplied to the method, the directory server will increment the counters that track invalid password attempts. This can result in the user being locked and unable to log on until either the lock status is cleared by a call to the method or the locked duration specified in the directory passes.
-
- If the update to the question and answer succeeds and the property is `true`, the user's bad password answer tracking counters are reset.
-
- The password answer is encrypted using the method before it is stored in the Active Directory data store. The encryption key and algorithm are specified by the [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) configuration element. The decryption attribute on the [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) element must be specified, the class does not support auto-generated encryption keys.
-
- The maximum length for the password question is 256 characters. The maximum length for the password answer is 128 characters.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from all parameter values except for `password`.
-
- The provider finds the user instance to update by performing a subtree search for the user name starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
+ class to update the password question and answer for a user in the Active Directory membership store.
+
+ Requiring a password question and answer provides an additional layer of security when resetting a user's password. When creating a user name, a user can supply a question and answer that can later be used to reset a forgotten password. The method updates the password question and answer for a membership user to new values.
+
+ In order to use the method, you must set these additional attributes in your application's configuration file:
+
+- `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` must be `true`.
+
+- `attributeMapPasswordQuestion` and `attributeMapPasswordAnswer` must be mapped to attributes in the Active Directory schema.
+
+ If the above criteria are not met, a is thrown at initialization.
+
+ The instance connects to the Active Directory data store with the credentials provided in the `username` and `password` parameters to validate the user name/password combination. The actual update of the question and answer is performed with the configured connection credentials of the provider.
+
+ If an incorrect password is supplied to the method, the directory server will increment the counters that track invalid password attempts. This can result in the user being locked and unable to log on until either the lock status is cleared by a call to the method or the locked duration specified in the directory passes.
+
+ If the update to the question and answer succeeds and the property is `true`, the user's bad password answer tracking counters are reset.
+
+ The password answer is encrypted using the method before it is stored in the Active Directory data store. The encryption key and algorithm are specified by the [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) configuration element. The decryption attribute on the [machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100)) element must be specified, the class does not support auto-generated encryption keys.
+
+ The maximum length for the password question is 256 characters. The maximum length for the password answer is 128 characters.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from all parameter values except for `password`.
+
+ The provider finds the user instance to update by performing a subtree search for the user name starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
]]>
The administrator has not mapped the password question-and-answer fields to attributes of the Active Directory schema.
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
-
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- contains commas.
-
+
+ contains commas.
+
-or-
-
- The user name is mapped to the attribute and the parameter contains backslashes.
-
+
+ The user name is mapped to the attribute and the parameter contains backslashes.
+
-or-
-
- is a zero-length string.
-
+
+ is a zero-length string.
+
-or-
-
- exceeds the maximum password length (usually 128 characters).
-
+
+ exceeds the maximum password length (usually 128 characters).
+
-or-
-
- is empty and the property value is .
-
+
+ is empty and the property value is .
+
-or-
-
- exceeds 256 characters.
-
+
+ exceeds 256 characters.
+
-or-
-
+
exceeds 128 characters after the answer is encrypted.
- is .
-
+ is .
+
-or-
-
- is .
-
+
+ is .
+
-or-
-
- is and property is .
-
+
+ is and property is .
+
-or-
-
+
is and property is .
- The <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) element to store password answers with the .
+ The machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) element to store password answers with the .
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -483,56 +483,56 @@
Adds a new user to the Active Directory data store.
An instance containing the information for the newly created user, or if the user was not successfully created.
- method is called by the class to create a new user in the Active Directory data store.
-
- For both Active Directory and Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) servers, the class requires that the instance class in the directory be `user`. Alternative user classes such as `inetOrgPerson` are not supported.
-
- When using an Active Directory server and the user name is mapped to the `userPrincipalName` attribute, the class will automatically generate a random 20-character user name for the `sAMAccountName` parameter on your behalf.
-
- Parameters default to the following maximum lengths.
-
-|Parameter|Maximum length|
-|---------------|--------------------|
-|`username`|64 characters if using the `userPrincipalName` attribute. If using the `sAMAccountName` attribute, the common restriction is 20 characters or less.|
-|`password`|128 characters.|
-|`email`|256 characters.|
-|`passwordQuestion`|256 characters.|
-|`passwordAnswer`|128 characters before and after encrypting.|
-
- The property on the returned instance is limited to 1024 characters.
-
- If the directory schema has been modified by reducing the maximum allowable lengths for these attributes, these lengths will take precedence.
-
- Before creating the user, the class will make sure the user name is unique. If the instance is configured to require unique email addresses, it will also make sure the email address is unique.
-
- In an Active Directory user-name uniqueness is enforced by performing a GC search when the user name is mapped to `userPrincipalName`. If `sAMAccountName` is used, then the directory will automatically enforce uniqueness of the `sAMAccountName` across the Active Directory domain.
-
- An ADAM server will automatically enforce user name uniqueness of the `userPrincipalName` across all application partitions.
-
- Uniqueness of the email address is enforced by performing a subtree search for a duplicate email address starting at the root of the container in which users are created. This is either the default user container (if connected to an Active Directory and no container was specified in the connection string) or the container specified in the connection string.
-
- The class creates the user directly in the user container specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- For passwords to be set on an Active Directory server, the `connectionProtection` attribute must be set to .
-
- When an ADAM server is being used, the `connectionProtection` attribute can be set to , but only if you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow password changes over unsecured connections.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from all string parameter values except `password`.
-
+ method is called by the class to create a new user in the Active Directory data store.
+
+ For both Active Directory and Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) servers, the class requires that the instance class in the directory be `user`. Alternative user classes such as `inetOrgPerson` are not supported.
+
+ When using an Active Directory server and the user name is mapped to the `userPrincipalName` attribute, the class will automatically generate a random 20-character user name for the `sAMAccountName` parameter on your behalf.
+
+ Parameters default to the following maximum lengths.
+
+|Parameter|Maximum length|
+|---------------|--------------------|
+|`username`|64 characters if using the `userPrincipalName` attribute. If using the `sAMAccountName` attribute, the common restriction is 20 characters or less.|
+|`password`|128 characters.|
+|`email`|256 characters.|
+|`passwordQuestion`|256 characters.|
+|`passwordAnswer`|128 characters before and after encrypting.|
+
+ The property on the returned instance is limited to 1024 characters.
+
+ If the directory schema has been modified by reducing the maximum allowable lengths for these attributes, these lengths will take precedence.
+
+ Before creating the user, the class will make sure the user name is unique. If the instance is configured to require unique email addresses, it will also make sure the email address is unique.
+
+ In an Active Directory user-name uniqueness is enforced by performing a GC search when the user name is mapped to `userPrincipalName`. If `sAMAccountName` is used, then the directory will automatically enforce uniqueness of the `sAMAccountName` across the Active Directory domain.
+
+ An ADAM server will automatically enforce user name uniqueness of the `userPrincipalName` across all application partitions.
+
+ Uniqueness of the email address is enforced by performing a subtree search for a duplicate email address starting at the root of the container in which users are created. This is either the default user container (if connected to an Active Directory and no container was specified in the connection string) or the container specified in the connection string.
+
+ The class creates the user directly in the user container specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ For passwords to be set on an Active Directory server, the `connectionProtection` attribute must be set to .
+
+ When an ADAM server is being used, the `connectionProtection` attribute can be set to , but only if you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow password changes over unsecured connections.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from all string parameter values except `password`.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> You cannot create new users unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "create child instance," "delete child instance," and "set password" access rights. The "delete child instance" access right is required because creating a user is a multi-step process, and if any step of user creation fails, the class will delete the user instance rather than leave a partially constructed user instance in the directory.
-
+> You cannot create new users unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "create child instance," "delete child instance," and "set password" access rights. The "delete child instance" access right is required because creating a user is a multi-step process, and if any step of user creation fails, the class will delete the user instance rather than leave a partially constructed user instance in the directory.
+
]]>
The parameter is not .
The administrator has not mapped the password question-and-answer fields to attributes of the Active Directory schema, and either the or parameter is not .
- The <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/w8h3skw9(v=vs.100">machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) element to store password answers with the .
-
+ The machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) element to store password answers with the .
+
-or-
-
+
The was unable to establish a secure connection to the directory when attempting to set the password for the new user.
An error occurred while attempting to create the user.
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
@@ -559,39 +559,39 @@
Gets the current level of security being used to protect communications with the server.
One of the values.
- property indicates the current level of security that the instance is configured to use. The property is based on the `connnectionProtection` attribute set with the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file.
-
- The `connectionProtection` attribute can only be set to or in the configuration file.
-
- See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to use the SSL security protocol to connect to an Active Directory server.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property indicates the current level of security that the instance is configured to use. The property is based on the `connnectionProtection` attribute set with the [add Element for providers for membership (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/whae3t94(v=vs.100)) in the application configuration file.
+
+ The `connectionProtection` attribute can only be set to or in the configuration file.
+
+ See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to use the SSL security protocol to connect to an Active Directory server.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -625,29 +625,29 @@
if the user was deleted; otherwise, if the user was not found in the data store.
- method immediately removes the user identified by the `username` parameter. Since the Active Directory data store does not store user information in separate areas of the directory, the `deleteAllRelatedData` parameter is ignored, although it must be set to either `true` or `false` when calling the method.
-
- The class finds the user instance to delete by performing a single-level search for the user name in the users container determined by the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- `username` must be 64 characters or less.
-
+ method immediately removes the user identified by the `username` parameter. Since the Active Directory data store does not store user information in separate areas of the directory, the `deleteAllRelatedData` parameter is ignored, although it must be set to either `true` or `false` when calling the method.
+
+ The class finds the user instance to delete by performing a single-level search for the user name in the users container determined by the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ `username` must be 64 characters or less.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> You cannot delete users unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "delete child instances" access right.
-
+> You cannot delete users unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "delete child instances" access right.
+
]]>
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
-
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- contains commas.
-
+
+ contains commas.
+
-or-
-
+
The user name is mapped to the attribute and the parameter contains backslashes.
is .
@@ -677,61 +677,61 @@
if password reset is allowed; otherwise, . The default is .
- property indicates whether you can use the method to reset a user's password. The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `enablePasswordReset` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element.
-
- You can only set the property `true` when the following [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element settings have been made.
-
-- `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` must be `true`.
-
-- The Active Directory schema must be modified to contain attributes for storing the password question and answer, as well as the three tracking fields for password-answer change attempts.
-
-- `attributeMapPasswordQuestion`, `attributeMapPasswordAnswer`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerCount`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerTime`, and `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockoutTime` must be mapped to attributes in the Active Directory schema.
-
- If the above criteria are not met, a is thrown at initialization.
-
- When the connection string in the application configuration file specifies an Active Directory domain rather than a specific server, the instance will always connect to the domain controller that has the PDC role for the domain to ensure that password changes take effect and are available when the method is called.
-
+ property indicates whether you can use the method to reset a user's password. The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `enablePasswordReset` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element.
+
+ You can only set the property `true` when the following [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element settings have been made.
+
+- `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` must be `true`.
+
+- The Active Directory schema must be modified to contain attributes for storing the password question and answer, as well as the three tracking fields for password-answer change attempts.
+
+- `attributeMapPasswordQuestion`, `attributeMapPasswordAnswer`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerCount`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerTime`, and `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockoutTime` must be mapped to attributes in the Active Directory schema.
+
+ If the above criteria are not met, a is thrown at initialization.
+
+ When the connection string in the application configuration file specifies an Active Directory domain rather than a specific server, the instance will always connect to the domain controller that has the PDC role for the domain to ensure that password changes take effect and are available when the method is called.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Even if the property is `true`, you cannot reset user passwords unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "reset password" access right.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to enable password resets. It uses the explicit credentials of a user given the "reset password" access right.
-
+> Even if the property is `true`, you cannot reset user passwords unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "reset password" access right.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to enable password resets. It uses the explicit credentials of a user given the "reset password" access right.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> When you place user credentials in your Web.config file, there are potential security threats. Users with access rights to the directory containing the Web.config file can read the file, and thus see the credentials. For details on how to protect against this threat, see [Encrypting Configuration Information Using Protected Configuration](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/53tyfkaw(v=vs.100)).
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+> When you place user credentials in your Web.config file, there are potential security threats. Users with access rights to the directory containing the Web.config file can read the file, and thus see the credentials. For details on how to protect against this threat, see [Encrypting Configuration Information Using Protected Configuration](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/53tyfkaw(v=vs.100)).
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -759,11 +759,11 @@
to indicate that password retrieval is not supported by the class.
- class does not support password retrieval.
-
+ class does not support password retrieval.
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -790,47 +790,47 @@
if search methods are available; otherwise, . The default is .
- property enables you to turn off search-oriented methods. The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element.
-
- When the property is `false`, the following methods are not available:
-
--
-
--
-
--
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to enable searching an Active Directory server.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property enables you to turn off search-oriented methods. The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element.
+
+ When the property is `false`, the following methods are not available:
+
+-
+
+-
+
+-
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to enable searching an Active Directory server.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -867,45 +867,45 @@
Returns a collection of membership users from the Active Directory data store based on the user's email address.
A containing instances beginning at the page specified by .
- method gets a containing the user records from the Active Directory store that match the `emailToMatch` parameters. The user records are returned sorted in ascending order by email address.
-
- The `emailToMatch` parameter is limited to 256 characters.
-
- The class will issue the search using both the `clientSearchTimeout` and `serverSearchTimeout` configuration values. Since the class performs searches against the directory server using pages with 512 rows per page, the time-outs apply to each page of results fetched by the class. For example, if a search query results in 1,000 rows of data, the class will fetch this information as two pages of data. This means that the client and search time-outs will start counting from zero when the class requests the second page of data.
-
- The results returned by the method are constrained by the `pageIndex` and `pageSize` parameters. The `pageSize` parameter specifies the maximum number of instances to return in the . The `pageIndex` parameter specifies which page of results to return, where 0 (zero) indicates the first page.
-
- The `totalRecords` parameter is an `out` parameter that is set to the total number of matching membership users found in the Active Directory data store. For example, if there are 13 users for the configured data store, and the `pageIndex` value was 1 with a `pageSize` of 5, the returned would contain the sixth through the tenth users. The `totalRecords` parameter would be set to 13.
-
- You can control whether to allow searching for users, by setting the property in the application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. Setting the property to `false` causes the method to throw a exception.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
-
+ method gets a containing the user records from the Active Directory store that match the `emailToMatch` parameters. The user records are returned sorted in ascending order by email address.
+
+ The `emailToMatch` parameter is limited to 256 characters.
+
+ The class will issue the search using both the `clientSearchTimeout` and `serverSearchTimeout` configuration values. Since the class performs searches against the directory server using pages with 512 rows per page, the time-outs apply to each page of results fetched by the class. For example, if a search query results in 1,000 rows of data, the class will fetch this information as two pages of data. This means that the client and search time-outs will start counting from zero when the class requests the second page of data.
+
+ The results returned by the method are constrained by the `pageIndex` and `pageSize` parameters. The `pageSize` parameter specifies the maximum number of instances to return in the . The `pageIndex` parameter specifies which page of results to return, where 0 (zero) indicates the first page.
+
+ The `totalRecords` parameter is an `out` parameter that is set to the total number of matching membership users found in the Active Directory data store. For example, if there are 13 users for the configured data store, and the `pageIndex` value was 1 with a `pageSize` of 5, the returned would contain the sixth through the tenth users. The `totalRecords` parameter would be set to 13.
+
+ You can control whether to allow searching for users, by setting the property in the application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. Setting the property to `false` causes the method to throw a exception.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
- is empty.
-
+ is empty.
+
-or-
-
- exceeds 256 characters.
-
+
+ exceeds 256 characters.
+
-or-
-
- is less than 0.
-
+
+ is less than 0.
+
-or-
-
- is less than 1.
-
+
+ is less than 1.
+
-or-
-
+
multiplied by , plus , minus 1 is greater than Int32.MaxValue.
The property is .
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -941,41 +941,41 @@
Returns a collection of users from the Active Directory data store based on the user name.
A containing instances beginning at the page specified by .
- method returns a instance containing the user records from the Active Directory data store for all user names that match the `userNameToMatch` parameters. The records are returned sorted alphabetically by user name.
-
- The results returned by the method are constrained by the `pageIndex` and `pageSize` parameters. The `pageSize` parameter specifies the maximum number of instances to return in the . The `pageIndex` parameter specifies which page of results to return, where 0 (zero) indicates the first page.
-
- The `totalRecords` parameter is an `out` parameter that is set to the total number of matching membership users found in the Active Directory data store. For example, if there are 13 users for the configured data store, and the `pageIndex` value was 1 with a `pageSize` of 5, the returned would contain the sixth through the tenth users. The `totalRecords` parameter would be set to 13.
-
- You can control whether to allow searching for users, by setting the property in the application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. Setting the property value to `false` causes the method to throw a exception.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
-
+ method returns a instance containing the user records from the Active Directory data store for all user names that match the `userNameToMatch` parameters. The records are returned sorted alphabetically by user name.
+
+ The results returned by the method are constrained by the `pageIndex` and `pageSize` parameters. The `pageSize` parameter specifies the maximum number of instances to return in the . The `pageIndex` parameter specifies which page of results to return, where 0 (zero) indicates the first page.
+
+ The `totalRecords` parameter is an `out` parameter that is set to the total number of matching membership users found in the Active Directory data store. For example, if there are 13 users for the configured data store, and the `pageIndex` value was 1 with a `pageSize` of 5, the returned would contain the sixth through the tenth users. The `totalRecords` parameter would be set to 13.
+
+ You can control whether to allow searching for users, by setting the property in the application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. Setting the property value to `false` causes the method to throw a exception.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
-
--or-
-
- contains commas.
-
--or-
-
- is less than 0.
-
- -or
-
- is less than 1.
-
--or-
-
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
+
+-or-
+
+ contains commas.
+
+-or-
+
+ is less than 0.
+
+ -or
+
+ is less than 1.
+
+-or-
+
multiplied by , plus , minus 1 is greater than Int32.MaxValue.
is .
@@ -1004,20 +1004,20 @@
Generates a random password.
A random password.
- method of the class calls the method of the class to retrieve a random password. The password length is set to the value of the property. The password length can never be less than 14.
-
- You can specifically call the method by referencing the class directly from the Provider property of the class.
-
- The generated password only contains alphanumeric characters and the following punctuation marks: !@#$%^&*()_-+=[{]};:<>|./?. No hidden or non-printable control characters are included in the generated password.
-
- The generated password will contain at least the number of non-alphanumeric characters specified in the property. The generated password will not be tested with the regular expression in the property.
-
+ method of the class calls the method of the class to retrieve a random password. The password length is set to the value of the property. The password length can never be less than 14.
+
+ You can specifically call the method by referencing the class directly from the Provider property of the class.
+
+ The generated password only contains alphanumeric characters and the following punctuation marks: !@#$%^&*()_-+=[{]};:<>|./?. No hidden or non-printable control characters are included in the generated password.
+
+ The generated password will contain at least the number of non-alphanumeric characters specified in the property. The generated password will not be tested with the regular expression in the property.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The class does not generate passwords that match complexity requirements set in the directory. It is possible to generate a random password that fails the password complexity rules set by the directory.
-
+> The class does not generate passwords that match complexity requirements set in the directory. It is possible to generate a random password that fails the password complexity rules set by the directory.
+
]]>
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -1051,33 +1051,33 @@
Gets a collection of all the users stored in an Active Directory data source.
A containing instances beginning at the page specified by .
- class to retrieve user information from the Active Directory data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file.
-
- The results returned by the method are constrained by the `pageIndex` and `pageSize` parameters. The `pageSize` parameter specifies the maximum number of instances to return in the collection. The `pageIndex` parameter specifies which page of results to return, where 0 (zero) indicates the first page.
-
- The `totalRecords` parameter is an `out` parameter that is set to the total number of matching membership users found in the Active Directory data store. For example, if there are 13 users for the configured data store, and the `pageIndex` value was 1 with la `pageSize` of 5, the returned would contain the sixth through the tenth users. The `totalRecords` parameter would be set to 13.
-
- You can control whether to allow searching for users by setting the property in the application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. Setting the property to `false` causes the method to throw a exception.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
-
+ class to retrieve user information from the Active Directory data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file.
+
+ The results returned by the method are constrained by the `pageIndex` and `pageSize` parameters. The `pageSize` parameter specifies the maximum number of instances to return in the collection. The `pageIndex` parameter specifies which page of results to return, where 0 (zero) indicates the first page.
+
+ The `totalRecords` parameter is an `out` parameter that is set to the total number of matching membership users found in the Active Directory data store. For example, if there are 13 users for the configured data store, and the `pageIndex` value was 1 with la `pageSize` of 5, the returned would contain the sixth through the tenth users. The `totalRecords` parameter would be set to 13.
+
+ You can control whether to allow searching for users by setting the property in the application's configuration file using the `enableSearchMethods` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. Setting the property to `false` causes the method to throw a exception.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance. Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
- is less than 0.
-
- -or
-
- is less than 1.
-
--or-
-
+ is less than 0.
+
+ -or
+
+ is less than 1.
+
+-or-
+
multiplied by , plus , minus 1 is greater than Int32.MaxValue.
The property is .
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -1104,11 +1104,11 @@
Throws a exception in all cases.
A in all cases.
- class does not support returning the number of users online.
-
+ class does not support returning the number of users online.
+
]]>
Any call to the method.
@@ -1141,11 +1141,11 @@
Returns the password of the specified user from the database. The class does not support this method.
Always throws a exception.
- class does not support returning the user's password.
-
+ class does not support returning the user's password.
+
]]>
The does not support password retrieval.
@@ -1187,15 +1187,15 @@
Gets the membership user information associated with the specified user key.
A instance representing the user specified. If no user is found in the Active Directory data store for the specified value, is returned.
- method is called by the class to retrieve information on the specified user from the Active Directory data store.
-
- The search looks for a user instance where the `objectSID` attribute matches the `providerUserKey` parameter.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
+ method is called by the class to retrieve information on the specified user from the Active Directory data store.
+
+ The search looks for a user instance where the `objectSID` attribute matches the `providerUserKey` parameter.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
@@ -1231,26 +1231,26 @@
Gets the membership user information associated with the specified user name.
A instance representing the user specified. If no user is found in the Active Directory data store for the specified value, is returned.
- method is called by the class to retrieve information on the specified user from the Active Directory data store.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `username` parameter value.
-
+ method is called by the class to retrieve information on the specified user from the Active Directory data store.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `username` parameter value.
+
]]>
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
-
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length for the user name (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- contains commas.
-
+
+ contains commas.
+
-or-
-
+
The user name is mapped to the attribute and the parameter contains backslashes.
is .
@@ -1282,31 +1282,31 @@
Gets the user name associated with the specified email address.
The user name associated with the specified email address.
- class to retrieve a user name from the Active Directory data store based on the email address for the user.
-
- If more than one user in the membership data store has the same email address, the first user name encountered is returned. You can set the `requiresUniqueEmail` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element to `true` in the application configuration file to ensure that each email address in the database is unique.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `email` parameter value. If the email address is empty after trimming, an is thrown. If the email address is `null`, all user names in the Active Directory data store are searched, and the first user name is returned.
-
- We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance.
-
+ class to retrieve a user name from the Active Directory data store based on the email address for the user.
+
+ If more than one user in the membership data store has the same email address, the first user name encountered is returned. You can set the `requiresUniqueEmail` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element to `true` in the application configuration file to ensure that each email address in the database is unique.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `email` parameter value. If the email address is empty after trimming, an is thrown. If the email address is `null`, all user names in the Active Directory data store are searched, and the first user name is returned.
+
+ We recommend that you do not enable searching on production systems until you have confirmed that the search queries issued by the class do not adversely impact your directory server's performance.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The method will run even when the property is `false`.
-
- Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
+> The method will run even when the property is `false`.
+
+ Since the class is designed for a stateless Web environment, it is unable to use the paging optimizations exposed by the underlying APIs. This means that paging operations during searches against large directories are very expensive and should be avoided. Search operations are always issued against the directory server configured in the connection string, or an automatically selected server in the case of a connection string pointing at a domain. The provider does not use a global catalog for its search methods.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
]]>
- exceeds 256 characters
-
+ exceeds 256 characters
+
-or-
-
+
after trimming, is empty.
More than one user exists in the data store with the same email address and the property value is .
The provider is not initialized.
@@ -1338,185 +1338,185 @@
A containing the names and values of the configuration options for the membership provider.
Initializes the instance with the property values from the application's configuration files. This method is not intended to be called from your code.
- object with the property values specified in the ASP.NET application configuration file (Web.config) and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
-
+ object with the property values specified in the ASP.NET application configuration file (Web.config) and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
+
]]>
is .
- The attribute specified in the application configuration exceeds 256 characters.
-
+ The attribute specified in the application configuration exceeds 256 characters.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is empty or does not exist in the application configuration.
-
+
+ The attribute is empty or does not exist in the application configuration.
+
-or-
-
- The connection string specified in the attribute in the application configuration file is empty or does not exist.
-
+
+ The connection string specified in the attribute in the application configuration file is empty or does not exist.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is set to a value other than or in the application configuration file.
-
+
+ The attribute is set to a value other than or in the application configuration file.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified in the application configuration file but its value is empty.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified in the application configuration file but its value is empty.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified in the application configuration file but its value is empty.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified in the application configuration file but its value is empty.
+
-or-
-
- Either the attribute or the attribute is specified in the application configuration file, but not both.
-
+
+ Either the attribute or the attribute is specified in the application configuration file, but not both.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified but is not a positive integer.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified but is not a positive integer.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified but is not a positive integer.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified but is not a positive integer.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified, but is not a Boolean value.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified and it is either negative or greater than 128.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified and it is either negative or greater than 128.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified and it is either negative or greater than 128.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified and it is either negative or greater than 128.
+
-or-
-
- The regular expression specified in the attribute in the application configuration file is not a valid regular expression
-
+
+ The regular expression specified in the attribute in the application configuration file is not a valid regular expression
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified, but it is an empty string.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified, but it is an empty string.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute does not begin with "LDAP".
-
+
+ The attribute does not begin with "LDAP".
+
-or-
-
- The connection string specified in the attribute is invalid.
-
+
+ The connection string specified in the attribute is invalid.
+
-or-
-
- The connection string in the attribute specifies a server-less bind.
-
+
+ The connection string in the attribute specifies a server-less bind.
+
-or-
-
- The could not establish a connection with the domain or directory server.
-
+
+ The could not establish a connection with the domain or directory server.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is set to , but neither an SSL nor a signed and sealed connection can be established with the server.
-
+
+ The attribute is set to , but neither an SSL nor a signed and sealed connection can be established with the server.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is set to but the and attributes are not set.
-
+
+ The attribute is set to but the and attributes are not set.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is set to but the could not establish an SSL connection with an ADAM server.
-
+
+ The attribute is set to but the could not establish an SSL connection with an ADAM server.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute specifies either the global catalog (GC) or an SSL global catalog port.
-
+
+ The attribute specifies either the global catalog (GC) or an SSL global catalog port.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute specifies an Active Directory server or domain, but the could not retrieve the default naming context for the domain.
-
+
+ The attribute specifies an Active Directory server or domain, but the could not retrieve the default naming context for the domain.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute specifies an Active Directory server or domain, but the could not retrieve the default users container.
-
+
+ The attribute specifies an Active Directory server or domain, but the could not retrieve the default users container.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute specifies an ADAM server, but it does not specify an application partition or container.
-
+
+ The attribute specifies an ADAM server, but it does not specify an application partition or container.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute specifies an application partition or container, but the specified container does not exist.
-
+
+ The attribute specifies an application partition or container, but the specified container does not exist.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute specifies a container that is not allowed to contain user instances.
-
- An attribute mapping is specified but its value was empty.
-
+
+ The attribute specifies a container that is not allowed to contain user instances.
+
+ An attribute mapping is specified but its value was empty.
+
-or-
-
- An attribute mapping is specified twice.
-
+
+ An attribute mapping is specified twice.
+
-or-
-
- An attribute mapping is specified but the attribute does not exist on the user instance.
-
+
+ An attribute mapping is specified but the attribute does not exist on the user instance.
+
-or-
-
- An attribute mapping is specified but the directory attribute is not of the correct data type.
-
+
+ An attribute mapping is specified but the directory attribute is not of the correct data type.
+
-or-
-
- An attribute mapping is specified but the directory attribute is multi-valued.
-
+
+ An attribute mapping is specified but the directory attribute is multi-valued.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified but was mapped to neither the sAMAccountName nor the userPrincipalName directory attribute when connecting to an Active Directory.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified but was mapped to neither the sAMAccountName nor the userPrincipalName directory attribute when connecting to an Active Directory.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is specified but was not mapped to the userPrincipalName directory attribute when connecting to an ADAM server.
-
+
+ The attribute is specified but was not mapped to the userPrincipalName directory attribute when connecting to an ADAM server.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is and the attribute is in the application configuration file.
-
+
+ The attribute is and the attribute is in the application configuration file.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute was specified but is not a non-zero positive integer.
-
+
+ The attribute was specified but is not a non-zero positive integer.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute was specified but is not a non-zero positive integer.
-
+
+ The attribute was specified but is not a non-zero positive integer.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute was specified but is not a non-zero positive integer.
-
+
+ The attribute was specified but is not a non-zero positive integer.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is and any of the , , and attributes are empty.
-
+
+ The attribute is and any of the , , and attributes are empty.
+
-or-
-
- The attribute is but either the or the attribute is empty.
-
+
+ The attribute is but either the or the attribute is empty.
+
-or-
-
+
An attribute specified in the application configuration file is not valid.
The application is running in a hosted environment and the is set to .
An error occurred while querying the directory.
@@ -1543,42 +1543,42 @@
Gets the number of failed answer attempts a user is allowed for the password-reset question.
The number of failed password answer attempts a user is allowed before the account is locked. The default is 5.
- property is `true`, the user must answer the password question to reset their password. The user is allowed a limited number of answer attempts within the time window established by the property. If the number of password answer attempts is greater than or equal to the value stored in the property, the user is locked out of further attempts for the number of minutes stored in the property.
-
+ property is `true`, the user must answer the password question to reset their password. The user is allowed a limited number of answer attempts within the time window established by the property. If the number of password answer attempts is greater than or equal to the value stored in the property, the user is locked out of further attempts for the number of minutes stored in the property.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This property does not control the number of failed logon attempts a user can make before being locked out. The Active Directory server handles failed logon attempts and is not affected by the value of this property.
-
- The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `maxInvalidPasswordAttempts` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of `5`.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to lock out users who make three failed attempts to enter the password answer in a 10-minute time window. If the user is locked out, no further attempts to answer the password question may be made for 15 minutes.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+> This property does not control the number of failed logon attempts a user can make before being locked out. The Active Directory server handles failed logon attempts and is not affected by the value of this property.
+
+ The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `maxInvalidPasswordAttempts` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of `5`.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to lock out users who make three failed attempts to enter the password answer in a 10-minute time window. If the user is locked out, no further attempts to answer the password question may be made for 15 minutes.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -1605,39 +1605,39 @@
Gets the minimum number of special characters that must be present in a valid password.
The minimum number of special characters that must be present in a valid password.
- property returns the minimum number of special, non-alphanumeric characters that must be entered to create a valid password.
-
- The property value is set in the application configuration using the `minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element.
-
- A non-alphanumeric character is a character for which the method returns `false`.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element in the `system.web` section of the application's Web.config file. It specifies that the application use an instance of the class to provide membership services, and sets the `minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters` attribute to one character.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property returns the minimum number of special, non-alphanumeric characters that must be entered to create a valid password.
+
+ The property value is set in the application configuration using the `minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element.
+
+ A non-alphanumeric character is a character for which the method returns `false`.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element in the `system.web` section of the application's Web.config file. It specifies that the application use an instance of the class to provide membership services, and sets the `minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters` attribute to one character.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
The property is accessed before the instance is initialized.
@@ -1664,38 +1664,38 @@
Gets the minimum length required for a password.
The minimum length required for a password.
- property gets the minimum number of characters that must be entered to create a valid password.
-
- The property value is set in the application configuration using the `minRequiredPasswordLength` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element in the `system.web` section of the application's Web.config file. It specifies that the application use an instance of the class to provide membership services, and sets the `minRequiredPasswordLength` attribute to seven characters.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property gets the minimum number of characters that must be entered to create a valid password.
+
+ The property value is set in the application configuration using the `minRequiredPasswordLength` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element in the `system.web` section of the application's Web.config file. It specifies that the application use an instance of the class to provide membership services, and sets the `minRequiredPasswordLength` attribute to seven characters.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
The property is accessed before the instance is initialized.
@@ -1722,42 +1722,42 @@
Get the length of time for which a user account is locked out after the user makes too many bad password-answer attempts.
The time, in minutes, that a user is locked out after providing too many incorrect password answers.
- property is `true`, the user must answer the password question to reset their password. If the user fails to supply the correct answer a consecutive number of times equal to the property value within the observation time period specified by the property, the user is locked out of further attempts for the number of minutes contained in the property.
-
+ property is `true`, the user must answer the password question to reset their password. If the user fails to supply the correct answer a consecutive number of times equal to the property value within the observation time period specified by the property, the user is locked out of further attempts for the number of minutes contained in the property.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This property does not set the duration a user is locked out after failing to enter a valid password. The Active Directory server handles failed logon attempts and is not affected by the value of this property. We recommend that the property be set to the same value as the account lockout duration specified for too many failed logon attempts in the Active Directory configuration. This will present consistent auto-lockout behavior for users regardless of whether they were locked out due to failed logon attempts or to bad password answers.
-
- The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `passwordAnswerAttemptLockoutDuration` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of 30 minutes.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to lock out users who make three failed attempts to enter the password answer in a 10-minute time window. If the user is locked out, no further attempts to answer the password question may be made for 15 minutes.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+> This property does not set the duration a user is locked out after failing to enter a valid password. The Active Directory server handles failed logon attempts and is not affected by the value of this property. We recommend that the property be set to the same value as the account lockout duration specified for too many failed logon attempts in the Active Directory configuration. This will present consistent auto-lockout behavior for users regardless of whether they were locked out due to failed logon attempts or to bad password answers.
+
+ The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `passwordAnswerAttemptLockoutDuration` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of 30 minutes.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to lock out users who make three failed attempts to enter the password answer in a 10-minute time window. If the user is locked out, no further attempts to answer the password question may be made for 15 minutes.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -1784,41 +1784,41 @@
Gets the time window during which consecutive failed attempts to provide a valid password or a valid password answer are tracked.
The time window, in minutes, during which consecutive failed attempts to provide a valid password or a valid password answer are tracked. The default is 10 minutes. If the interval between each failed attempt is greater than the property setting, the instance treats each failed attempt as if it were the first failed attempt.
- property works in conjunction with the property to help guard against an unwanted source guessing the password or password answer of a membership user through repeated attempts. When users are attempting to log in, change their password, or reset their password, only a certain number of consecutive attempts are allowed within a specified time window. The length of the time window is specified by the property, which identifies the number of minutes allowed between invalid attempts. If the number of consecutive failed attempts a user makes to reset their password equals the value stored in the property, and the time elapsed since the last invalid attempt is less than the number of minutes specified for the property, then the user account s locked out for the number of minutes contained in the property. If the interval between the current failed attempt and the last failed attempt is greater than the property setting, the current invalid attempt is counted as the first attempt. If a valid password answer is supplied before the maximum number of allowed invalid attempts is reached, the count of invalid password-answer attempts is set to zero. If a valid password is supplied before the maximum number of allowed invalid attempts is reached, the count of invalid password attempts and the count of invalid password-answer attempts are set to zero.
-
- We recommend that the property be set to the same value as the account lockout duration that is specified for the maximum number of failed logon attempts in the Active Directory configuration. This will present consistent auto-lockout behavior for users whether they were locked out due to failed logon attempts or to bad password answers.
-
- The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `passwordAttemptWindow` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of 10 minutes.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to lock out users who make three failed attempts to enter the password answer in a 10-minute time window. If the user is locked out, no further attempts to answer the password question may be made for 15 minutes.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property works in conjunction with the property to help guard against an unwanted source guessing the password or password answer of a membership user through repeated attempts. When users are attempting to log in, change their password, or reset their password, only a certain number of consecutive attempts are allowed within a specified time window. The length of the time window is specified by the property, which identifies the number of minutes allowed between invalid attempts. If the number of consecutive failed attempts a user makes to reset their password equals the value stored in the property, and the time elapsed since the last invalid attempt is less than the number of minutes specified for the property, then the user account s locked out for the number of minutes contained in the property. If the interval between the current failed attempt and the last failed attempt is greater than the property setting, the current invalid attempt is counted as the first attempt. If a valid password answer is supplied before the maximum number of allowed invalid attempts is reached, the count of invalid password-answer attempts is set to zero. If a valid password is supplied before the maximum number of allowed invalid attempts is reached, the count of invalid password attempts and the count of invalid password-answer attempts are set to zero.
+
+ We recommend that the property be set to the same value as the account lockout duration that is specified for the maximum number of failed logon attempts in the Active Directory configuration. This will present consistent auto-lockout behavior for users whether they were locked out due to failed logon attempts or to bad password answers.
+
+ The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `passwordAttemptWindow` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of 10 minutes.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to lock out users who make three failed attempts to enter the password answer in a 10-minute time window. If the user is locked out, no further attempts to answer the password question may be made for 15 minutes.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -1845,11 +1845,11 @@
Gets a value indicating the format of passwords in the Active Directory data store.
One of the values. The property always returns .
- property does not support password retrieval. The behavior of the object is the same as other providers working with `Hashed` passwords.
-
+ property does not support password retrieval. The behavior of the object is the same as other providers working with `Hashed` passwords.
+
]]>
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -1875,48 +1875,48 @@
Gets the regular expression used to evaluate a password.
A regular expression used to evaluate a password.
- property gets the regular expression used to evaluate password complexity.
-
- The property is not used to validate auto-generated passwords in the method.
-
- The property is set in the application configuration using the `passwordStrengthRegularExpression` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element in the `system.web` section of the application's Web.config file. It specifies that the application use an instance of the class to provide membership services and sets the `passwordStrengthRegularExpression` attribute to a regular expression that validates that the password meets the following criteria:
-
-- Is greater than seven characters.
-
-- Contains at least one digit.
-
-- Contains at least one special (non-alphanumeric) character.
-
- If the password does not meet these criteria, the password is not accepted by the membership provider.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property gets the regular expression used to evaluate password complexity.
+
+ The property is not used to validate auto-generated passwords in the method.
+
+ The property is set in the application configuration using the `passwordStrengthRegularExpression` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) configuration element in the `system.web` section of the application's Web.config file. It specifies that the application use an instance of the class to provide membership services and sets the `passwordStrengthRegularExpression` attribute to a regular expression that validates that the password meets the following criteria:
+
+- Is greater than seven characters.
+
+- Contains at least one digit.
+
+- Contains at least one special (non-alphanumeric) character.
+
+ If the password does not meet these criteria, the password is not accepted by the membership provider.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
The property is accessed before the instance is initialized.
@@ -1944,55 +1944,55 @@
if the object is configured to require a password question and answer for a user; otherwise, . The default is .
- property is set in your application's configuration file using the `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of `false`.
-
- When the `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` attribute is set to `true`, you must also set these additional attributes.
-
-- `attributeMapPasswordQuestion` and `attributeMapPasswordAnswer` must be mapped to attributes in the Active Directory schema.
-
- If the above criteria are not met, a is thrown at initialization.
-
+ property is set in your application's configuration file using the `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of `false`.
+
+ When the `requiresQuestionAndAnswer` attribute is set to `true`, you must also set these additional attributes.
+
+- `attributeMapPasswordQuestion` and `attributeMapPasswordAnswer` must be mapped to attributes in the Active Directory schema.
+
+ If the above criteria are not met, a is thrown at initialization.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> You can require a password question and answer when creating a user, but set the property to `false` to prevent users from changing their passwords using the class.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to enable password resets. It uses the explicit credentials of a user given the "reset password" access right.
-
+> You can require a password question and answer when creating a user, but set the property to `false` to prevent users from changing their passwords using the class.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to enable password resets. It uses the explicit credentials of a user given the "reset password" access right.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> When you place user credentials in your Web.config file, there are potential security threats. Users with access rights to the directory containing the Web.config file can read the file, and thus see the credentials. For details on how to protect against this threat, see [Encrypting Configuration Information Using Protected Configuration](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/53tyfkaw(v=vs.100)).
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+> When you place user credentials in your Web.config file, there are potential security threats. Users with access rights to the directory containing the Web.config file can read the file, and thus see the credentials. For details on how to protect against this threat, see [Encrypting Configuration Information Using Protected Configuration](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/53tyfkaw(v=vs.100)).
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -2020,37 +2020,37 @@
if email addresses must be unique; otherwise, . The default is .
- property is `true`, the instance ensures that the email address is not used by any other user within the current scope when either the or method is called.
-
- The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `requiresUniqueEmail` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of `false`.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to require unique email addresses for users stored on the Active Directory server.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+ property is `true`, the instance ensures that the email address is not used by any other user within the current scope when either the or method is called.
+
+ The property is set in your application's configuration file using the `requiresUniqueEmail` attribute of the [membership Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/1b9hw62f(v=vs.100)) element. If the property is not set in the application's configuration file, the property is set to the default value of `false`.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config entry that configures an instance to require unique email addresses for users stored on the Active Directory server.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt to access the property was made before the instance was initialized.
@@ -2083,89 +2083,89 @@
Resets a user's password to a new, automatically generated password.
The new password for the specified user.
- class to reset the password for a user in the Active Directory data store to a new randomly generated value. The new password is returned.
-
+ class to reset the password for a user in the Active Directory data store to a new randomly generated value. The new password is returned.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The random password created by the method is not guaranteed to pass the regular expression in the property. However, the random password will meet the criteria established by the and properties.
-
- If an incorrect answer is supplied to the method, the internal counter that tracks invalid password-answer attempts is incremented by one. This can result in the user being unable to log on until the lock status is cleared by a call to the method. If the correct password answer is supplied and the user is not currently locked out, then the internal counter that tracks invalid password attempts is reset to zero. For more information, see the and properties.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from all parameter values.
-
- You can call the method directly by first obtaining a reference to the instance from the property.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- To set passwords on an Active Directory server, the `connectionProtection` attribute must be set to .
-
- When using an ADAM server, the `connectionProtection` attribute can be set to , but only if you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow password changes over unsecured connections.
-
+> The random password created by the method is not guaranteed to pass the regular expression in the property. However, the random password will meet the criteria established by the and properties.
+
+ If an incorrect answer is supplied to the method, the internal counter that tracks invalid password-answer attempts is incremented by one. This can result in the user being unable to log on until the lock status is cleared by a call to the method. If the correct password answer is supplied and the user is not currently locked out, then the internal counter that tracks invalid password attempts is reset to zero. For more information, see the and properties.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from all parameter values.
+
+ You can call the method directly by first obtaining a reference to the instance from the property.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ To set passwords on an Active Directory server, the `connectionProtection` attribute must be set to .
+
+ When using an ADAM server, the `connectionProtection` attribute can be set to , but only if you explicitly configure the ADAM server to allow password changes over unsecured connections.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> You cannot reset passwords unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "reset password" access right.
-
- To reset a password, all of the following conditions must be true:
-
-- The property must be set to `true`.
-
-- The Active Directory schema must be modified to contain attributes for storing the password question and answer, and the three tracking fields for password answer changes.
-
-- The `attributeMapPasswordQuestion`, `attributeMapPasswordAnswer`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerCount`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerTime`, and `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockedTime` attributes must be set in the application configuration file.
-
-- The property must be set to `true`.
-
-- The security context for connecting to the Active Directory data store (either the process account or the explicit credentials) must have sufficient privileges to change passwords. The credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "reset password" access right.
-
+> You cannot reset passwords unless the credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "reset password" access right.
+
+ To reset a password, all of the following conditions must be true:
+
+- The property must be set to `true`.
+
+- The Active Directory schema must be modified to contain attributes for storing the password question and answer, and the three tracking fields for password answer changes.
+
+- The `attributeMapPasswordQuestion`, `attributeMapPasswordAnswer`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerCount`, `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerTime`, and `attributeMapFailedPasswordAnswerLockedTime` attributes must be set in the application configuration file.
+
+- The property must be set to `true`.
+
+- The security context for connecting to the Active Directory data store (either the process account or the explicit credentials) must have sufficient privileges to change passwords. The credentials used to connect to the Active Directory server have either Domain Administrator rights (not recommended) or the "reset password" access right.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Security policies set on the Active Directory server may make it impossible for the method to generate a password that satisfies the policies. The default implementation of the method will generate passwords that satisfy the default password policies on domain controllers running Windows Server 2003 SP1. If the password cannot be reset due to security policies on the Active Directory server, a is thrown.
-
+> Security policies set on the Active Directory server may make it impossible for the method to generate a password that satisfies the policies. The default implementation of the method will generate passwords that satisfy the default password policies on domain controllers running Windows Server 2003 SP1. If the password cannot be reset due to security policies on the Active Directory server, a is thrown.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
The property value is .
- is .
-
+ is .
+
-or-
-
+
is .
- is empty after trimming
-
+ is empty after trimming
+
-or-
-
- exceeds 128 characters.
-
+
+ exceeds 128 characters.
+
-or-
-
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length allowed for user names (usually 256 characters).
-
+
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length allowed for user names (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- contains commas.
-
+
+ contains commas.
+
-or-
-
+
The user name is mapped to but the parameter contains backslashes.
- The user is locked out because of too many bad logon attempts or too many attempted password-answer reset attempts.
-
+ The user is locked out because of too many bad logon attempts or too many attempted password-answer reset attempts.
+
-or-
-
+
does not match the stored password answer.
- The user specified in does not exist in the Active Directory data store.
-
+ The user specified in does not exist in the Active Directory data store.
+
-or-
-
- A generated password does not pass a custom validation handler.
-
+
+ A generated password does not pass a custom validation handler.
+
-or-
-
- The generated password is not complex enough to satisfy custom password policies set on the Active Directory server.
-
+
+ The generated password is not complex enough to satisfy custom password policies set on the Active Directory server.
+
-or-
-
+
A secure connection cannot be made to an Active Directory Application Mode server to set the new password.
An unhandled exception occurred.
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -2196,28 +2196,28 @@
if the membership user was successfully unlocked; otherwise, . The method also returns when the membership user is not found in the data store.
- method when the property is exceeded within the time specified in the property or when too many attempts have been made to log on using the wrong password.
-
- If the property is `true`, when a user is unlocked the counters for bad passwords are reset.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `username` parameter value.
-
+ method when the property is exceeded within the time specified in the property or when too many attempts have been made to log on using the wrong password.
+
+ If the property is `true`, when a user is unlocked the counters for bad passwords are reset.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `username` parameter value.
+
]]>
- is empty, or exceeds the maximum length allowed for user names (usually 256 characters).
-
+ is empty, or exceeds the maximum length allowed for user names (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- contains commas.
-
+
+ contains commas.
+
-or-
-
+
The user name is mapped to but the parameter contains backslashes.
is .
@@ -2248,55 +2248,55 @@
A instance representing the user to update and the updated information for the user.
Updates information about a user in the Active Directory data store.
- class to update user information in the Active Directory data store. The , , and property values are updated for the specified membership user. All other properties are ignored.
-
- The maximum length for the `username` parameter is 256 characters. The maximum length for the property is 256 characters.
-
- The password for a membership user cannot be updated using the method. To update the password for a membership user, use the method.
-
- The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
+ class to update user information in the Active Directory data store. The , , and property values are updated for the specified membership user. All other properties are ignored.
+
+ The maximum length for the `username` parameter is 256 characters. The maximum length for the property is 256 characters.
+
+ The password for a membership user cannot be updated using the method. To update the password for a membership user, use the method.
+
+ The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
- is .
-
+ is .
+
-or-
-
+
The property is but the email address from the supplied instance is .
- The property is empty after trimming.
-
+ The property is empty after trimming.
+
-or-
-
- The property exceeds 256 characters.
-
+
+ The property exceeds 256 characters.
+
-or-
-
- The property exceeds 1024 characters.
-
+
+ The property exceeds 1024 characters.
+
-or-
-
- The property is empty.
-
+
+ The property is empty.
+
-or-
-
- The user name from the supplied instance is empty, or exceeds the maximum length allowed for user names (usually 256 characters).
-
+
+ The user name from the supplied instance is empty, or exceeds the maximum length allowed for user names (usually 256 characters).
+
-or-
-
- The user name from the supplied instance contains commas.
-
+
+ The user name from the supplied instance contains commas.
+
-or-
-
+
The user name is mapped to but the user name from the supplied instance contains backslashes.
- The specified user is not found in the Active Directory data store.
-
+ The specified user is not found in the Active Directory data store.
+
-or-
-
+
The property is , and the new value of the property duplicates an existing email address.
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -2328,48 +2328,48 @@
if the specified and are valid; otherwise, . If the user specified does not exist in the Active Directory data store, the method returns .
- class to validate user credentials against the Active Directory data store.
-
- If the property is `true` and the supplied credentials are valid, the user's tracking counters for bad password answers are reset.
-
- The method may return `false` when the correct credentials are supplied, under the following circumstances:
-
-1. The user account was locked out by the directory server because of too many failed logon attempts. The user will not be able to log on until the directory's lockout duration passes.
-
-2. If the property is `true`, the user account will be locked if the user supplied a bad password answer too many times. The user's account will unlock after the time specified in the property has passed.
-
-3. The user must exist in the container specified in the connection string. Valid credentials are supplied for a user account located in a different container or in a different domain. The user must exist in the container specified in the connection string.
-
- When validating a user, the provider validates the credentials by connecting to the Active Directory data store using the specified user name and password, not the credentials configured in the application configuration file.
-
- However, the instance will connect to the directory using the configured credentials for the following reasons.
-
-- To confirm that a user exists within the search scope as determined by the instance's connection string. The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string to determine whether a user exists. The user must exist in the specified container. Credentials that are valid outside the connection string's specified container will not be validated. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
-
-- If the property is `true`, the instance will use the configured credentials to load the user instance to check whether the user has been locked out because they have made too many failed attempts to change the password answer.
-
+ class to validate user credentials against the Active Directory data store.
+
+ If the property is `true` and the supplied credentials are valid, the user's tracking counters for bad password answers are reset.
+
+ The method may return `false` when the correct credentials are supplied, under the following circumstances:
+
+1. The user account was locked out by the directory server because of too many failed logon attempts. The user will not be able to log on until the directory's lockout duration passes.
+
+2. If the property is `true`, the user account will be locked if the user supplied a bad password answer too many times. The user's account will unlock after the time specified in the property has passed.
+
+3. The user must exist in the container specified in the connection string. Valid credentials are supplied for a user account located in a different container or in a different domain. The user must exist in the container specified in the connection string.
+
+ When validating a user, the provider validates the credentials by connecting to the Active Directory data store using the specified user name and password, not the credentials configured in the application configuration file.
+
+ However, the instance will connect to the directory using the configured credentials for the following reasons.
+
+- To confirm that a user exists within the search scope as determined by the instance's connection string. The provider uses a subtree search starting at the search point specified in the connection string to determine whether a user exists. The user must exist in the specified container. Credentials that are valid outside the connection string's specified container will not be validated. See the class topic for more information about connection strings.
+
+- If the property is `true`, the instance will use the configured credentials to load the user instance to check whether the user has been locked out because they have made too many failed attempts to change the password answer.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Connecting to an Active Directory domain controller with the "Guest" account enabled is a potential security threat. All validation attempts made on an Active Directory domain controller with the "Guest" account enabled will succeed. To improve security when using an Active Directory domain controller, you should disable the "Guest" account on the domain controller.
-
- The instance will attempt a concurrent bind against Active Directory when one of the following conditions is met:
-
-- The property is set to .
-
-- The property is set to and SSL is chosen by the instance to secure the connection.
-
- In addition, for a concurrent bind to be made, the following conditions must be true:
-
-- The directory server must be running on Windows Server 2003.
-
-- The operating system of the Web server running the instance must support concurrent binds (for example, Windows Server 2003).
-
- When a concurrent bind is used, the last logon date for the user is not updated in the directory; therefore, the property cannot be relied on.
-
- Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `username` parameter.
-
+> Connecting to an Active Directory domain controller with the "Guest" account enabled is a potential security threat. All validation attempts made on an Active Directory domain controller with the "Guest" account enabled will succeed. To improve security when using an Active Directory domain controller, you should disable the "Guest" account on the domain controller.
+
+ The instance will attempt a concurrent bind against Active Directory when one of the following conditions is met:
+
+- The property is set to .
+
+- The property is set to and SSL is chosen by the instance to secure the connection.
+
+ In addition, for a concurrent bind to be made, the following conditions must be true:
+
+- The directory server must be running on Windows Server 2003.
+
+- The operating system of the Web server running the instance must support concurrent binds (for example, Windows Server 2003).
+
+ When a concurrent bind is used, the last logon date for the user is not updated in the directory; therefore, the property cannot be relied on.
+
+ Leading and trailing spaces are trimmed from the `username` parameter.
+
]]>
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
@@ -2377,4 +2377,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml b/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
index 572bf60fee0..4185bbef0ae 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
@@ -17,82 +17,82 @@
Manages storage of role-membership information for an ASP.NET application in an authorization-manager policy store, either in an XML file, in an Active Directory, or on an Active Directory Application Mode server.
- and classes to provide role-management services for an ASP.NET application using an authorization-manager store. You can use role management to specify different levels of authorization for your application. The authorization manager can be accessed using the Microsoft Management Console.
-
- The object works with both Windows authentication and forms authentication modes.
-
- You can configure the object to use either a local XML file or an Active Directory or Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) server. When using a local file, the connection string should look like the following example.
-
-```
-msxml://
-```
-
- If the local file is stored in the directory tree of an ASP.NET Web application, you can use the tilde ("~") character to indicate the root directory. For example, to indicate that the local file is stored in the Web application's data directory, you would use a connection string similar to the following example.
-
- `msxml://~\App_Data\datafilename.xml`
-
+ and classes to provide role-management services for an ASP.NET application using an authorization-manager store. You can use role management to specify different levels of authorization for your application. The authorization manager can be accessed using the Microsoft Management Console.
+
+ The object works with both Windows authentication and forms authentication modes.
+
+ You can configure the object to use either a local XML file or an Active Directory or Active Directory Application Mode (ADAM) server. When using a local file, the connection string should look like the following example.
+
+```
+msxml://
+```
+
+ If the local file is stored in the directory tree of an ASP.NET Web application, you can use the tilde ("~") character to indicate the root directory. For example, to indicate that the local file is stored in the Web application's data directory, you would use a connection string similar to the following example.
+
+ `msxml://~\App_Data\datafilename.xml`
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Storing an XML data file in the Web application directory is a potential security threat. By default, IIS will serve XML data files to the Web. To improve security when using a local data file in an ASP.NET application, you should store the data file in the `App_Data` directory. Files stored in the `App_Data` directory will not be served to the Web.
-
- If you are using an Active Directory or ADAM server for the policy store, your connection string should be similar to the following example.
-
- `msldap://myserver/CN=MyAzManStore,OU=MyOU,DC=MyDomain,DC=MyDC,DC=Com`
-
- The exceptions listed in the documentation for object methods are the exceptions that are raised by the object. Since the provider relies on the underlying Authentication Manager runtime, a exception may be thrown whenever the object forwards a method call to the Authentication Manager runtime.
-
+> Storing an XML data file in the Web application directory is a potential security threat. By default, IIS will serve XML data files to the Web. To improve security when using a local data file in an ASP.NET application, you should store the data file in the `App_Data` directory. Files stored in the `App_Data` directory will not be served to the Web.
+
+ If you are using an Active Directory or ADAM server for the policy store, your connection string should be similar to the following example.
+
+ `msldap://myserver/CN=MyAzManStore,OU=MyOU,DC=MyDomain,DC=MyDC,DC=Com`
+
+ The exceptions listed in the documentation for object methods are the exceptions that are raised by the object. Since the provider relies on the underlying Authentication Manager runtime, a exception may be thrown whenever the object forwards a method call to the Authentication Manager runtime.
+
> [!IMPORTANT]
-> The object has the following requirements for running in partial-trust environments:
->
-> When using a file-based policy store in an ASP.NET application, the file I/O permissions granted by the current trust level determine whether read and write actions are allowed by the provider. The ASP.NET application must have read permission on the file to read data from the policy store, and must have write permission to save new information or update existing information in the policy store. The default Medium-trust policy file gives an ASP.NET application read/write permissions in its application directory. The default Low-trust policy file only gives an ASP.NET application read permission in its application directory. In addition, the process identity under which the ASP.NET application runs must have file-system permissions to read and/or write the policy file.
->
-> When using an Active Directory or ADAM server, the ASP.NET application needs unmanaged-code permission because the internal object code uses COM interop.
->
-> When using the object outside of ASP.NET, the calling code needs unmanaged-code permission.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a Web.config file set to use the for role management.
-
+> The object has the following requirements for running in partial-trust environments:
+>
+> When using a file-based policy store in an ASP.NET application, the file I/O permissions granted by the current trust level determine whether read and write actions are allowed by the provider. The ASP.NET application must have read permission on the file to read data from the policy store, and must have write permission to save new information or update existing information in the policy store. The default Medium-trust policy file gives an ASP.NET application read/write permissions in its application directory. The default Low-trust policy file only gives an ASP.NET application read permission in its application directory. In addition, the process identity under which the ASP.NET application runs must have file-system permissions to read and/or write the policy file.
+>
+> When using an Active Directory or ADAM server, the ASP.NET application needs unmanaged-code permission because the internal object code uses COM interop.
+>
+> When using the object outside of ASP.NET, the calling code needs unmanaged-code permission.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a Web.config file set to use the for role management.
+
```xml
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
Understanding ASP.NET Role Management
@@ -120,11 +120,11 @@ msxml://
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- constructor is called by ASP.NET to create an instance of the class as specified in the configuration for the application. This constructor is not intended to be used from your code.
-
+ constructor is called by ASP.NET to create an instance of the class as specified in the configuration for the application. This constructor is not intended to be used from your code.
+
]]>
Understanding ASP.NET Role Management
@@ -155,55 +155,55 @@ msxml://
A string array of role names to add the specified user names to.
Adds the specified user names to each of the specified roles.
- method is called by the class to associate one or more users with one or more roles in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config). This method is called by the , , , and methods of the class.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example adds one or more users to a role or removes a user from a role. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to associate one or more users with one or more roles in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config). This method is called by the , , , and methods of the class.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example adds one or more users to a role or removes a user from a role. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/adduserstorolecs.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/adduserstorolevb.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/adduserstorolevb.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
+
]]>
- One of the specified user names is .
-
- -or-
-
- One of the specified role names is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
+ One of the specified user names is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ One of the specified role names is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
is .
- One of the specified user names is an empty string or contains a comma (,).
-
- -or-
-
- One of the specified role names is an empty string or contains a comma (,).
-
- -or-
-
- contains a duplicate element.
-
- -or-
-
+ One of the specified user names is an empty string or contains a comma (,).
+
+ -or-
+
+ One of the specified role names is an empty string or contains a comma (,).
+
+ -or-
+
+ contains a duplicate element.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a duplicate element.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -236,45 +236,45 @@ msxml://
Gets or sets the name of the authorization store application for which to store and retrieve role information.
The name of the authorization store application for which to store and retrieve role information. The default is the property value for the current .
- is used by the to associate users and roles with different authorization-manager applications, which enables multiple ASP.NET applications to use the same authorization-manager policy store to store role information without running into conflicts between duplicate role names. Alternatively, multiple ASP.NET applications can use the same policy store by specifying the same value in the property. The property can be set programmatically, or it can be set declaratively in the application's Web.config file by using the `applicationName` attribute.
-
- If a value is not specified for the `applicationName` attribute in the Web.config file, then the property value for the current object is used.
-
+ is used by the to associate users and roles with different authorization-manager applications, which enables multiple ASP.NET applications to use the same authorization-manager policy store to store role information without running into conflicts between duplicate role names. Alternatively, multiple ASP.NET applications can use the same policy store by specifying the same value in the property. The property can be set programmatically, or it can be set declaratively in the application's Web.config file by using the `applicationName` attribute.
+
+ If a value is not specified for the `applicationName` attribute in the Web.config file, then the property value for the current object is used.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Authorization-manager application names cannot contain the "/" character that is included in the property. As a result, the default value for the property cannot be used as an authorization-manager application name, and in the application's Web.config file, you must always specify an `applicationName` attribute in the `provider` element to configure your instance.
-
+> Authorization-manager application names cannot contain the "/" character that is included in the property. As a result, the default value for the property cannot be used as an authorization-manager application name, and in the application's Web.config file, you must always specify an `applicationName` attribute in the `provider` element to configure your instance.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Because a single default role provider instance is used for all of the requests served by an object, you can have multiple requests executing concurrently and attempting to set the property value. The property is not thread safe for multiple writes, and changing the property value can result in unexpected behavior when there are multiple users of an application. We recommend that you avoid writing code that allows users to set the property unless you must. An example of an application where setting the property may be required is an administrative application that manages role data for multiple applications. Such an application should be a single-user application and not a Web application.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows the \ element in the `system.web` section of the Web.config file for an ASP.NET application. It specifies the application's instance and sets the property to `MyApplication`.
-
-```
-
-
-
-
-
-```
-
+> Because a single default role provider instance is used for all of the requests served by an object, you can have multiple requests executing concurrently and attempting to set the property value. The property is not thread safe for multiple writes, and changing the property value can result in unexpected behavior when there are multiple users of an application. We recommend that you avoid writing code that allows users to set the property unless you must. An example of an application where setting the property may be required is an administrative application that manages role data for multiple applications. Such an application should be a single-user application and not a Web application.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows the \ element in the `system.web` section of the Web.config file for an ASP.NET application. It specifies the application's instance and sets the property to `MyApplication`.
+
+```
+
+
+
+
+
+```
+
]]>
An attempt was made to set the to a string that is longer than 256 characters.
@@ -333,39 +333,39 @@ msxml://
The name of the role to create.
Adds a new role to the role authorization-manager policy store.
- method is called by the class to create a role in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
-
- Role names are not case sensitive.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example creates a new role in the authorization-manager policy store. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to create a role in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
+
+ Role names are not case sensitive.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example creates a new role in the authorization-manager policy store. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/createrolecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/createrolevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/createrolevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
is .
- is an empty string.
-
- -or-
-
+ is an empty string.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a comma.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -399,44 +399,44 @@ msxml://
if the role was deleted; otherwise, .
- method is called by the class to delete a role from the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config). When a role is deleted, the list of users associated with that role is also deleted from the policy store. The user information in the database is not affected.
-
- If `throwOnPopulatedRole` is `true`, then an exception will be thrown and the role will not be deleted if the role identified by the `roleName` parameter has one or more members. If `throwOnPopulatedRole` is `false`, then the role will be deleted whether it is empty or not.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example deletes a role from the authorization-manager policy store. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to delete a role from the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config). When a role is deleted, the list of users associated with that role is also deleted from the policy store. The user information in the database is not affected.
+
+ If `throwOnPopulatedRole` is `true`, then an exception will be thrown and the role will not be deleted if the role identified by the `roleName` parameter has one or more members. If `throwOnPopulatedRole` is `false`, then the role will be deleted whether it is empty or not.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example deletes a role from the authorization-manager policy store. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/deleterolecs.aspx" id="Snippet2":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/deleterolevb.aspx" id="Snippet2":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/deleterolevb.aspx" id="Snippet2":::
+
]]>
is .
- is an empty string.
-
- -or-
-
+ is an empty string.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a comma.
- has one or more members and is .
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ has one or more members and is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -494,29 +494,29 @@ msxml://
Gets a list of all the roles for the application.
A string array containing the names of all the roles stored in the authorization-manager policy store for a particular application.
- method is called by the class to retrieve a list of all the roles in the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example uses the method to get the list of roles for an application and bind the results to a control. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to retrieve a list of all the roles in the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example uses the method to get the list of roles for an application and bind the results to a control. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/createrolecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/createrolevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/createrolevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -547,33 +547,33 @@ msxml://
Gets a list of the roles that a user is in.
A string array containing the names of all the roles that the specified user is in.
- method is called by the class to retrieve a list of a specified user's roles from the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example uses the method to retrieve a list of roles for a specified user and binds them to a control. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to retrieve a list of a specified user's roles from the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example uses the method to retrieve a list of roles for a specified user and binds them to a control. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/ViewRolescs.aspx" id="Snippet4":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/ViewRolesvb.aspx" id="Snippet4":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/ViewRolesvb.aspx" id="Snippet4":::
+
]]>
is .
contains a comma.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -604,39 +604,39 @@ msxml://
Gets a list of users in the specified role.
A string array containing the names of all the users who are members of the specified role.
- method is called by the class to retrieve the list of users associated with the specified role in the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
-
- The method only returns user names that are directly contained in the authorization-manager role specified by the `roleName` parameter. The underlying authorization-manager API called by the method does not support group expansion, so users contained in nested NT groups, nested authorization-manager groups, and LDAP query groups will not be returned.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example uses the method to get a list of the users in a particular role and bind the results to a control. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to retrieve the list of users associated with the specified role in the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
+
+ The method only returns user names that are directly contained in the authorization-manager role specified by the `roleName` parameter. The underlying authorization-manager API called by the method does not support group expansion, so users contained in nested NT groups, nested authorization-manager groups, and LDAP query groups will not be returned.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example uses the method to get a list of the users in a particular role and bind the results to a control. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/adduserstorolecs.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/adduserstorolevb.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/adduserstorolevb.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
+
]]>
is .
- is an empty string.
-
- -or-
-
+ is an empty string.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a comma.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -668,23 +668,23 @@ msxml://
A that contains the names and values of configuration options for the role provider.
Initializes the authorization-manager role provider with the property values specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file. This method is not intended to be used directly from your code.
- method initializes the with the property values specified in the ASP.NET application configuration file (Web.config) and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
-
+ method initializes the with the property values specified in the ASP.NET application configuration file (Web.config) and is not intended to be used directly from your code.
+
]]>
is .
- The attribute is empty or does not exist in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/bf7sd233(v=vs.100">connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)</see>) configuration section.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured is longer than 256 characters.
-
- -or-
-
+ The attribute is empty or does not exist in the connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) configuration section.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured is longer than 256 characters.
+
+ -or-
+
The configuration for this instance contains an unrecognized attribute.
The ASP.NET application is not running at trust or higher.
Understanding ASP.NET Role Management
@@ -717,45 +717,45 @@ msxml://
if the specified user name is in the specified role; otherwise, .
- method is called by the class and the method of the property to determine whether a user is associated with a role in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example programmatically checks to see whether the logged-on user is in the Administrators role before allowing the user to view user roles. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class and the method of the property to determine whether a user is associated with a role in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example programmatically checks to see whether the logged-on user is in the Administrators role before allowing the user to view user roles. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/ViewRolescs.aspx" id="Snippet4":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/ViewRolesvb.aspx" id="Snippet4":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/ViewRolesvb.aspx" id="Snippet4":::
+
]]>
- is .
-
- -or
-
+ is .
+
+ -or
+
is .
- is an empty string.
-
- -or-
-
- contains a comma.
-
- -or-
-
+ is an empty string.
+
+ -or-
+
+ contains a comma.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a comma.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -787,55 +787,55 @@ msxml://
A string array of role names to remove the specified user names from.
Removes the specified user names from the specified roles.
- method is called by the class to remove one or more users from one or more roles in the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config). This method is called by the , , , and methods of the class.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example adds one or more users to a role or removes a user from a role. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to remove one or more users from one or more roles in the authorization-manager policy store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config). This method is called by the , , , and methods of the class.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example adds one or more users to a role or removes a user from a role. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/adduserstorolecs.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/adduserstorolevb.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/adduserstorolevb.aspx" id="Snippet3":::
+
]]>
- One of the specified user names is .
-
- -or-
-
- One of the specified role names is .
-
- -or-
-
- is .
-
- -or-
-
+ One of the specified user names is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ One of the specified role names is .
+
+ -or-
+
+ is .
+
+ -or-
+
is .
- One of the specified user names is an empty string or contains a comma.
-
- -or-
-
- One of the specified role names is an empty string or contains a comma.
-
- -or-
-
- contains a duplicate element.
-
- -or-
-
+ One of the specified user names is an empty string or contains a comma.
+
+ -or-
+
+ One of the specified role names is an empty string or contains a comma.
+
+ -or-
+
+ contains a duplicate element.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a duplicate element.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -867,37 +867,37 @@ msxml://
if the role name already exists in the authorization-manager policy store; otherwise, .
- method is called by the class to determine whether a role name exists in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example uses the method to determine whether a role name already exists before creating the role. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
-
+ method is called by the class to determine whether a role name exists in the authorization-manager data store specified in the ASP.NET application's configuration file (Web.config).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example uses the method to determine whether a role name already exists before creating the role. For an example of a Web.config file that enables role management, see .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/CS/createrolecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/createrolevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider/VB/createrolevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
is .
- is an empty string.
-
- -or-
-
+ is an empty string.
+
+ -or-
+
contains a comma.
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
- The configured was not found.
-
- -or-
-
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
+ The configured was not found.
+
+ -or-
+
The authorization-manager runtime is not installed on the server.
The attribute references a connection string to a file that does not exist.
The instance is configured with a file-based policy store, and read access to the file is not allowed at the current trust level.
@@ -930,18 +930,18 @@ msxml://
Gets or sets the scope name for the authorization store.
The scope name for the authorization store.
- property can be set using the `scopeName` configuration attribute for the provider instance in the `providers` section of the `roleManager` configuration section.
-
+ property can be set using the `scopeName` configuration attribute for the provider instance in the `providers` section of the `roleManager` configuration section.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Because a single default role provider instance is used for all of the requests served by an object, you can have multiple requests executing concurrently and attempting to set the property value. The property is not thread safe for multiple writes, and changing the property value can result in unexpected behavior when there are multiple users of an application. We recommend that you avoid writing code that allows users to set the property unless you must. An example of an application where setting the property may be required is an administrative application that manages role data for multiple applications. Such an application should be a single-user application and not a Web application.
-
+> Because a single default role provider instance is used for all of the requests served by an object, you can have multiple requests executing concurrently and attempting to set the property value. The property is not thread safe for multiple writes, and changing the property value can result in unexpected behavior when there are multiple users of an application. We recommend that you avoid writing code that allows users to set the property unless you must. An example of an application where setting the property may be required is an administrative application that manages role data for multiple applications. Such an application should be a single-user application and not a Web application.
+
]]>
Understanding ASP.NET Role Management
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml b/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml
index c3606d081ec..91e7634e869 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Services.Configuration/DiagnosticsElement.xml
@@ -15,13 +15,13 @@
- Represents the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/e4ca05d1-1e10-4873-9ef6-75e55851d888"><diagnostics></see> element in the Web.config configuration file.
+ Represents the <diagnostics> element in the Web.config configuration file.
- class represents the [\](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/e4ca05d1-1e10-4873-9ef6-75e55851d888) element in a Web.config file. Set the property to true in order to return exceptions to the client for debugging purposes.
-
+ class represents the [\](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/e4ca05d1-1e10-4873-9ef6-75e55851d888) element in a Web.config file. Set the property to true in order to return exceptions to the client for debugging purposes.
+
]]>
@@ -96,4 +96,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
index 99c3b0ad01d..7c0a0439932 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
@@ -24,17 +24,17 @@
Extends design-time behavior for the Web server control.
- class. The code overrides the method to customize the , , and properties when the control is rendered on a design surface.
-
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
- The following example shows how to use the attribute to associate the designer with the control.
-
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet5":::
-
+ class. The code overrides the method to customize the , , and properties when the control is rendered on a design surface.
+
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
+ The following example shows how to use the attribute to associate the designer with the control.
+
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet5":::
+
]]>
@@ -153,17 +153,17 @@
to release both the managed and unmanaged resources; to release only the unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the object and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method releases all the resources held by the managed objects that this object references.
-
+ method releases all the resources held by the managed objects that this object references.
+
]]>
- The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, be sure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
-
- For more information about the and methods, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, be sure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about the and methods, see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
GridView Web Server Control Overview
@@ -226,23 +226,23 @@
Gets the HTML markup used to represent the control at design time.
The HTML markup that is used to represent the control at design time.
- method to alter the appearance of the control on the design surface.
-
- The code uses `Try...Catch...Finally` syntax to do the following:
-
-- The `Try` section changes the values of the properties of the data grid control.
-
-- The `Catch` section catches any exceptions and sends them to the method.
-
-- The `Finally` section sets the properties to their original values.
-
- This example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet2":::
-
+ method to alter the appearance of the control on the design surface.
+
+ The code uses `Try...Catch...Finally` syntax to do the following:
+
+- The `Try` section changes the values of the properties of the data grid control.
+
+- The `Catch` section catches any exceptions and sends them to the method.
+
+- The `Finally` section sets the properties to their original values.
+
+ This example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet2":::
+
]]>
GridView Web Server Control Overview
@@ -302,15 +302,15 @@
Gets the HTML markup displayed at design time for the specified exception when an error has been encountered while rendering the control.
The HTML markup displayed at design time for the specified exception.
- method to modify the appearance of the control on the design surface when an exception occurs.
-
- This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet3":::
-
+ method to modify the appearance of the control on the design surface when an exception occurs.
+
+ This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet3":::
+
]]>
GridView Web Server Control Overview
@@ -349,11 +349,11 @@
Gets the data item property of the template container.
The data item property of the container of the template.
- method is obsolete. To access the template metadata, see .
-
+ method is obsolete. To access the template metadata, see .
+
]]>
GridView Web Server Control Overview
@@ -433,11 +433,11 @@
Gets the object corresponding to the parent of the specified template.
The corresponding to the parent of the specified template.
- method is obsolete. To access the template metadata, see .
-
+ method is obsolete. To access the template metadata, see .
+
]]>
@@ -470,15 +470,15 @@
The control element being designed.
Initializes the designer with the specified control.
- method to ensure that the designer is only initialized with instances of the `SimpleDataGrid` class.
-
- This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet5":::
-
+ method to ensure that the designer is only initialized with instances of the `SimpleDataGrid` class.
+
+ This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataListDesigner_Sample2/VB/simpledatalistdesigner.vb" id="Snippet5":::
+
]]>
@@ -579,4 +579,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
index 71a4e3c9119..7987dfcbd80 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
@@ -24,20 +24,20 @@
Extends design-time behavior for the Web server control.
- class. The code overrides the method to display a five-point border that is purple if the control is enabled.
-
- :::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet10":::
+ class. The code overrides the method to display a five-point border that is purple if the control is enabled.
+
+ :::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet10":::
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet1":::
-:::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet1":::
-
- The following code example shows how to use the to associate the designer with the control.
-
+:::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet1":::
+
+ The following code example shows how to use the to associate the designer with the control.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet6":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet6":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet6":::
+
]]>
@@ -153,11 +153,11 @@
Creates a template editing frame using the specified verb.
An object.
- and .
-
+ and .
+
]]>
@@ -190,17 +190,17 @@
to release both the managed and unmanaged resources; to release only the unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the object and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method releases all resources held by the managed objects that this object references.
-
+ method releases all resources held by the managed objects that this object references.
+
]]>
- The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
-
- For more information about the and methods, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about the and methods, see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -234,11 +234,11 @@
Gets the cached template editing verbs available to the designer.
An array of objects consisting of the cached template editing verbs that are available to the designer.
- and .
-
+ and .
+
]]>
@@ -268,24 +268,24 @@
Gets the HTML used to represent the control at design time.
The HTML that is used to represent the control at design time.
- method. It alters the appearance of the control on the design surface if the control's property is `true`.
-
- The code uses `Try...Catch...Finally` syntax to do the following:
-
-- The `Try` section changes the values of the properties of the control.
-
-- The `Catch` section catches any exceptions and sends them to the method.
-
-- The `Finally` section sets the properties to their original values.
-
- This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
+ method. It alters the appearance of the control on the design surface if the control's property is `true`.
+
+ The code uses `Try...Catch...Finally` syntax to do the following:
+
+- The `Try` section changes the values of the properties of the control.
+
+- The `Catch` section catches any exceptions and sends them to the method.
+
+- The `Finally` section sets the properties to their original values.
+
+ This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet2":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet2":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet2":::
+
]]>
@@ -343,16 +343,16 @@
Gets the HTML to display at design time for the specified exception when an error has been encountered while rendering the control.
The HTML displayed at design time for the specified exception.
- method to modify the appearance of the control on the design surface when an exception occurs.
-
- This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
+ method to modify the appearance of the control on the design surface when an exception occurs.
+
+ This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet4":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet4":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet4":::
+
]]>
@@ -390,11 +390,11 @@
Gets the property of the template container.
The property of the container of the template.
- method is obsolete. To access the template metadata, see .
-
+ method is obsolete. To access the template metadata, see .
+
]]>
@@ -439,11 +439,11 @@
Gets the content of the template.
The content of the template.
- and .
-
+ and .
+
]]>
@@ -475,16 +475,16 @@
The control element being designed.
Initializes the designer with the specified component.
- method to ensure that the designer is initialized only with instances of the `SimpleDataList` class.
-
- This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
-
+ method to ensure that the designer is initialized only with instances of the `SimpleDataList` class.
+
+ This code example is part of a larger example provided for the class.
+
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/CS/SimpleGridView.cs" id="Snippet5":::
- :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet5":::
-
+ :::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridDesigner_Sample2/VB/SimpleGridView.vb" id="Snippet5":::
+
]]>
@@ -512,11 +512,11 @@
Called when the data source to which the underlying control is bound loads a new schema.
- method to perform additional actions that might be required when new schema becomes available.
-
+ method to perform additional actions that might be required when new schema becomes available.
+
]]>
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -543,11 +543,11 @@
Called when the template editing verbs change.
- and .
-
+ and .
+
]]>
@@ -590,11 +590,11 @@
The new content for the template.
Sets the content for the specified template and frame.
- and .
-
+ and .
+
]]>
@@ -629,4 +629,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
index ffe8d205482..feb87717c25 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
@@ -173,20 +173,20 @@
A value indicating to all resources held by any managed objects that this references.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method and the method, if it has been overridden. invokes the protected method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` specifies the `disposing` parameter as `false`.
-
- When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+ method and the method, if it has been overridden. invokes the protected method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` specifies the `disposing` parameter as `false`.
+
+ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
-
- For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
.NET Framework Regular Expressions
@@ -318,4 +318,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml
index f57deb02c71..49cd2a071ab 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RepeaterDesigner.xml
@@ -246,15 +246,15 @@
to release both the managed and unmanaged resources; to release only the unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources used by the object and optionally releases the managed resources.
- object references.
-
+ object references.
+
]]>
- The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about the Dispose and Finalize methods, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose method</see>.
+ The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about the Dispose and Finalize methods, see Implementing a Dispose method.
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -281,11 +281,11 @@
Called by a design host such as Visual Studio 2005 after a user selects a data source at design time.
-
@@ -476,11 +476,11 @@
Gets the selected data member from the selected data source.
An that contains a collection of values used to supply design-time data. The default value is .
- method uses the method to construct a data source from the object that is specified by the and properties.
-
+ method uses the method to construct a data source from the object that is specified by the and properties.
+
]]>
@@ -514,11 +514,11 @@
Retrieves the selected data source component from the container of the associated control.
The selected data source; if a data source is not found or if a data source with the selected name does not exist.
- method uses the method to construct a data source from the object that is specified by the property.
-
+ method uses the method to construct a data source from the object that is specified by the property.
+
]]>
@@ -672,4 +672,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
index 00136f4da04..163664199df 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
@@ -77,24 +77,24 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources that are used by the control and optionally releases the managed resources.
- when you are finished using the class. The method leaves the in an unusable state. After calling , you must release all references to the so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. For more information, see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
-
+ when you are finished using the class. The method leaves the in an unusable state. After calling , you must release all references to the so the garbage collector can reclaim the memory that the was occupying. For more information, see [Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged) and [Implementing a Dispose Method](/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose).
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Always call before you release your last reference to the . Otherwise, the resources it is using will not be freed until the garbage collector calls the object's `Finalize` method.
-
- The method is called by the public `Dispose()` method and the method, if it has been overridden. The `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with `disposing` set to `true`. The `Finalize` specifies the `disposing` parameter as `false`.
-
- When `disposing` is `true`, the method releases all resources that are held by any managed objects that this references. The method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+> Always call before you release your last reference to the . Otherwise, the resources it is using will not be freed until the garbage collector calls the object's `Finalize` method.
+
+ The method is called by the public `Dispose()` method and the method, if it has been overridden. The `Dispose()` invokes the protected `Dispose(Boolean)` method with `disposing` set to `true`. The `Finalize` specifies the `disposing` parameter as `false`.
+
+ When `disposing` is `true`, the method releases all resources that are held by any managed objects that this references. The method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- When overriding , because the method can be called multiple times by other objects, be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to the method. For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>
-
- <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>)
+ When overriding , because the method can be called multiple times by other objects, be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to the method. For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method
+
+ Overriding the Finalize Method)
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -185,4 +185,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
index 537c8527550..99cbcfb2a9c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
@@ -17,11 +17,11 @@
Provides UI support for working with extender controls at design time.
- class enables you to interact with extender controls on the page at design time in an IDE such as Microsoft Visual Studio 2005. Only control developers and IDE developers have to interact with this class directly.
-
+ class enables you to interact with extender controls on the page at design time in an IDE such as Microsoft Visual Studio 2005. Only control developers and IDE developers have to interact with this class directly.
+
]]>
@@ -74,18 +74,18 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources that are used by the and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method, if it has been overridden. `Dispose()` invokes this method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` invokes this method with `disposing` set to `false`.
-
- When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources that are held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose` method of each referenced object.
-
+ This method is called by the public `Dispose()` method and the method, if it has been overridden. `Dispose()` invokes this method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` invokes this method with `disposing` set to `false`.
+
+ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources that are held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed in an earlier call to . For more information, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>. For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed in an earlier call to . For more information, see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
@@ -186,4 +186,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
index 098af62ecae..088475d619b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
@@ -83,13 +83,13 @@
Gets or sets the DHTML behavior that is associated with the designer.
An that is associated with the designer.
- [!NOTE]
-> The property is obsolete. Use the and methods on the property to map properties to styles. Use the method on the class to set styles for the control at design time.
-
+> The property is obsolete. Use the and methods on the property to map properties to styles. Use the method on the class to set styles for the control at design time.
+
]]>
@@ -152,11 +152,11 @@
Gets the design-time object representing the control that is associated with the object on the design surface.
The design-time object representing the control associated with the .
- property is used by the designer to retrieve the design-time object representing the control that is associated with the object on the design surface.
-
+ property is used by the designer to retrieve the design-time object representing the control that is associated with the object on the design surface.
+
]]>
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -187,20 +187,20 @@
to release both managed and unmanaged resources; to release only unmanaged resources.
Releases the unmanaged resources that are used by the object and optionally releases the managed resources.
- method, if it has been overridden. `Dispose()` invokes this method with the `disposing` parameter set to `true`. `Finalize` invokes this method with `disposing` set to `false`.
-
- When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
-
+
+ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources held by any managed objects that this references. This method invokes the `Dispose()` method of each referenced object.
+
]]>
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/implementing-dispose">Implementing a Dispose Method</see>.
-
- For more information about and , see <see href="/dotnet/standard/garbage-collection/unmanaged">Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources</see> and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/ddae83kx(v=vs.100">Overriding the Finalize Method</see>).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
+
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
@@ -226,13 +226,13 @@
Gets the expression bindings for the current control at design time.
An that contains the expressions strings set for properties in the current control.
- class to get the class to get the to set expressions for control properties at design time. Expression strings reference a localizable resource, an application setting, a connection string, or a custom expression type.
-
- The collection contains an element for each control property that has an associated expression string. Each property for each element indicates the associated expression builder implementation. The expression string is parsed and evaluated by its associated to determine the control property value at run time.
-
+ class to get the class to get the to set expressions for control properties at design time. Expression strings reference a localizable resource, an application setting, a connection string, or a custom expression type.
+
+ The collection contains an element for each control property that has an associated expression string. Each property for each element indicates the associated expression builder implementation. The expression string is parsed and evaluated by its associated to determine the control property value at run time.
+
]]>
@@ -267,11 +267,11 @@
The control element for design.
Initializes the designer and sets the component for design.
- method should be called by the designer host to initialize the designer.
-
+ method should be called by the designer host to initialize the designer.
+
]]>
@@ -309,13 +309,13 @@
Called when a behavior is associated with the element.
- [!NOTE]
-> The method is obsolete. Use the and methods on the property to map properties to styles. Use the method on the class to set styles for the control at design time. Override the method to manipulate the initial styles for the control at design time.
-
+> The method is obsolete. Use the and methods on the property to map properties to styles. Use the method on the class to set styles for the control at design time. Override the method to manipulate the initial styles for the control at design time.
+
]]>
@@ -354,13 +354,13 @@
Called when a behavior disassociates from the element.
- [!NOTE]
-> The method is obsolete. Use the and methods on the property to map properties to styles. Use the method on the class to set styles for the control at design time. Override the method for the control designer to perform actions before the designer object is released.
-
+> The method is obsolete. Use the and methods on the property to map properties to styles. Use the method on the class to set styles for the control at design time. Override the method for the control designer to perform actions before the designer object is released.
+
]]>
@@ -401,14 +401,14 @@
The name of the property that has changed.
Provides a method that can be used to indicate when a data binding has changed.
- method should be called by a control designer after the control designer has made a change to the data bindings for the control.
-
+ method should be called by a control designer after the control designer has made a change to the data bindings for the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The method is obsolete. Use the event on the collection for equivalent control designer functionality.
-
+> The method is obsolete. Use the event on the collection for equivalent control designer functionality.
+
]]>
@@ -471,13 +471,13 @@
An that contains the names of the events of the component to expose.
Sets the list of events that are exposed at design-time for the object for the component.
- method provides a way to add items to or remove items from the dictionary of events that a designer exposes through a object.
-
- The keys in the dictionary of events are the names of the events. The objects are of type .
-
+ method provides a way to add items to or remove items from the dictionary of events that a designer exposes through a object.
+
+ The keys in the dictionary of events are the names of the events. The objects are of type .
+
]]>
@@ -511,13 +511,13 @@
The set of properties to filter for the component.
Allows the designer to expose a specific set of properties through a object at design time.
- method provides a way to add items to or remove items from the dictionary of properties that a designer exposes through a object.
-
- The keys in the dictionary of properties are the names of the properties. The objects are of type .
-
+ method provides a way to add items to or remove items from the dictionary of properties that a designer exposes through a object.
+
+ The keys in the dictionary of properties are the names of the properties. The objects are of type .
+
]]>
@@ -567,4 +567,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
index 242f855d4f2..72260bf7c55 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
@@ -23,31 +23,31 @@
Provides a default control adapter for rendering mobile controls in XHTML markup. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- class methods and events to allow browser-specific or markup-specific handling. Much of the adaptability in rendering behavior is encapsulated in the class. If you are considering whether to build your own control adapter, keep in mind that a single adapter can be used to override a number of browser class behaviors. Alternatively, by including the desired adaptability in a class derived from the class, you might eliminate the need to use a control adapter.
-
- An adapter for a specific control class applies to all controls that inherit from that class, unless more specialized adapters are present. For example, the class is used to validate all mobile controls for devices that require or can display XHTML markup.
-
- During processing, the .NET Framework intercepts calls to the methods of a control that are specific to the current target. If a control adapter is associated with the control, the .NET Framework calls the associated adapter methods.
-
- Some properties of a control govern the way it displays across multiple secondary pages for a mobile device. These page are collectively known as *secondary UI*. The property can be used to define which page will be displayed. The method can be used to remove any secondary UI settings.
-
+ class methods and events to allow browser-specific or markup-specific handling. Much of the adaptability in rendering behavior is encapsulated in the class. If you are considering whether to build your own control adapter, keep in mind that a single adapter can be used to override a number of browser class behaviors. Alternatively, by including the desired adaptability in a class derived from the class, you might eliminate the need to use a control adapter.
+
+ An adapter for a specific control class applies to all controls that inherit from that class, unless more specialized adapters are present. For example, the class is used to validate all mobile controls for devices that require or can display XHTML markup.
+
+ During processing, the .NET Framework intercepts calls to the methods of a control that are specific to the current target. If a control adapter is associated with the control, the .NET Framework calls the associated adapter methods.
+
+ Some properties of a control govern the way it displays across multiple secondary pages for a mobile device. These page are collectively known as *secondary UI*. The property can be used to define which page will be displayed. The method can be used to remove any secondary UI settings.
+
]]>
- When you inherit from the class, name your adapter for a given control type and markup language in the pattern (for example, ). Adapters for a control that provides XHTML markup should be implemented in the namespace.
-
- Any specialized adapters should be defined for the specialized control under each of the device nodes in the configuration .browser files.
-
- A properly implemented control should not assume that an adapter is attached, or that the attached adapter implements a specific interface. Instead, it should check for these conditions.
-
- A number of conditional rendering methods allow for such conditions as secondary UI and for display devices that require line breaks after every block or after every inline control. Examples of these conditional methods are and . These methods work for a given device regardless of the control being rendered. It is unlikely you would need to override these methods when creating a new control adapter based on this class. At a minimum, you would need to override the methods.
-
- Device filtering is required to use a specific adapter for a server control. For more information about device filtering, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/67276kc5(v=vs.100">Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior</see>) and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ms178620(v=vs.100">Device Filtering Overview</see>).
+ When you inherit from the class, name your adapter for a given control type and markup language in the pattern (for example, ). Adapters for a control that provides XHTML markup should be implemented in the namespace.
+
+ Any specialized adapters should be defined for the specialized control under each of the device nodes in the configuration .browser files.
+
+ A properly implemented control should not assume that an adapter is attached, or that the attached adapter implements a specific interface. Instead, it should check for these conditions.
+
+ A number of conditional rendering methods allow for such conditions as secondary UI and for display devices that require line breaks after every block or after every inline control. Examples of these conditional methods are and . These methods work for a given device regardless of the control being rendered. It is unlikely you would need to override these methods when creating a new control adapter based on this class. At a minimum, you would need to override the methods.
+
+ Device filtering is required to use a specific adapter for a server control. For more information about device filtering, see Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior) and Device Filtering Overview).
ASP.NET and XHTML Compliance
@@ -101,13 +101,13 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Clears a pending break if the target device breaks on block elements. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- `, the text writer specified by `writer` sets a pending break when starting to render the element, and automatically renders a break (`
`) at the end of the element. If the content of the element extends beyond one logical page on the device, the adapter clears the pending break at the end of the page.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ `, the text writer specified by `writer` sets a pending break when starting to render the element, and automatically renders a break (`
`) at the end of the element. If the content of the element extends beyond one logical page on the device, the adapter clears the pending break at the end of the page.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -141,13 +141,13 @@
The name of the tag you want to clear; the value can be or an empty string ("").
Clears the given text writer's current end tag if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- ` elements immediately after the end of a table.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ ` elements immediately after the end of a table.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -178,13 +178,13 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Clears a pending break in the target device if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- requires breaks on inline elements.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ requires breaks on inline elements.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -217,17 +217,17 @@
A object.
Begins a section with the opening tag and attributes that implement the formats of the specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -263,17 +263,17 @@
A object.
Begins a section with the opening tag and attributes that implement the layout of the specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target device does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target device does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -317,17 +317,17 @@
A object.
Writes the opening tag for a section, along with attributes that implement the layout and character formatting of the specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- ` element and style attributes if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ ` element and style attributes if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -366,17 +366,17 @@
The tag name for the element.
Writes the opening tag of the specified element, along with attributes that implement the layout and character formatting of the specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- method writes the opening tag and style attributes if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ method writes the opening tag and style attributes if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -413,19 +413,19 @@
A object.
Ends a block that has been using the character formatting from a specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- method ends the current block if the following conditions are met:
-
-- A matching `ConditionalEnterFormat` method call resulted in character formatting being applied.
-
-- The property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ method ends the current block if the following conditions are met:
+
+- A matching `ConditionalEnterFormat` method call resulted in character formatting being applied.
+
+- The property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -462,19 +462,19 @@
A object.
Ends a block that has been using the layout formatting from a specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- method ends a block if the following conditions are met:
-
-- A matching call to the method causes character formatting to be applied.
-
-- The property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ method ends a block if the following conditions are met:
+
+- A matching call to the method causes character formatting to be applied.
+
+- The property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -510,19 +510,19 @@
A object.
Ends a element that has been using the layout and character formatting from a specified style, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- method renders a closing `` element that has been using the layout and character formatting from a specified style if the following conditions are met:
-
-- A matching call to causes character formatting to be applied.
-
-- The property does not represent a physical file.
-
-- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ method renders a closing `` element that has been using the layout and character formatting from a specified style if the following conditions are met:
+
+- A matching call to causes character formatting to be applied.
+
+- The property does not represent a physical file.
+
+- The target does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -555,13 +555,13 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Removes the current cascading style sheet class name from the object, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- object of class attribute names, and when the renders a class attribute, it signals the text `writer` to push the attribute value onto the object. The top class name is treated as the current class attribute name. This method removes the current class attribute name from the if a physical cascading style sheet is being applied.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ object of class attribute names, and when the renders a class attribute, it signals the text `writer` to push the attribute value onto the object. The top class name is treated as the current class attribute name. This method removes the current class attribute name from the if a physical cascading style sheet is being applied.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -593,19 +593,19 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Puts a class name attribute on the next element to be rendered, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
-- The property represents a physical file.
-
-- The current has a nonempty attribute name that is different from the current class name.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+- The property represents a physical file.
+
+- The current has a nonempty attribute name that is different from the current class name.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -639,17 +639,17 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Renders a closing tag if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- method renders a closing `` element, or if the requires it, a closing `
` element, if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
-- The property represents a physical file.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ method renders a closing `` element, or if the requires it, a closing `` element, if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+- The property represents a physical file.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -682,17 +682,17 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Renders a closing element if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- ` element, the method renders a closing `` element and cancels the current cascading style sheet class name if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
-- The property represents a physical file.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ ` element, the method renders a closing `` element and cancels the current cascading style sheet class name if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+- The property represents a physical file.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -736,13 +736,13 @@
The name of the attribute.
Gets the value of the attribute with the specified name from the associated control and renders it on the next element with the specified name if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -777,13 +777,13 @@
The XHTML markup name of the attribute.
Includes a custom attribute with the specified name and value in the next element to be rendered, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -814,19 +814,19 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Renders an opening tag for a element if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- , this method renders the opening tag of a `` element instead of a `
` element. The current cascading style sheet class name, if any, is also included in the tag.
-
- The opening tag is rendered if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The
does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
-- The property represents a physical file.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ , this method renders the opening tag of a `` element instead of a `
` element. The current cascading style sheet class name, if any, is also included in the tag.
+
+ The opening tag is rendered if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The
does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+- The property represents a physical file.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -859,19 +859,19 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Renders an opening tag for a element, if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- ` element if the following conditions are met:
-
-- The does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
-
-- The property represents a physical file.
-
-- The class attribute value for the current control is different than the class attribute value for the previous control.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ ` element if the following conditions are met:
+
+- The does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles.
+
+- The property represents a physical file.
+
+- The class attribute value for the current control is different than the class attribute value for the previous control.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -905,13 +905,13 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Sets a pending break if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- if the device requires a break after this kind of control.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ if the device requires a break after this kind of control.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -944,17 +944,17 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Sets a pending break after inline elements if certain conditions are met. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- requires a break after inline elements.
-
-- The requires a break after itself.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ requires a break after inline elements.
+
+- The requires a break after itself.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -985,11 +985,11 @@
Indicates whether the style sheet is located as an external physical file, is internal to the current page, is stored in the current session state, or is stored in the application cache. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A value. The default is , which indicates that the location has not yet been determined.
-
@@ -1018,11 +1018,11 @@
Indicates the type of XHTML markup used to render the current document. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A value. The default is , which indicates that the document type has not yet been determined.
-
@@ -1051,13 +1051,13 @@
Exits any secondary UI mode for the control. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- property to the value.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ property to the value.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -1098,8 +1098,8 @@
The name of the attribute.
Gets the value of the specified attribute from the markup of the associated control. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- A string containing the value of the specified custom attribute.
-
+ A string containing the value of the specified custom attribute.
+
This method is primarily used by developers of custom adapters.
To be added.
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -1133,11 +1133,11 @@
Gets the value of the specified attribute from a given control. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A string containing the value of the specified custom attribute.
-
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -1168,17 +1168,17 @@
The current view state of the adapter.
Loads view state data specific to this adapter. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
- The base implementation of loads the current secondary UI mode from view state. You can override it to load other specific data from view state, but be sure to also invoke the base method in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100">ASP.NET State Management Overview</see>).
+ The base implementation of loads the current secondary UI mode from view state. You can override it to load other specific data from view state, but be sure to also invoke the base method in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see ASP.NET State Management Overview).
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -1206,11 +1206,11 @@
A value returned by the property, indicating that the adapter is not currently in secondary UI mode. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1240,11 +1240,11 @@
Gets the page adapter for the page on which the associated control resides. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A representing the page adapter for the current page.
-
@@ -1277,21 +1277,21 @@
Gets the portion of the given query string that contains parameters for processing the request. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A string containing the processed query string.
- .
-
-- A parameter named "x-up-descharset", which specifies the current character set.
-
- The page adapter uses the returned query string to create a object to access the remaining parameters and their values.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ .
+
+- A parameter named "x-up-descharset", which specifies the current character set.
+
+ The page adapter uses the returned query string to create a object to access the remaining parameters and their values.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -1339,13 +1339,13 @@
An object.
Displays the associated control and all of its child controls on the client. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- serves as the base for an object that ultimately renders the control and all of its child controls to the client.
-
- This method is primarily used by developers of custom adapters.
-
+ serves as the base for an object that ultimately renders the control and all of its child controls to the client.
+
+ This method is primarily used by developers of custom adapters.
+
]]>
@@ -1381,11 +1381,11 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Displays the associated control and all of its child controls on the client. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1420,11 +1420,11 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Renders hidden field text for a control. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1471,13 +1471,13 @@
The name of the target form, or a URL.
Renders the opening tag of a link using the given and target. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1517,13 +1517,13 @@
A cascading style sheet class name.
Renders the opening tag of a link using the given and target, as well as the given styles or the given cascading style sheet class name. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1565,11 +1565,11 @@
The text for the attribute of the link.
Renders the opening tag of a link using the given and target, as well as either the given styles or the given cascading style sheet class name, the access key, and the title text. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1603,11 +1603,11 @@
The tag name of the element to close.
Renders a closing tag for a specified list element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1639,11 +1639,11 @@
The object used to render the server control content on the client's browser.
Renders a closing tag () for a link element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1679,13 +1679,13 @@
The current page number.
Renders hidden postback variables for child controls that are not visible due to pagination or secondary UI. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- method examines the control and each child control. If the child object implements , the method uses the child control's adapter's method to render the variables to the current page.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ method examines the control and each child control. If the child object implements , the method uses the child control's adapter's method to render the variables to the current page.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -1720,13 +1720,13 @@
The name of the tag to use for the rendered list.
Renders an opening tag for the specified tag name. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- property represents a physical file and the target device does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles, the current class name is included in the rendering. If the property of the style sheet does not represent a physical file, style settings from the control that are appropriate for the `tagName` will be applied in the opening tag.
-
- This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
-
+ property represents a physical file and the target device does not require suppression of cascading style sheet styles, the current class name is included in the rendering. If the property of the style sheet does not represent a physical file, style settings from the control that are appropriate for the `tagName` will be applied in the opening tag.
+
+ This method is primarily used by the .NET Framework internally.
+
]]>
@@ -1772,11 +1772,11 @@
A string containing the text that is to appear in the link.
Renders a postback event as a link with the specified argument and text. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1816,11 +1816,11 @@
A character to use as the shortcut key.
Renders a postback event as a link with the specified argument, text, and access key. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1863,11 +1863,11 @@
The name of a class in the current cascading style sheet.
Renders a postback event as a link with the specified argument, text, and access key, as well as the specified styles or the specified cascading style sheet class name. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
@@ -1899,15 +1899,15 @@
if the value of the setting does not equal : otherwise .
-
- The base implementation of saves the current secondary UI mode in view state. You can override it to save other specific data from view state, but be sure to obtain the current state from the base class, and then combine it with your control-specific state in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100">ASP.NET State Management Overview</see>).
+ The base implementation of saves the current secondary UI mode in view state. You can override it to save other specific data from view state, but be sure to obtain the current state from the base class, and then combine it with your control-specific state in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see ASP.NET State Management Overview).
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -1936,19 +1936,19 @@
Gets the current secondary UI mode. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A number indicating the current secondary UI mode, as determined by the form in which it is contained.
- property in the base class.
-
-2. In rendering, the control checks the secondary UI mode, and renders the appropriate secondary UI.
-
-3. In response to user interaction with the secondary UI, the control adapter might change the secondary UI mode to another value, or exit secondary UI mode by calling the method.
-
- This property is primarily used by developers of custom adapters.
-
+ property in the base class.
+
+2. In rendering, the control checks the secondary UI mode, and renders the appropriate secondary UI.
+
+3. In response to user interaction with the secondary UI, the control adapter might change the secondary UI mode to another value, or exit secondary UI mode by calling the method.
+
+ This property is primarily used by developers of custom adapters.
+
]]>
@@ -1977,11 +1977,11 @@
Gets the value of the attribute, if it exists, from the form in which it is contained. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A string containing the path and filename of a cascading style sheet if the attribute exists; otherwise, .
-
@@ -2010,11 +2010,11 @@
Gets the value of the configuration setting in the section of the Web.config file. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
A string containing the path and filename of a cascading style sheet if the configuration setting exists; otherwise, .
-
@@ -2024,4 +2024,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
index f3054451db6..44f945d198b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
@@ -54,35 +54,35 @@
- Provides a construct for specifying a choice among multiple content alternatives in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Provides a construct for specifying a choice among multiple content alternatives in the <DeviceSpecific>) element. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element, you typically specify one or more [\](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) elements, each containing attributes that specify how to evaluate the choice against target device capabilities. At run time, each choice is evaluated in order, and the first choice that is successfully evaluated is used. The DeviceSpecific/Choice construct is used to specify template sets and override properties; for example, it can be used to specify device-specific images for the control.
-
+ ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element, you typically specify one or more [\](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) elements, each containing attributes that specify how to evaluate the choice against target device capabilities. At run time, each choice is evaluated in order, and the first choice that is successfully evaluated is used. The DeviceSpecific/Choice construct is used to specify template sets and override properties; for example, it can be used to specify device-specific images for the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Even though the class inherits from the Web Forms `System.Web.UI.Control` namespace, this is only an implementation detail. A `` element does not behave like a control.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use and objects to create interfaces specific to a variety of devices in a mobile form.
-
+> Even though the class inherits from the Web Forms `System.Web.UI.Control` namespace, this is only an implementation detail. A `` element does not behave like a control.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use and objects to create interfaces specific to a variety of devices in a mobile form.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The following code sample uses the single-file code model and may not work correctly if copied directly into a code-behind file. This code sample must be copied into an empty text file that has an .aspx extension. For more information, see [ASP.NET Web Forms Page Code Model](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/015103yb(v=vs.100)).
-
+> The following code sample uses the single-file code model and may not work correctly if copied directly into a code-behind file. This code sample must be copied into an empty text file that has an .aspx extension. For more information, see [ASP.NET Web Forms Page Code Model](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/015103yb(v=vs.100)).
+
[!code-aspx-csharp[MobileTemplateContainerSample#1](~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileTemplateContainerSample/cs/Default.aspx#1)]
- [!code-aspx-vb[MobileTemplateContainerSample#1](~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileTemplateContainerSample/vb/Default.aspx#1)]
-
- All of the code above can be replaced declaratively with the following markup:
-
-
-
- For these examples, the Web.config file must have the following elements:
-
-
-
+ [!code-aspx-vb[MobileTemplateContainerSample#1](~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileTemplateContainerSample/vb/Default.aspx#1)]
+
+ All of the code above can be replaced declaratively with the following markup:
+
+
+
+ For these examples, the Web.config file must have the following elements:
+
+
+
]]>
@@ -164,25 +164,25 @@
System.Web.UI.MobileControls.DeviceSpecificChoiceCollection
- Retrieves the collection of choices in a <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Retrieves the collection of choices in a <DeviceSpecific>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The collection of choices in a element.
- ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates the use of the property to display the number of templates contained in the first filter defined in the ASP.NET mobile Web application. For a more complete code sample, see the example for the overview.
-
+ ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates the use of the property to display the number of templates contained in the first filter defined in the ASP.NET mobile Web application. For a more complete code sample, see the example for the overview.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The following code sample uses the single-file code model and may not work correctly if copied directly into a code-behind file. This code sample must be copied into an empty text file that has an .aspx extension. For more information, see [ASP.NET Web Forms Page Code Model](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/015103yb(v=vs.100)).
-
+> The following code sample uses the single-file code model and may not work correctly if copied directly into a code-behind file. This code sample must be copied into an empty text file that has an .aspx extension. For more information, see [ASP.NET Web Forms Page Code Model](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/015103yb(v=vs.100)).
+
[!code-csharp[MobileDeviceSpecificSample#1](~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceSpecificSample/cs/Default.aspx#1)]
- [!code-vb[MobileDeviceSpecificSample#1](~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceSpecificSample/vb/Default.aspx#1)]
-
+ [!code-vb[MobileDeviceSpecificSample#1](~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceSpecificSample/vb/Default.aspx#1)]
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -282,11 +282,11 @@
if the control automatically saves its state; otherwise, .
- attribute of the `@ Page` directive, or you can disable view state on individual controls by setting their individual properties.
-
+ attribute of the `@ Page` directive, or you can disable view state on individual controls by setting their individual properties.
+
]]>
@@ -318,11 +318,11 @@
Gets the template with the specified name. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The template with the specified .
-
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
System.Boolean
- Gets a value indicating that the currently selected choice in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets a value indicating that the currently selected choice in the <DeviceSpecific>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the currently selected choice has templates defined within it; otherwise, .
To be added.
@@ -452,11 +452,11 @@
Gets the containing page. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The containing page.
- property, except that it is strongly typed as a object.
-
+ property, except that it is strongly typed as a object.
+
]]>
@@ -558,19 +558,19 @@
Gets the currently selected choice, or if none are applicable. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The currently selected choice.
- ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element, ASP.NET evaluates each choice in sequential order against the capabilities of the target device. The first matching choice is made the selected choice, and is used for device-specific content.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to display the filter associated with the current choice. For a more complete code sample, see the example for the overview.
-
+ ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element, ASP.NET evaluates each choice in sequential order against the capabilities of the target device. The first matching choice is made the selected choice, and is used for device-specific content.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to display the filter associated with the current choice. For a more complete code sample, see the example for the overview.
+
[!code-csharp[MobileDeviceChoiceSample#1](~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceChoiceSample/cs/Default.aspx#1)]
- [!code-vb[MobileDeviceChoiceSample#1](~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceChoiceSample/vb/Default.aspx#1)]
-
+ [!code-vb[MobileDeviceChoiceSample#1](~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceChoiceSample/vb/Default.aspx#1)]
+
]]>
<DeviceSpecific> Element
@@ -646,4 +646,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
index 05f29cb2afe..de1472d40b0 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
@@ -43,26 +43,26 @@
Provides a single choice within a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element. Choices are tested in the order that they appear within a [\](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element. If you specify the property of the `` element, its value must be the name of a device filter defined in the `` section of the Machine.config file. At run time, ASP.NET evaluates the specified device filter against the capabilities of the current device. If successful, the choice is selected. If you do not specify the property, the defaults for the `` element are selected.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example shows a `` element within an image. The `Source` attribute overrides the property of the control.
-
- Although the example uses functions to determine whether the browser requires WML (`isWML11`) or supports color (`supportsColor`), you can instead use a Web.config file to define a `` element that the .NET Framework automatically uses to make the determination for you.
-
-
-
+ ](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element. Choices are tested in the order that they appear within a [\](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100)) element. If you specify the property of the `` element, its value must be the name of a device filter defined in the `` section of the Machine.config file. At run time, ASP.NET evaluates the specified device filter against the capabilities of the current device. If successful, the choice is selected. If you do not specify the property, the defaults for the `` element are selected.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example shows a `` element within an image. The `Source` attribute overrides the property of the control.
+
+ Although the example uses functions to determine whether the browser requires WML (`isWML11`) or supports color (`supportsColor`), you can instead use a Web.config file to define a `` element that the .NET Framework automatically uses to make the determination for you.
+
+
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The following code sample uses the single-file code model and may not work correctly if copied directly into a code-behind file. This code sample must be copied into an empty text file that has an .aspx extension. For more information, see [ASP.NET Web Forms Page Syntax Overview](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/k33801s3(v=vs.100)).
-
+> The following code sample uses the single-file code model and may not work correctly if copied directly into a code-behind file. This code sample must be copied into an empty text file that has an .aspx extension. For more information, see [ASP.NET Web Forms Page Syntax Overview](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/k33801s3(v=vs.100)).
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceSpecificChoiceSample/cs/Default.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceSpecificChoiceSample/vb/Default.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/MobileDeviceSpecificChoiceSample/vb/Default.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -115,11 +115,11 @@
The object to be added.
Adds the to the object's object. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
-
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -148,11 +148,11 @@
Gets or sets the argument used for a property. The default value is . This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The argument used for a .
- is used in place of the argument value defined in Web.config. If the value of is the name of a method (either on the page or off in an assembly pointed to by Web.config), the value of is supplied as an argument to that method.
-
+ is used in place of the argument value defined in Web.config. If the value of is the name of a method (either on the page or off in an assembly pointed to by Web.config), the value of is supplied as an argument to that method.
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -187,11 +187,11 @@
Gets the overridden properties defined for a choice in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The overridden properties defined for a choice in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct.
- method) has no effect. This method is used primarily by control designers and is not intended for general use.
-
+ method) has no effect. This method is used primarily by control designers and is not intended for general use.
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -226,28 +226,28 @@
Gets or sets the name of a device filter. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The name of a device filter. The default value is an empty string ("").
- ` section of Web.config. If a method name is specified with the property, that method must match the following prototype.
-
-```
-public bool methodName(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
- capabilities, String optionalArgument)
-```
-
- For example, if the property was set to `myChoiceMethod`, a method with the following signature must exist.
-
-```
-public bool myChoiceMethod(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
- capabilities, String optionalArgument);
-```
-
- When evaluating the [\](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element, a check is made to determine whether a method of the appropriate signature exists on the page. If not, ASP.NET checks the `` section of Web.config.
-
+ ` section of Web.config. If a method name is specified with the property, that method must match the following prototype.
+
+```
+public bool methodName(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
+ capabilities, String optionalArgument)
+```
+
+ For example, if the property was set to `myChoiceMethod`, a method with the following signature must exist.
+
+```
+public bool myChoiceMethod(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
+ capabilities, String optionalArgument);
+```
+
+ When evaluating the [\](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100)) element, a check is made to determine whether a method of the appropriate signature exists on the page. If not, ASP.NET checks the `` section of Web.config.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Device filters are case-sensitive.
-
+> Device filters are case-sensitive.
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ public bool myChoiceMethod(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
System.Boolean
- Gets a value indicating whether the currently selected choice in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/26s26ahw(v=vs.100"><DeviceSpecific></see>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets a value indicating whether the currently selected choice in the <DeviceSpecific>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the currently selected choice has templates defined with in it; otherwise, .
To be added.
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ public bool myChoiceMethod(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
@@ -433,8 +433,8 @@ The value of the attribute.
instance is cast to an interface.
+## Remarks
+ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only when the instance is cast to an interface.
]]>
@@ -470,11 +470,11 @@ The value of the attribute.
The object to be added.
For a description of this member, see . This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- instance is cast to an interface.
-
+ instance is cast to an interface.
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ The value of the attribute.
System.Collections.IDictionary
- Gets the templates that have been defined in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100"><Choice></see>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets the templates that have been defined in the <Choice>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
An instance containing the objects defined for the element.
To be added.
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -537,14 +537,14 @@ The value of the attribute.
System.String
- Gets or sets the type of markup in a <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/3tfbhf6f(v=vs.100"><Choice></see>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets or sets the type of markup in a <Choice>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The type of markup inside templates of a choice.
- value is inherited from the containing control or page.
-
+ value is inherited from the containing control or page.
+
]]>
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -553,4 +553,4 @@ The value of the attribute.
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml
index 103207aba2c..7c7f210fb00 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/MobileControlsSection.xml
@@ -23,11 +23,11 @@
Represents configuration information regarding mobile controls, their adapters, and device filters. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- class provides programmatic access to the values in the `mobileControls` section of a configuration file.
-
+ class provides programmatic access to the values in the `mobileControls` section of a configuration file.
+
]]>
Configuration Files in the Mobile Controls
@@ -142,8 +142,8 @@
System.Web.UI.MobileControls.DeviceElementCollection
- Gets the collection of device elements that programmatically represent the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/d6d2a3c9-d5f8-43be-a783-822d59a0b587">device</see> elements of a configuration file. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
- The that contains the objects that programmatically represent the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/d6d2a3c9-d5f8-43be-a783-822d59a0b587">device</see> elements of the configuration file.
+ Gets the collection of device elements that programmatically represent the device elements of a configuration file. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ The that contains the objects that programmatically represent the device elements of the configuration file.
To be added.
Configuration Files in the Mobile Controls
@@ -204,4 +204,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml
index 0ad9ccaf9e9..1ec68da85b0 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@
to automatically generate a password for the new user account; otherwise, . The default value is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100">ASP.NET Themes and Skins</see>).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins).
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml
index b33979f6157..0ed0d487ae9 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/DataGrid.xml
@@ -48,299 +48,299 @@
A data bound list control that displays the items from data source in a table. The control allows you to select, sort, and edit these items.
- [!NOTE]
- > Before you use the control, consider using the control instead. The control, which was introduced in the .NET Framework version 2.0, is the successor to the control.
-
-
-## Introduction
- Use the control to display the fields of a data source as columns in a table. Each row in the control represents a record in the data source. The control supports selection, editing, deleting, paging, and sorting.
-
+ > Before you use the control, consider using the control instead. The control, which was introduced in the .NET Framework version 2.0, is the successor to the control.
+
+
+## Introduction
+ Use the control to display the fields of a data source as columns in a table. Each row in the control represents a record in the data source. The control supports selection, editing, deleting, paging, and sorting.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> This control can be used to display user input, which might include malicious client script. Check any information that is sent from a client for executable script, SQL statements, or other code before displaying it in your application. ASP.NET provides an input request validation feature to block script and HTML in user input. Validation server controls are also provided to assess user input. For more information, see [Validation Server Control Syntax](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/96d2c59e-693c-4079-9b53-b3ff0d9e9133).
-
- Different column types determine the behavior of the columns in the control. The following table lists the different column types that can be used.
-
-|Column Type|Description|
-|-----------------|-----------------|
-||Displays a column bound to a field in a data source. It displays each item in the field as text. This is the default column type of the control.|
-||Displays a command button for each item in the column. This allows you to create a column of custom button controls, such as `Add` or `Remove` buttons.|
-||Displays a column that contains editing commands for each item in the column.|
-||Displays the contents of each item in the column as a hyperlink. The contents of the column can be bound to a field in a data source or static text.|
-||Displays each item in the column following a specified template. This allows you to provide custom controls in the column.|
-
- By default, the property is set to `true`, which creates a object for each field in the data source. Each field is then rendered as a column in the control in the order that each field appears in the data source.
-
- You can also manually control which columns appear in the control by setting the property to `false` and then listing the columns that you want to include between the opening and closing `` tags. The columns specified are added to the collection in the order listed. This allows you to programmatically control the columns in the control.
-
+> This control can be used to display user input, which might include malicious client script. Check any information that is sent from a client for executable script, SQL statements, or other code before displaying it in your application. ASP.NET provides an input request validation feature to block script and HTML in user input. Validation server controls are also provided to assess user input. For more information, see [Validation Server Control Syntax](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/96d2c59e-693c-4079-9b53-b3ff0d9e9133).
+
+ Different column types determine the behavior of the columns in the control. The following table lists the different column types that can be used.
+
+|Column Type|Description|
+|-----------------|-----------------|
+||Displays a column bound to a field in a data source. It displays each item in the field as text. This is the default column type of the control.|
+||Displays a command button for each item in the column. This allows you to create a column of custom button controls, such as `Add` or `Remove` buttons.|
+||Displays a column that contains editing commands for each item in the column.|
+||Displays the contents of each item in the column as a hyperlink. The contents of the column can be bound to a field in a data source or static text.|
+||Displays each item in the column following a specified template. This allows you to provide custom controls in the column.|
+
+ By default, the property is set to `true`, which creates a object for each field in the data source. Each field is then rendered as a column in the control in the order that each field appears in the data source.
+
+ You can also manually control which columns appear in the control by setting the property to `false` and then listing the columns that you want to include between the opening and closing `` tags. The columns specified are added to the collection in the order listed. This allows you to programmatically control the columns in the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The order that the columns are displayed in the control is controlled by the order that the columns appear in the collection. Although you can programmatically change the order of the columns by manipulating the collection, it is easier to list the columns in the desired display order.
-
- Explicitly declared columns can be displayed in conjunction with automatically generated columns. When using both, explicitly declared columns will be rendered first, followed by the automatically generated columns.
-
+> The order that the columns are displayed in the control is controlled by the order that the columns appear in the collection. Although you can programmatically change the order of the columns by manipulating the collection, it is easier to list the columns in the desired display order.
+
+ Explicitly declared columns can be displayed in conjunction with automatically generated columns. When using both, explicitly declared columns will be rendered first, followed by the automatically generated columns.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Automatically generated columns are not added to the collection.
-
- The appearance of the control may be customized by setting the style properties for the different parts of the control. The following table lists the different style properties.
-
-|Style Property|Description|
-|--------------------|-----------------|
-||Specifies the style for alternating items in the control.|
-||Specifies the style for the item being edited in the control.|
-||Specifies the style for the footer section in the control.|
-||Specifies the style for the header section in the control.|
-||Specifies the style for the items in the control.|
-||Specifies the style for the page selection section of the control.|
-||Specifies the style for the selected item in the control.|
-
- You can also show or hide different parts of the control. The following table lists the properties that control which parts are shown or hidden.
-
-|Property|Description|
-|--------------|-----------------|
-||Shows or hides the footer section of the control.|
-||Shows or hides the header section of the control.|
-
- You can control the appearance of the control by programmatically adding attributes to the `` and ` | ` tags rendered by the control on the browser. Attributes can be programmatically added by providing code in the event handler for the or event.
-
- To add an attribute to the `` tag, first get the object that represents the cell in the control you want to add the attribute to. The collection for the property of the object passed into the event handler can be used to get the desired object. You can then use the method of the collection for the object to add attributes to the `` tag.
-
- To add an attribute to the ` | ` tag, first get the object that represents the row in the control you want to add the attribute to. The property of the object passed into the event handler can be used to get the desired object. You can then use the method of the collection for the object to add attributes to the `` tag.
-
-
-## Accessibility
- For information about how to configure this control so that it generates markup that conforms to accessibility standards, see [Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/ms228004(v=vs.140)) and [ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/ms227996(v=vs.140)).
-
-
-## Declarative Syntax
-
-```
-
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
-
+> Automatically generated columns are not added to the collection.
+
+ The appearance of the control may be customized by setting the style properties for the different parts of the control. The following table lists the different style properties.
+
+|Style Property|Description|
+|--------------------|-----------------|
+||Specifies the style for alternating items in the control.|
+||Specifies the style for the item being edited in the control.|
+||Specifies the style for the footer section in the control.|
+||Specifies the style for the header section in the control.|
+||Specifies the style for the items in the control.|
+||Specifies the style for the page selection section of the control.|
+||Specifies the style for the selected item in the control.|
+
+ You can also show or hide different parts of the control. The following table lists the properties that control which parts are shown or hidden.
+
+|Property|Description|
+|--------------|-----------------|
+||Shows or hides the footer section of the control.|
+||Shows or hides the header section of the control.|
+
+ You can control the appearance of the control by programmatically adding attributes to the `` and ` | ` tags rendered by the control on the browser. Attributes can be programmatically added by providing code in the event handler for the or event.
+
+ To add an attribute to the `` tag, first get the object that represents the cell in the control you want to add the attribute to. The collection for the property of the object passed into the event handler can be used to get the desired object. You can then use the method of the collection for the object to add attributes to the `` tag.
+
+ To add an attribute to the ` | ` tag, first get the object that represents the row in the control you want to add the attribute to. The property of the object passed into the event handler can be used to get the desired object. You can then use the method of the collection for the object to add attributes to the `` tag.
+
+
+## Accessibility
+ For information about how to configure this control so that it generates markup that conforms to accessibility standards, see [Accessibility in Visual Studio and ASP.NET](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/ms228004(v=vs.140)) and [ASP.NET Controls and Accessibility](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/ms227996(v=vs.140)).
+
+
+## Declarative Syntax
+
```
-
+
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+Â Â Â Â Â Â Â Â
+
+```
+
## Examples
-
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the control to display the items in the data source.
-
+
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the control to display the items in the data source.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid Example 2/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid Example 2/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the control for a simple shopping cart.
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid Example 2/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the control for a simple shopping cart.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid Example 2/CS/source2cs.aspx" id="Snippet2":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid Example 2/VB/source2vb.aspx" id="Snippet2":::
-
- The following code example demonstrates how to dynamically add attributes to the `` and ` | ` tags generated by the control.
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid Example 2/VB/source2vb.aspx" id="Snippet2":::
+
+ The following code example demonstrates how to dynamically add attributes to the `` and ` | ` tags generated by the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridTrTdTags/CS/datagridtdtrtagcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridTrTdTags/VB/datagridtdtrtagvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridTrTdTags/VB/datagridtdtrtagvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridExample/CS/datagridcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridExample/VB/datagridvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridExample/VB/datagridvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -376,19 +376,19 @@
Initializes a new instance of the class.
- class.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to create and initialize a new instance of the class.
-
+ class.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to create and initialize a new instance of the class.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCtor/CS/datagridctorcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCtor/VB/datagridctorvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCtor/VB/datagridctorvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -421,37 +421,37 @@
if custom paging is enabled; otherwise, . The default value is .
- control in page segments. The number of items on a page is determined by the property. If no value is specified for the property, the will display 10 items on a page.
-
- Normally, a data source that contains every row in the control is loaded every time the control moves to a different page. This can consume a lot of resources when the data source is very large. Custom paging allows you to load just the segment of data needed to display a single page.
-
- To enable custom paging, set both the and properties to `true`. Next, provide code to handle the event.
-
- The typical logic for the event handler is to first set the property to the index of the page you want to display.
-
+ control in page segments. The number of items on a page is determined by the property. If no value is specified for the property, the will display 10 items on a page.
+
+ Normally, a data source that contains every row in the control is loaded every time the control moves to a different page. This can consume a lot of resources when the data source is very large. Custom paging allows you to load just the segment of data needed to display a single page.
+
+ To enable custom paging, set both the and properties to `true`. Next, provide code to handle the event.
+
+ The typical logic for the event handler is to first set the property to the index of the page you want to display.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The event handler receives a object as a parameter. You can use the property of this parameter to determine the index of the page selected by the user from the page selection elements of the control.
-
- Next, create a data source that contains the data to display on a single page and then use the method to bind the data to the control.
-
+> The event handler receives a object as a parameter. You can use the property of this parameter to determine the index of the page selected by the user from the page selection elements of the control.
+
+ Next, create a data source that contains the data to display on a single page and then use the method to bind the data to the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Because only a segment of the data is loaded, you must set the property to the total number of items in the control. This allows the control to determine the total number of pages needed to display every item in the control. This property is normally programmatically set once the total number of items in the control is determined.
-
- When paging is enabled with the property is set to `false`, the control assumes that the data source contains all the items to be displayed. The control calculates the indexes of the items on the displayed page based on the page index, specified by the property, and the number of items on a page, specified by the property.
-
- When the property is set to `true`, the control assumes that the data source only contains the items as determined by the property. All items up to the number of items specified by the property are displayed.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to enable custom paging.
-
+> Because only a segment of the data is loaded, you must set the property to the total number of items in the control. This allows the control to determine the total number of pages needed to display every item in the control. This property is normally programmatically set once the total number of items in the control is determined.
+
+ When paging is enabled with the property is set to `false`, the control assumes that the data source contains all the items to be displayed. The control calculates the indexes of the items on the displayed page based on the page index, specified by the property, and the number of items on a page, specified by the property.
+
+ When the property is set to `true`, the control assumes that the data source only contains the items as determined by the property. All items up to the number of items specified by the property are displayed.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to enable custom paging.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCustomPaging/CS/datagridcustompagingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCustomPaging/VB/datagridcustompagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCustomPaging/VB/datagridcustompagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -487,33 +487,33 @@
if paging is enabled; otherwise, . The default value is .
- control in page segments. The number of items on a page is determined by the property. If no value is specified for the property, the control will display 10 items on a page.
-
- By default, paging is disabled. To enable paging, set this property to `true` and provide code to handle the event.
-
- The typical logic for the event is to set the property to the index of the page you want to display and then use the method to bind the data to the control.
-
+ control in page segments. The number of items on a page is determined by the property. If no value is specified for the property, the control will display 10 items on a page.
+
+ By default, paging is disabled. To enable paging, set this property to `true` and provide code to handle the event.
+
+ The typical logic for the event is to set the property to the index of the page you want to display and then use the method to bind the data to the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The event handler receives a object as a parameter. You can use the property of this parameter to determine the index of the page selected by the user from the page selection elements of the control.
-
- With standard paging, the control assumes that the data source contains all the items to be displayed. The control calculates the indexes of the items on the displayed page based on the page index, specified by the property, and the number of items of items on a page, specified by the property.
-
- Normally, a data source that contains all items to be displayed is loaded every time the control is paged. This can consume a lot of resources when the data source is very large. Custom paging allows you to load just the segment of data needed to display a single page. For additional information on custom paging, see the property.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to enable paging.
-
+> The event handler receives a object as a parameter. You can use the property of this parameter to determine the index of the page selected by the user from the page selection elements of the control.
+
+ With standard paging, the control assumes that the data source contains all the items to be displayed. The control calculates the indexes of the items on the displayed page based on the page index, specified by the property, and the number of items of items on a page, specified by the property.
+
+ Normally, a data source that contains all items to be displayed is loaded every time the control is paged. This can consume a lot of resources when the data source is very large. Custom paging allows you to load just the segment of data needed to display a single page. For additional information on custom paging, see the property.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to enable paging.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AllowPaging Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AllowPaging Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AllowPaging Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/CS/datagridallowpagingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -550,24 +550,24 @@
if sorting is enabled; otherwise, . The default value is .
- controls are rendered in the heading section of each column where the property is set. These controls allow you to sort the control by the selected column. The only exception is when you use a column type with the property set. In this case, you must provide a control in the of the column.
-
- The event is raised when one of the controls is clicked. It is up to you to provide code for the event handler. The typical logic for the handler is to sort the list, and then rebind the data to the control.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to enable sorting.
-
+ controls are rendered in the heading section of each column where the property is set. These controls allow you to sort the control by the selected column. The only exception is when you use a column type with the property set. In this case, you must provide a control in the of the column.
+
+ The event is raised when one of the controls is clicked. It is up to you to provide code for the event handler. The typical logic for the handler is to sort the list, and then rebind the data to the control.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to enable sorting.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AllowSorting Example 2/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AllowSorting Example 2/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AllowSorting Example 2/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/CS/datagridallowsortingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/VB/datagridallowsortingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/VB/datagridallowsortingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -612,34 +612,34 @@
Gets the style properties for alternating items in the control.
A object that represents the style properties for alternating items in the . The default value is an empty object.
- property to provide a custom style for the alternating items in the control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
-
-|Precedence|Style Property|
-|----------------|--------------------|
-|1||
-|2||
-|3||
-|4||
-|5||
-
- To specify a custom style for the alternating items, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify a different background color for alternating items in the control.
-
+ property to provide a custom style for the alternating items in the control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
+
+|Precedence|Style Property|
+|----------------|--------------------|
+|1||
+|2||
+|3||
+|4||
+|5||
+
+ To specify a custom style for the alternating items, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify a different background color for alternating items in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAlternatingItemStyle/CS/datagridalternatingitemstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAlternatingItemStyle/VB/datagridalternatingitemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAlternatingItemStyle/VB/datagridalternatingitemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemStyle/CS/datagriditemstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemStyle/VB/datagriditemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemStyle/VB/datagriditemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -674,31 +674,31 @@
if objects are automatically created and displayed; otherwise, . The default value is .
- object for each field in the data source. Each field is then rendered as a column in the control in the order that the fields appear in the data source.
-
- Not all data types can be bound to the control. If a field contains an unsupported data type, a column is not created for that field. If the data source only contains one column with an unsupported data type, an exception is thrown. The following table shows the data types that can be bound to the control.
-
-|Data Type|Description|
-|---------------|-----------------|
-|Primitives|A primitive data type, such as , , , and so on. For a complete list, see .|
-|String|A object.|
-|DateTime|A object.|
-|Decimal|A object.|
-
+ object for each field in the data source. Each field is then rendered as a column in the control in the order that the fields appear in the data source.
+
+ Not all data types can be bound to the control. If a field contains an unsupported data type, a column is not created for that field. If the data source only contains one column with an unsupported data type, an exception is thrown. The following table shows the data types that can be bound to the control.
+
+|Data Type|Description|
+|---------------|-----------------|
+|Primitives|A primitive data type, such as , , , and so on. For a complete list, see .|
+|String|A object.|
+|DateTime|A object.|
+|Decimal|A object.|
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Explicitly declared columns may be used in conjunction with auto-generated columns. When using both, explicitly declared columns will be rendered first, followed by the auto-generated columns. Auto-generated columns are not added to the collection.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to automatically create a object for each field in the data source.
-
+> Explicitly declared columns may be used in conjunction with auto-generated columns. When using both, explicitly declared columns will be rendered first, followed by the auto-generated columns. Auto-generated columns are not added to the collection.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to automatically create a object for each field in the data source.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AutoGenerateColumns Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AutoGenerateColumns Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.AutoGenerateColumns Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -756,25 +756,25 @@
Gets or sets the URL of an image to display in the background of the control.
The URL of an image to display in the background of the control. The default value is .
- property to specify an image to display in the background of the control.
-
+ property to specify an image to display in the background of the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> If the specified image is smaller than the control, the image will tile to fill in the background of the control.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how use the property to specify a background image for the control.
-
+> If the specified image is smaller than the control, the image will tile to fill in the background of the control.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how use the property to specify a background image for the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.BackImageUrl Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.BackImageUrl Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.BackImageUrl Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridBackImageUrl/CS/datagridbackimageurlcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridBackImageUrl/VB/datagridbackimageurlvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridBackImageUrl/VB/datagridbackimageurlvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -800,29 +800,29 @@
Occurs when the button is clicked for an item in the control.
- event is raised when the `Cancel` button is clicked for an item in the control.
-
- A typical handler for the event sets the property to `-1` (to deselect the item) and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
+ event is raised when the `Cancel` button is clicked for an item in the control.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sets the property to `-1` (to deselect the item) and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to cancel edits made to an item in the control.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to cancel edits made to an item in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -850,11 +850,11 @@
Represents the command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the `Cancel` command name.
-
+ field to represent the `Cancel` command name.
+
]]>
@@ -914,40 +914,40 @@
Gets a collection of objects that represent the columns of the control.
A object that contains a collection of objects that represent the columns of the control.
- control. The collection contains explicitly declared columns that get rendered in the control.
-
+ control. The collection contains explicitly declared columns that get rendered in the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Explicitly declared columns may be used in conjunction with automatically generated columns. When using both, explicitly declared columns will be rendered first, followed by the automatically generated columns. Automatically generated columns are not added to the collection.
-
- The order that the columns are displayed in the control is controlled by the order that the columns appear in the collection.
-
- The following table shows the different column classes that derive from the class and can be used in the collection.
-
-|Column type|Description|
-|-----------------|-----------------|
-||Displays a column bound to a field in a data source. It displays each item in the field as text. This is the default column type of the control.|
-||Displays a command button for each item in the column. This allows you to create a column of custom button controls, such as the `Add` or `Remove` button.|
-||Displays a column that contains editing commands for each item in the column.|
-||Displays the contents of each item in the column as a hyperlink. The contents of the column can be bound to a field in a data source or static text.|
-||Displays each item in the column following a specified template. This allows you to provide custom controls in the column.|
-
+> Explicitly declared columns may be used in conjunction with automatically generated columns. When using both, explicitly declared columns will be rendered first, followed by the automatically generated columns. Automatically generated columns are not added to the collection.
+
+ The order that the columns are displayed in the control is controlled by the order that the columns appear in the collection.
+
+ The following table shows the different column classes that derive from the class and can be used in the collection.
+
+|Column type|Description|
+|-----------------|-----------------|
+||Displays a column bound to a field in a data source. It displays each item in the field as text. This is the default column type of the control.|
+||Displays a command button for each item in the column. This allows you to create a column of custom button controls, such as the `Add` or `Remove` button.|
+||Displays a column that contains editing commands for each item in the column.|
+||Displays the contents of each item in the column as a hyperlink. The contents of the column can be bound to a field in a data source or static text.|
+||Displays each item in the column following a specified template. This allows you to provide custom controls in the column.|
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Although you can programmatically add columns to the collection, it is easier to list the columns statically and then use the property to show or hide the column.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the collection to dynamically add a column to the control.
-
+> Although you can programmatically add columns to the collection, it is easier to list the columns statically and then use the property to show or hide the column.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the collection to dynamically add a column to the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.Columns Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.Columns Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.Columns Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridColumnVisible/CS/datagridcolumnvisiblecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridColumnVisible/VB/datagridcolumnvisiblevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridColumnVisible/VB/datagridcolumnvisiblevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1011,18 +1011,18 @@
Whether to use the data source to generate columns automatically or to use saved state.
Creates the control hierarchy that is used to render the .
-
- is , the value of is not set, and the selected data source does not implement the interface.
-
+ is , the value of is not set, and the selected data source does not implement the interface.
+
-or-
-
+
is and the data source has an invalid property.
@@ -1048,16 +1048,16 @@
Creates new control style.
A the represents the new style.
- method in a custom server control so that it always displays the with no in the .
-
+ method in a custom server control so that it always displays the with no in the .
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/CustomDataGridCreateControlStyle/CS/custom_datagrid_createcontrolstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/CustomDataGridCreateControlStyle/VB/custom_datagrid_createcontrolstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/CustomDataGridCreateControlStyle/VB/custom_datagrid_createcontrolstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
:::code language="csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/CustomDataGridCreateControlStyle/CS/custom_datagrid_createcontrolstyle.cs" id="Snippet2":::
-:::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/CustomDataGridCreateControlStyle/VB/custom_datagrid_createcontrolstyle.vb" id="Snippet2":::
-
+:::code language="vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/CustomDataGridCreateControlStyle/VB/custom_datagrid_createcontrolstyle.vb" id="Snippet2":::
+
]]>
@@ -1092,14 +1092,14 @@
Creates a object.
A object.
- is a helper method used by the class to create its objects.
-
+ is a helper method used by the class to create its objects.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This method is primarily used by control developers.
-
+> This method is primarily used by control developers.
+
]]>
@@ -1141,24 +1141,24 @@
Gets or sets the index of the currently displayed page.
The zero-based index of the page currently displayed.
- control when paging is enabled. This property is also used to programmatically control which page is displayed.
-
- You can also hide the built in paging controls and create custom controls. To display a specific page, set this property to the page index you want to display and then rebind the data to the control.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to programmatically control the page to display in the control.
-
+ control when paging is enabled. This property is also used to programmatically control which page is displayed.
+
+ You can also hide the built in paging controls and create custom controls. To display a specific page, set this property to the page index you want to display and then rebind the data to the control.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to programmatically control the page to display in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.CurrentPageIndex Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.CurrentPageIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.CurrentPageIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/CS/datagridallowpagingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The specified page index is a negative value.
@@ -1186,26 +1186,26 @@
Occurs when the Delete button is clicked for an item in the control.
- event is raised when the Delete button is clicked for an item in the control.
-
- A typical handler for the event removes the selected item from the data source and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to delete an item from the control.
-
+ event is raised when the Delete button is clicked for an item in the control.
+
+ A typical handler for the event removes the selected item from the data source and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to delete an item from the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1233,11 +1233,11 @@
Represents the Delete command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Delete command name.
-
+ field to represent the Delete command name.
+
]]>
@@ -1270,29 +1270,29 @@
Occurs when the Edit button is clicked for an item in the control.
- event is raised when the Edit button is clicked for an item in the control.
-
- A typical handler for the event sets the property to the selected row and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
+ event is raised when the Edit button is clicked for an item in the control.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sets the property to the selected row and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to edit an item in the control.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to edit an item in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1320,11 +1320,11 @@
Represents the Edit command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Edit command name.
-
+ field to represent the Edit command name.
+
]]>
@@ -1364,29 +1364,29 @@
Gets or sets the index of an item in the control to edit.
The index of an item in the control to edit. The default value is -1, which indicates that no item in the control is being edited.
- property when the control contains an to determine the index of the item selected in the control to edit.
-
- This property is also used to programmatically control which item is being edited. Setting this property to an index of an item in the control will enable editing controls for that item in the .
-
+ property when the control contains an to determine the index of the item selected in the control to edit.
+
+ This property is also used to programmatically control which item is being edited. Setting this property to an index of an item in the control will enable editing controls for that item in the .
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The property is zero based.
-
- To cancel editing, programmatically set this property to -1.
-
+> The property is zero based.
+
+ To cancel editing, programmatically set this property to -1.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to determine the item selected for editing in the control.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to determine the item selected for editing in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.EditItemIndex Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.EditItemIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.EditItemIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The specified index is less than -1.
@@ -1429,31 +1429,31 @@
Gets the style properties of the item selected for editing in the control.
A object that contains the style properties of the item selected for editing in the control. The default value is an empty object.
- property to provide a custom style for the item selected for editing in the control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
-
-|Precedence|Style Property|
-|----------------|--------------------|
-|1||
-|2||
-|3||
-|4||
-|5||
-
- To specify a custom style for the item selected for editing, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the item selected for editing to yellow.
-
+ property to provide a custom style for the item selected for editing in the control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
+
+|Precedence|Style Property|
+|----------------|--------------------|
+|1||
+|2||
+|3||
+|4||
+|5||
+
+ To specify a custom style for the item selected for editing, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the item selected for editing to yellow.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.EditItemStyle Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.EditItemStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.EditItemStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1499,29 +1499,29 @@
Gets the style properties of the footer section in the control.
A object that contains the style properties of the footer section of the control. The default value is an empty object.
- control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- The property of the control inherits the style settings of the property. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, the property will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single style property. You can override the inherited style settings by setting the property. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property.
-
- To specify a custom style for the footer section, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
+ control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ The property of the control inherits the style settings of the property. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, the property will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single style property. You can override the inherited style settings by setting the property. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property.
+
+ To specify a custom style for the footer section, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The property must be set to `true` for this property to be visible.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the footer section.
-
+> The property must be set to `true` for this property to be visible.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the footer section.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.FooterStyle Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.FooterStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.FooterStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridFooterStyle/CS/datagridfooterstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridFooterStyle/VB/datagridfooterstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridFooterStyle/VB/datagridfooterstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1568,29 +1568,29 @@
Gets the style properties of the heading section in the control.
A object that contains the style properties of the heading section in the control. The default value is an empty object.
- control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- The property of the control inherits the style settings of the property. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, the property will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single style property. You can override the inherited style settings by setting the property. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property.
-
- To specify a custom style for the heading section, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
+ control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ The property of the control inherits the style settings of the property. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, the property will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single style property. You can override the inherited style settings by setting the property. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property.
+
+ To specify a custom style for the heading section, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The property must be set to `true` for this property to be visible.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the heading section.
-
+> The property must be set to `true` for this property to be visible.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the heading section.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.FooterStyle Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.FooterStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.FooterStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridFooterStyle/CS/datagridfooterstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridFooterStyle/VB/datagridfooterstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridFooterStyle/VB/datagridfooterstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1624,14 +1624,14 @@
An array of objects that contains the columns in this control.
Initializes the specified object.
- method is a helper method used by the class to initialize the specified object.
-
+ method is a helper method used by the class to initialize the specified object.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This method is primarily used by control developers.
-
+> This method is primarily used by control developers.
+
]]>
@@ -1666,14 +1666,14 @@
A that contains the properties for the pager.
Creates a object that contains the paging UI.
- that spans across all columns of a control. The method is a helper method used by the class to create the pager row.
-
+ that spans across all columns of a control. The method is a helper method used by the class to create the pager row.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This method is primarily used by control developers.
-
+> This method is primarily used by control developers.
+
]]>
@@ -1700,24 +1700,24 @@
Occurs when any button is clicked in the control.
- event is raised when any button is clicked in the control. This event is commonly used to handle buttons controls with a custom CommandName value, such as Add, in the control.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to add or remove an item from a shopping cart.
-
+ event is raised when any button is clicked in the control. This event is commonly used to handle buttons controls with a custom CommandName value, such as Add, in the control.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to add or remove an item from a shopping cart.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1745,29 +1745,29 @@
Occurs on the server when an item in the control is created.
- event is raised when an item in the control is created, both during round-trips and at the time data is bound to the control.
-
- The event is commonly used to control the content and appearance of a row in the control.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items are created in the control.
-
+ event is raised when an item in the control is created, both during round-trips and at the time data is bound to the control.
+
+ The event is commonly used to control the content and appearance of a row in the control.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items are created in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemCreated Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemCreated Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemCreated Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated/CS/datagriditemcreatedcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated/VB/datagriditemcreatedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated/VB/datagriditemcreatedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated2/CS/datagriditemcreated2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated2/VB/datagriditemcreated2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated2/VB/datagriditemcreated2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1795,27 +1795,27 @@
Occurs after an item is data bound to the control.
- event is raised after an item is data bound to the control. This event provides you with the last opportunity to access the data item before it is displayed on the client. After this event is raised, the data item is nulled out and no longer available.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items in the are data bounded.
-
+ event is raised after an item is data bound to the control. This event provides you with the last opportunity to access the data item before it is displayed on the client. After this event is raised, the data item is nulled out and no longer available.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items in the are data bounded.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemDataBound Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemDataBound Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemDataBound Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound/CS/datagriditemdataboundcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound/VB/datagriditemdataboundvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound/VB/datagriditemdataboundvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound2/CS/datagriditemdatabound2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound2/VB/datagriditemdatabound2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound2/VB/datagriditemdatabound2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1854,25 +1854,25 @@
Gets a collection of objects that represent the individual items in the control.
A that contains a collection of objects representing the individual items in the control.
- collection to programmatically control the items in the control. The collection does not provide any methods to add or remove items to the collection. However, you can control the contents of an item by providing a handler for the event.
-
+ collection to programmatically control the items in the control. The collection does not provide any methods to add or remove items to the collection. However, you can control the contents of an item by providing a handler for the event.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> Only items bound to the data source are contained in the collection. The header, footer, and separator are not included in the collection.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the collection to display the contents of each item in the control.
-
+> Only items bound to the data source are contained in the collection. The header, footer, and separator are not included in the collection.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the collection to display the contents of each item in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.Items Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.Items Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.Items Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridColumnVisible/CS/datagridcolumnvisiblecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridColumnVisible/VB/datagridcolumnvisiblevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridColumnVisible/VB/datagridcolumnvisiblevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1914,36 +1914,36 @@
Gets the style properties of the items in the control.
A object that contains the style properties of the items in the control. The default value is an empty object.
- control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
-
-|Precedence|Style Property|
-|----------------|--------------------|
-|1||
-|2||
-|3||
-|4||
-|5||
-
- To specify a custom style for the items of the control, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
- You can also use the property to provide a different appearance for the alternating items in the control.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the items in the to yellow.
-
+ control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
+
+|Precedence|Style Property|
+|----------------|--------------------|
+|1||
+|2||
+|3||
+|4||
+|5||
+
+ To specify a custom style for the items of the control, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
+ You can also use the property to provide a different appearance for the alternating items in the control.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to set the background color of the items in the to yellow.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemStyle Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemStyle/CS/datagriditemstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemStyle/VB/datagriditemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemStyle/VB/datagriditemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -1997,11 +1997,11 @@
Represents the Next command argument. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Next command argument.
-
+ field to represent the Next command argument.
+
]]>
@@ -2042,14 +2042,14 @@
to indicate that this method is passing an event raised by a control within the container up the page's UI server control hierarchy; otherwise, .
- method to pass an event raised by a control within the container up the page's UI server control hierarchy.
-
+ method to pass an event raised by a control within the container up the page's UI server control hierarchy.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> This method is primarily used by control developers.
-
+> This method is primarily used by control developers.
+
]]>
@@ -2079,37 +2079,37 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when the Cancel button is clicked for an item in the control.
-
- A typical handler for the event sets the property to `-1` (to deselect the item) and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when the Cancel button is clicked for an item in the control.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sets the property to `-1` (to deselect the item) and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to cancel edits made to an item in the control.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to cancel edits made to an item in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2140,34 +2140,34 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when the Delete button is clicked for an item in the control.
-
- A typical handler for the event removes the selected item from the data source and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to delete an item from the control.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when the Delete button is clicked for an item in the control.
+
+ A typical handler for the event removes the selected item from the data source and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to delete an item from the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2198,37 +2198,37 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when the Edit button is clicked for an item in the control.
-
- A typical handler for the event sets the property to the selected row and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when the Edit button is clicked for an item in the control.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sets the property to the selected row and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to edit an item in the control.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to edit an item in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2259,32 +2259,32 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when any button is clicked in the control. This event is commonly used to handle buttons controls with a custom CommandName value, such as Add, in the control.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to add or remove an item from a shopping cart.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when any button is clicked in the control. This event is commonly used to handle buttons controls with a custom CommandName value, such as Add, in the control.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to add or remove an item from a shopping cart.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2315,37 +2315,37 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when an item in the control is created, both during round-trips and at the time data is bound to the control.
-
- The event is commonly used to control the content and appearance of a row in the control.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items are created in the control.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when an item in the control is created, both during round-trips and at the time data is bound to the control.
+
+ The event is commonly used to control the content and appearance of a row in the control.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items are created in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemCreated Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemCreated Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemCreated Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated/CS/datagriditemcreatedcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated/VB/datagriditemcreatedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated/VB/datagriditemcreatedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated2/CS/datagriditemcreated2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated2/VB/datagriditemcreated2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemCreated2/VB/datagriditemcreated2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2376,35 +2376,35 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised after an item is data bound to the control. This event provides you with the last opportunity to access the data item before it is displayed on the client. After this event is raised, the data item is nulled out and no longer available.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items in the are data bounded.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised after an item is data bound to the control. This event provides you with the last opportunity to access the data item before it is displayed on the client. After this event is raised, the data item is nulled out and no longer available.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to display the order that items in the are data bounded.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemDataBound Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemDataBound Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ItemDataBound Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound/CS/datagriditemdataboundcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound/VB/datagriditemdataboundvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound/VB/datagriditemdataboundvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound2/CS/datagriditemdatabound2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound2/VB/datagriditemdatabound2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridItemDataBound2/VB/datagriditemdatabound2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2435,37 +2435,37 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when one of the page selection elements is clicked.
-
- A typical handler for the event sets the property to the index of the page you want to display and then uses the method to bind the data to the control.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when one of the page selection elements is clicked.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sets the property to the index of the page you want to display and then uses the method to bind the data to the control.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> The event handler receives a object as a parameter. You can use the property of this parameter to determine the index of the page selected by the user from the page selection elements of the control.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event. It displays pages on the control in 10-item increments.
-
+> The event handler receives a object as a parameter. You can use the property of this parameter to determine the index of the page selected by the user from the page selection elements of the control.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event. It displays pages on the control in 10-item increments.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/CS/datagridallowpagingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/PageIndexChanged/CS/datagridpageindexchangedcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/PageIndexChanged/VB/datagridpageindexchangedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/PageIndexChanged/VB/datagridpageindexchangedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2496,34 +2496,34 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when a column is sorted.
-
- A typical handler for the event sorts the list, and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to sort a control.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when a column is sorted.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sorts the list, and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to sort a control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/CS/datagridallowsortingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/VB/datagridallowsortingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/VB/datagridallowsortingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSortCommand/CS/datagridsortcommandcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSortCommand/VB/datagridsortcommandvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSortCommand/VB/datagridsortcommandvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
- When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/events/">Handling and Raising Events</see>.
+ When overriding in a derived class, be sure to call the base class's method.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see Handling and Raising Events.
@@ -2554,33 +2554,33 @@
A that contains event data.
Raises the event. This allows you to provide a custom handler for the event.
- method to provide a custom handler for the event.
-
- The event is raised when the Update button for an item is clicked.
-
- A typical handler for the event updates the data, sets the property to -1 (to deselect the item), and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
+ method to provide a custom handler for the event.
+
+ The event is raised when the Update button for an item is clicked.
+
+ A typical handler for the event updates the data, sets the property to -1 (to deselect the item), and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
- Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
- The method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to update the values of an item in the control to new values specified by the user.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+ Raising an event invokes the event handler through a delegate. For more information, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+ The method also allows derived classes to handle the event without attaching a delegate. This is the preferred technique for handling the event in a derived class.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to update the values of an item in the control to new values specified by the user.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -2611,11 +2611,11 @@
Represents the Page command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Page command name.
-
+ field to represent the Page command name.
+
]]>
@@ -2659,19 +2659,19 @@
Gets the total number of pages required to display the items in the control.
The total number of pages required to display the items in the control.
- control. This property is only used when the property is set to `true`.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to determine the number of pages required to display the items in the control.
-
+ control. This property is only used when the property is set to `true`.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to determine the number of pages required to display the items in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PageCount Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PageCount Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PageCount Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -2697,26 +2697,26 @@
Occurs when one of the page selection elements is clicked.
- event is raised when one of the page selection elements is clicked.
-
- A typical handler for the event sets the property to the index of the page you want to display and then uses the method to bind the data to the control.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event. It displays pages on the control in 10-item increments.
-
+ event is raised when one of the page selection elements is clicked.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sets the property to the index of the page you want to display and then uses the method to bind the data to the control.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event. It displays pages on the control in 10-item increments.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/CS/datagridallowpagingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowPaging/VB/datagridallowpagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/PageIndexChanged/CS/datagridpageindexchangedcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/PageIndexChanged/VB/datagridpageindexchangedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/PageIndexChanged/VB/datagridpageindexchangedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -2759,24 +2759,24 @@
Gets the style properties of the paging section of the control.
A object that contains the style properties of the paging section of the control. The default value is an empty object.
- control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- To specify a custom style for the paging section, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify a custom style for the page selection elements of the control.
-
+ control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ To specify a custom style for the paging section, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify a custom style for the page selection elements of the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PagerStyle Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PagerStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PagerStyle Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridPagerStyle/CS/datagridpagerstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridPagerStyle/VB/datagridpagerstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridPagerStyle/VB/datagridpagerstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -2809,22 +2809,22 @@
Gets or sets the number of items to display on a single page of the control.
The number of items to display on a single page of the control. The default value is 10.
- control. The property must be set to `true` for this property have any effect.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify that five items are displayed on a single page of the control.
-
+ control. The property must be set to `true` for this property have any effect.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify that five items are displayed on a single page of the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PageCount Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PageCount Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.PageCount Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridPageSize/CS/datagridpagesizecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridPageSize/VB/datagridpagesizevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridPageSize/VB/datagridpagesizevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The specified page size less than 1.
@@ -2858,11 +2858,11 @@
Sets up the control hierarchy for this control.
- method is a helper method called by the control to set up the control hierarchy in the control before the control is rendered.
-
+ method is a helper method called by the control to set up the control hierarchy in the control before the control is rendered.
+
]]>
@@ -2887,11 +2887,11 @@
Represents the Prev command argument. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Prev command argument.
-
+ field to represent the Prev command argument.
+
]]>
@@ -2948,11 +2948,11 @@
Represents the Select command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Select command name.
-
+ field to represent the Select command name.
+
]]>
@@ -2996,21 +2996,21 @@
Gets or sets the index of the selected item in the control.
The index of the selected item in the control.
- property to determine the index of the item selected by the user in the control. You can also use this property to programmatically specify which item is selected in the control.
-
- To deselect an item in the control, set this property to -1.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to determine the index number of the selected item in the control. It also shows how to select and deselect an item programmatically.
-
+ property to determine the index of the item selected by the user in the control. You can also use this property to programmatically specify which item is selected in the control.
+
+ To deselect an item in the control, set this property to -1.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to determine the index number of the selected item in the control. It also shows how to select and deselect an item programmatically.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The specified index is less than -1.
@@ -3047,22 +3047,22 @@
Gets a object that represents the selected item in the control.
A object that represents the selected item in the control.
- property to get a object that represents the selected item in the control. This object can then be used to access the properties of the selected item.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to access the properties of the selected item in the control.
-
+ property to get a object that represents the selected item in the control. This object can then be used to access the properties of the selected item.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to access the properties of the selected item in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/BaseDataListSelectedIndexChanged/CS/basedatalistselectedindexchangedcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/BaseDataListSelectedIndexChanged/VB/basedatalistselectedindexchangedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/BaseDataListSelectedIndexChanged/VB/basedatalistselectedindexchangedvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -3103,34 +3103,34 @@
Gets the style properties of the currently selected item in the control.
A object that contains the style properties of the currently selected item in the control. The default value is an empty object.
- property to provide a custom style for the selected item in the control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
-
- Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
-
-|Precedence|Style Property|
-|----------------|--------------------|
-|1||
-|2||
-|3||
-|4||
-|5||
-
- To specify a custom style for the selected item, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use property to set the background color of the selected item in the control to yellow.
-
+ property to provide a custom style for the selected item in the control. Common style attributes that can be adjusted include forecolor, backcolor, font, and content alignment within the cell. Providing a different style enhances the appearance of the control.
+
+ Item style properties in the control are inherited from one item style property to another through a hierarchy. Item style properties set lower in the hierarchy are inherited by item style properties higher in the hierarchy. For example, if you specify a red font for the property, all other item style properties in the control will also have a red font. This allows you to provide a common appearance for the control by setting a single item style property. You can override the inherited style settings for an item style property that is higher in the hierarchy by setting its style properties. For example, you can specify a blue font for the property, overriding the red font specified in the property. The following table lists the hierarchy order from highest to lowest.
+
+|Precedence|Style Property|
+|----------------|--------------------|
+|1||
+|2||
+|3||
+|4||
+|5||
+
+ To specify a custom style for the selected item, place the `` tags between the opening and closing tags of the control. You can then list the style attributes within the opening `` tag.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use property to set the background color of the selected item in the control to yellow.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.SelectedIndex Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSelectedItemStyle/CS/datagridselecteditemstylecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSelectedItemStyle/VB/datagridselecteditemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSelectedItemStyle/VB/datagridselecteditemstylevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -3169,22 +3169,22 @@
to display the footer; otherwise, . The default value is .
- control. The appearance of the footer is controlled by using the property.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to display the footer in the control.
-
+ control. The appearance of the footer is controlled by using the property.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to display the footer in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ShowFooter Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ShowFooter Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ShowFooter Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridShowHeader/CS/datagridshowheadercs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridShowHeader/VB/datagridshowheadervb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridShowHeader/VB/datagridshowheadervb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -3222,22 +3222,22 @@
to display the header; otherwise, . The default value is .
- . The appearance of the header is controlled by using the property.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to hide the header on the control.
-
+ . The appearance of the header is controlled by using the property.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to hide the header on the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ShowHeader Example/CS/sourcecs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ShowHeader Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/Classic DataGrid.ShowHeader Example/VB/sourcevb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridShowHeader/CS/datagridshowheadercs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridShowHeader/VB/datagridshowheadervb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridShowHeader/VB/datagridshowheadervb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -3263,26 +3263,26 @@
Occurs when a column is sorted.
- event is raised when a column is sorted.
-
- A typical handler for the event sorts the list, and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to sort a control.
-
+ event is raised when a column is sorted.
+
+ A typical handler for the event sorts the list, and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to sort a control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/CS/datagridallowsortingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/VB/datagridallowsortingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridAllowSorting/VB/datagridallowsortingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSortCommand/CS/datagridsortcommandcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSortCommand/VB/datagridsortcommandvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridSortCommand/VB/datagridsortcommandvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -3310,11 +3310,11 @@
Represents the Sort command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Sort command name.
-
+ field to represent the Sort command name.
+
]]>
@@ -3347,11 +3347,11 @@
Gets the value for the control.
Always returns .
- property allows the output stream to write the appropriate HTML markup for the control.
-
+ property allows the output stream to write the appropriate HTML markup for the control.
+
]]>
@@ -3401,29 +3401,29 @@
Occurs when the Update button is clicked for an item in the control.
- event is raised when the Update button for an item is clicked.
-
- A typical handler for the event updates the data, sets the property to `-1` (to deselect the item), and then rebinds the data to the control.
-
+ event is raised when the Update button for an item is clicked.
+
+ A typical handler for the event updates the data, sets the property to `-1` (to deselect the item), and then rebinds the data to the control.
+
> [!CAUTION]
-> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
-
- For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to update the values of an item in the control to new values specified by the user.
-
+> Text is not HTML encoded before it is displayed in the control. This makes it possible to embed script within HTML tags in the text. If the values for the control come from user input, be sure to validate the values to reduce security vulnerabilities.
+
+ For more information about how to handle events, see [Handling and Raising Events](/dotnet/standard/events/).
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to specify and code a handler for the event to update the values of an item in the control to new values specified by the user.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/CS/datagrideditcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit/VB/datagrideditvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/CS/datagridedit2cs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridEdit2/VB/datagridedit2vb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -3451,11 +3451,11 @@
Represents the Update command name. This field is read-only.
- field to represent the Update command name.
-
+ field to represent the Update command name.
+
]]>
@@ -3499,23 +3499,23 @@
Gets or sets the virtual number of items in the control when custom paging is used.
The virtual number of items in the control when custom paging is used.
- control when custom paging is used. This property is only used when the property is set to `true`.
-
- If the property is set to `true`, the number of pages required to display every item in the control is calculated based on the values of the and properties.
-
- If the property is set to `false`, the number of pages displayed in the control is calculated based on the values of the property and the total number of items in the data source.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify the total number of items in the control when custom paging is used.
-
+ control when custom paging is used. This property is only used when the property is set to `true`.
+
+ If the property is set to `true`, the number of pages required to display every item in the control is calculated based on the values of the and properties.
+
+ If the property is set to `false`, the number of pages displayed in the control is calculated based on the values of the property and the total number of items in the data source.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following code example demonstrates how to use the property to specify the total number of items in the control when custom paging is used.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCustomPaging/CS/datagridcustompagingcs.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCustomPaging/VB/datagridcustompagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_WebNet/DataGridCustomPaging/VB/datagridcustompagingvb.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
The specified value is a negative number.
@@ -3524,4 +3524,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml
index f042d7bba7e..5784b08211b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml
@@ -1235,7 +1235,7 @@
to display **Cancel** on the ; otherwise, . The default is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100">ASP.NET Themes and Skins</see>).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins).
To be added.
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
to display the sidebar area on the ; otherwise, . The default is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/ykzx33wh(v=vs.100">ASP.NET Themes and Skins</see>).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins).
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml
index 8f1112a66f3..e642c4a1e9d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@ HyperLink1.NavigateUrl = HyperLink1.GetRouteUrl("Product",
]]>
- The method should be overridden only to change metadata attributes such as . For more information about using attributes, see <see href="/dotnet/standard/attributes/">Attributes</see>.
+ The method should be overridden only to change metadata attributes such as . For more information about using attributes, see Attributes.
@@ -3798,7 +3798,7 @@ HyperLink1.NavigateUrl = HyperLink1.GetRouteUrl("Product",
When control state is saved, a string object is returned to the client as a variable that is stored in an HTML element. Override this method to extract the state information to use in your control.
- Control state is intended for small amounts of critical data, such as a page index or a keyword. Using control state for large amounts of data can adversely affect page performance. For more information, see <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/aspnet/75x4ha6s(v=vs.100">ASP.NET State Management Overview</see>).
+ Control state is intended for small amounts of critical data, such as a page index or a keyword. Using control state for large amounts of data can adversely affect page performance. For more information, see ASP.NET State Management Overview).
@@ -4951,4 +4951,4 @@ HyperLink1.NavigateUrl = HyperLink1.GetRouteUrl("Product",
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
index ab02ec926c5..6914a57d61e 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
@@ -16,15 +16,15 @@
- Created when a user control (.ascx file) is specified for output caching, using either the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/hdxfb6cy(v=vs.100">@ OutputCache</see>) page directive or the attribute, and the user control is inserted into a page's control hierarchy by dynamically loading the user control with the method.
+ Created when a user control (.ascx file) is specified for output caching, using either the @ OutputCache) page directive or the attribute, and the user control is inserted into a page's control hierarchy by dynamically loading the user control with the method.
- class directly. ASP.NET creates an instance of the class to wrap a user control (.ascx file) when a dynamically loaded user control enables output caching. You can enable output caching for a user control using either the [@ OutputCache](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/hdxfb6cy(v=vs.100)) page directive or the attribute.
-
- You add a user control to a page programmatically by calling the method.
-
+ class directly. ASP.NET creates an instance of the class to wrap a user control (.ascx file) when a dynamically loaded user control enables output caching. You can enable output caching for a user control using either the [@ OutputCache](https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/hdxfb6cy(v=vs.100)) page directive or the attribute.
+
+ You add a user control to a page programmatically by calling the method.
+
]]>
Caching Portions of an ASP.NET Page
@@ -57,14 +57,14 @@
Gets a reference to the user control that is cached.
The user control that is cached.
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml
index 28f6fbb81dc..877f800b12d 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml
@@ -16,30 +16,30 @@
Specifies whether and objects refer to the debug or release version of client scripts.
- enumeration provides values for setting the version of client script to use on a Web page. The enumeration values can be applied to either the property or to the [ScriptReference.ScriptMode]() property. The object sets the version for all scripts on the page unless it is overridden by a object. The object sets the version for a particular script.
-
- The value produces different results depending on whether it refers to a standalone script file or to a script file that is embedded as a resource in an assembly. A standalone script file is defined with the [ScriptReference.Path]() property. An assembly reference must be accessed through the and properties. The results for the value are as follows:
-
-- When it is applied to a standalone script file where the [ScriptReference.Path] property is specified, the value is equivalent to .
-
-- When it is applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to . When only is specified, it is used to reference the script. When and the [ScriptReference.Path] property are both specified, the [ScriptReference.Path] property is used instead of , but the value is still equivalent to .
-
- An error is thrown if the requested version of the script does not exist. For instance, an error is thrown if a reference is made to a standalone script file that is named CustomScript.js and the property is set to , but CustomScript.debug.js does not exist on the site. References to scripts in an assembly return the release version if the debug version does not exist.
-
+ enumeration provides values for setting the version of client script to use on a Web page. The enumeration values can be applied to either the property or to the [ScriptReference.ScriptMode]() property. The object sets the version for all scripts on the page unless it is overridden by a object. The object sets the version for a particular script.
+
+ The value produces different results depending on whether it refers to a standalone script file or to a script file that is embedded as a resource in an assembly. A standalone script file is defined with the [ScriptReference.Path]() property. An assembly reference must be accessed through the and properties. The results for the value are as follows:
+
+- When it is applied to a standalone script file where the [ScriptReference.Path] property is specified, the value is equivalent to .
+
+- When it is applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to . When only is specified, it is used to reference the script. When and the [ScriptReference.Path] property are both specified, the [ScriptReference.Path] property is used instead of , but the value is still equivalent to .
+
+ An error is thrown if the requested version of the script does not exist. For instance, an error is thrown if a reference is made to a standalone script file that is named CustomScript.js and the property is set to , but CustomScript.debug.js does not exist on the site. References to scripts in an assembly return the release version if the debug version does not exist.
+
> [!NOTE]
-> When the `retail` attribute of the [deployment](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dbcc2c62-3159-4a62-9f1e-8cfe3b8b09dc) element of the Machine.config file is set to `true`, the release versions of client scripts are used throughout the Web site. The values in the and [ScriptReference.ScriptMode]() properties are ignored.
-
-
-
-## Examples
- The following example shows a page where the script versions are declaratively set to Release in the control, but one script named CustomClient.js is declaratively set to Debug in the control.
-
+> When the `retail` attribute of the [deployment](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dbcc2c62-3159-4a62-9f1e-8cfe3b8b09dc) element of the Machine.config file is set to `true`, the release versions of client scripts are used throughout the Web site. The values in the and [ScriptReference.ScriptMode]() properties are ignored.
+
+
+
+## Examples
+ The following example shows a page where the script versions are declaratively set to Release in the control, but one script named CustomClient.js is declaratively set to Debug in the control.
+
:::code language="aspx-csharp" source="~/snippets/csharp/VS_Snippets_Atlas/System.Web.UI.ScriptMode/cs/Default.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
- :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Atlas/System.Web.UI.ScriptMode/vb/Default.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
-
+ :::code language="aspx-vb" source="~/snippets/visualbasic/VS_Snippets_Atlas/System.Web.UI.ScriptMode/vb/Default.aspx" id="Snippet1":::
+
]]>
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
0
- In the control, the version of client scripts to use is determined at run time based on the application-level <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/s10awwz0(v=vs.100"><compilation></see>) element of the Web.config file, unless it is overridden in an instance of the control. In the control, when applied to a standalone script file, is equivalent to . When applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to .
+ In the control, the version of client scripts to use is determined at run time based on the application-level <compilation>) element of the Web.config file, unless it is overridden in an instance of the control. In the control, when applied to a standalone script file, is equivalent to . When applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to .
@@ -129,4 +129,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml
index 5ca0aef3baf..94f2328e711 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptReferenceBase.xml
@@ -171,21 +171,21 @@
System.Boolean
- Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the object automatically adds code at the end of the ECMAScript (JavaScript) file to call the client method of the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/cd901c0f-51e2-4c63-9963-158f4a88b008">Sys.Application</see> class.
+ Gets or sets a value that indicates whether the object automatically adds code at the end of the ECMAScript (JavaScript) file to call the client method of the Sys.Application class.
- if the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6">Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded</see> method is automatically called at the end of a JavaScript file, or if user code calls the <see href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6">Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded</see> method that is already in the JavaScript file. The default value is .
+ if the Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded method is automatically called at the end of a JavaScript file, or if user code calls the Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded method that is already in the JavaScript file. The default value is .
- property to `false` if you reference a script file in an assembly and the script file already contains code to call [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6). An error is thrown if [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6) method is called more than one time from a script file.
-
- If you reference a standalone script file that is not embedded in an assembly, you must include code at the end of the script file to call the [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6) method. The following example shows the code to include at the end of the script file.
-
-```
-if(typeof(Sys) !== "undefined) Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded();
-```
-
+ property to `false` if you reference a script file in an assembly and the script file already contains code to call [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6). An error is thrown if [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6) method is called more than one time from a script file.
+
+ If you reference a standalone script file that is not embedded in an assembly, you must include code at the end of the script file to call the [Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded](https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/dd95aa94-34bb-45b6-ac06-1cb4031469c6) method. The following example shows the code to include at the end of the script file.
+
+```
+if(typeof(Sys) !== "undefined) Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded();
+```
+
]]>
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ if(typeof(Sys) !== "undefined) Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded();
Replaces the file-name extension in the specified script path to designate a debug script.
A string that contains the path of the script with the debug extension.
-
@@ -360,4 +360,4 @@ if(typeof(Sys) !== "undefined) Sys.Application.notifyScriptLoaded();
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml b/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml
index 08bb0a06a1e..5a6ac38496c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web/ApplicationShutdownReason.xml
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
15
- The compilation system shut the application domain. The member is introduced in the .NET Framework version 3.5. For more information, see <see href="/dotnet/framework/migration-guide/versions-and-dependencies">.NET Framework Versions and Dependencies</see>.
+ The compilation system shut the application domain. The member is introduced in the .NET Framework version 3.5. For more information, see .NET Framework Versions and Dependencies.
@@ -369,4 +369,4 @@
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
diff --git a/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml b/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
index cc97e284e9d..9a3a97db672 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
@@ -37,15 +37,15 @@
Specifies the trust level that is granted to an ASP.NET Web application.
-
ASP.NET Code Access Security
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
500
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the trust level will succeed. This level is intended for highly trusted managed-code applications that need to use most of the managed permissions that support semi-trusted access. It does not grant some of the highest permissions (for example, the ability to call into native code), but it does provide a way to run trusted applications with least privilege or to provide some level of constraints for highly trusted applications. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the trust level will succeed. This level is intended for highly trusted managed-code applications that need to use most of the managed permissions that support semi-trusted access. It does not grant some of the highest permissions (for example, the ability to call into native code), but it does provide a way to run trusted applications with least privilege or to provide some level of constraints for highly trusted applications. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
300
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is intended to allow read-only access to limited resources in a constrained environment. This level is granted by specifying the trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is intended to allow read-only access to limited resources in a constrained environment. This level is granted by specifying the trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
400
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
200
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for the level will succeed. This level allows code to execute but not to interact with resources present on the system. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level using the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for the level will succeed. This level allows code to execute but not to interact with resources present on the system. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level using the trust) section in a configuration file.
@@ -240,8 +240,8 @@
600
- Indicates that all demands for permission to use all features of an application will be granted. This is equivalent to granting trust level in the <see href="https://learn.microsoft.com/previous-versions/dotnet/netframework-4.0/tkscy493(v=vs.100">trust</see>) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that all demands for permission to use all features of an application will be granted. This is equivalent to granting trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
-
\ No newline at end of file
+
From 75d0bd92c901af50c4e32eb11d9a54e466c1438a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Genevieve Warren <24882762+gewarren@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Sun, 25 Aug 2024 10:12:48 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 3/6] reset system.json
---
xml/System.Json/JsonArray.xml | 38 +++++------
xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml | 44 ++++++-------
xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml | 44 ++++++-------
xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml | 102 +++++++++++++++---------------
5 files changed, 115 insertions(+), 115 deletions(-)
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonArray.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonArray.xml
index df869c1d1c6..4467a12f7db 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonArray.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonArray.xml
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -433,7 +433,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -494,7 +494,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -592,7 +592,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -623,7 +623,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml
index a98bb7850a8..47e0245b27c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonObject.xml
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -593,7 +593,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -659,7 +659,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml
index 963eb063b5f..0ab85799b3c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonPrimitive.xml
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -353,7 +353,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -407,7 +407,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -617,7 +617,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml
index e0654a057fd..5c45189bd2a 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonType.xml
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
diff --git a/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml b/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml
index fe00c4fe09b..8fd6c70b366 100644
--- a/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Json/JsonValue.xml
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -414,7 +414,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -476,7 +476,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -786,7 +786,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -941,7 +941,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1108,7 +1108,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1485,7 +1485,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1516,7 +1516,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ This member is an explicit interface member implementation. It can be used only
## Remarks
-!INCLUDE[system-json]
+[!INCLUDE[system-json](~/includes/system-json.md)]
From 5b3193fd5df39434fb3cb49d25a8d218802a7c8c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Genevieve Warren <24882762+gewarren@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Sun, 25 Aug 2024 10:13:25 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 4/6] remove extra parenthesis
---
xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml | 2 +-
xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml | 2 +-
xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml | 2 +-
.../BaseControlArray.xml | 2 +-
.../DirListBox.xml | 2 +-
.../DriveListBox.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml | 2 +-
.../IEntityChangeTracker.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.ClientServices/ClientFormsIdentity.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml | 2 +-
.../MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml | 2 +-
.../ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml | 4 ++--
.../AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml | 2 +-
.../DataGridDesigner.xml | 2 +-
.../DataListDesigner.xml | 2 +-
.../RegexEditorDialog.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml | 2 +-
.../XhtmlControlAdapter.xml | 6 +++---
xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml | 6 +++---
.../DeviceSpecificChoice.xml | 6 +++---
xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/CreateUserWizard.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.UI.WebControls/Wizard.xml | 4 ++--
xml/System.Web.UI/Control.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web.UI/ScriptMode.xml | 2 +-
xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml | 10 +++++-----
31 files changed, 43 insertions(+), 43 deletions(-)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
index d7064c5bad6..f019e242d23 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/ErrorType.xml
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
1
- An eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)) error. Corresponds to the object.
+ An eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript) error. Corresponds to the object.
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
index 2d019a1a8da..3f0474404ac 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.JScript/EvalErrorObject.xml
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- Represents an error that occurs when the method is used. For more information, see eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript)).
+ Represents an error that occurs when the method is used. For more information, see eval Method (Visual Studio - JScript).
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
index a6f75fbf781..a328311cb72 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/ADODC.xml
@@ -625,7 +625,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
index 4209be055b3..d89e0ccf778 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/BaseControlArray.xml
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
index c896805e703..1284816a99f 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DirListBox.xml
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
index 85c21c10b1b..311fd98103c 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/DriveListBox.xml
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , make sure not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
diff --git a/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml b/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
index ae7ae2d7500..22ac497e554 100644
--- a/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
+++ b/xml/System.CodeDom.Compiler/TempFileCollection.xml
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
Implementing a Dispose method
Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
index d4894e5dd70..d0f52d61b9b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DataAdapter.xml
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
index cf971e055ae..05fca4bf07b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Common/DbCommandBuilder.xml
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ When the `disposing` parameter is `true`, this method releases all resources hel
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
Generating Commands with CommandBuilders
ADO.NET Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
index ff862be2abc..d5db9d12752 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects.DataClasses/IEntityChangeTracker.xml
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@
Gets current state of a tracked object.
An that is the state of the tracked object.
- For more information, see Identity Resolution, State Management, and Change Tracking) and Tracking Changes in POCO Entities.
+ For more information, see Identity Resolution, State Management, and Change Tracking and Tracking Changes in POCO Entities.
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml b/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
index de48da5b3aa..8b226262e76 100644
--- a/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Data.Objects/ProxyDataContractResolver.xml
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
The namespace of the .
The declared type.
An instance of .
- During deserialization, maps any information to the actual type of the persistence-ignorant) object.
+ During deserialization, maps any information to the actual type of the persistence-ignorant object.
The type that the is mapped to, or if no known type was found that matches the .
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
Client Application Services
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
index f44cdb52877..51bc8aacece 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileCapabilities.xml
@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ public void Page_Load(Object sender, EventArgs e)
The device evaluation method, property name, or item in the capabilities collection.
The optional argument.
- Provides a uniform way to evaluate device capabilities. This method is used internally by ASP.NET to implement various device-selection criteria expressed in the syntax of the controls. For example, this method is used to choose among <Choice> Element (.NET Framework Developer's Guide)) elements in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Provides a uniform way to evaluate device capabilities. This method is used internally by ASP.NET to implement various device-selection criteria expressed in the syntax of the controls. For example, this method is used to choose among <Choice> Element (.NET Framework Developer's Guide) elements in a DeviceSpecific/Choice construct. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the device has the specified capability; otherwise, .
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
index b4cb876edc5..b7d1257c57c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Mobile/MobileDeviceCapabilitiesSectionHandler.xml
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
- Reads the deviceFilters Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) section of a configuration file that specifies the set of device filters for use with ASP.NET mobile controls. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Reads the deviceFilters Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema) section of a configuration file that specifies the set of device filters for use with ASP.NET mobile controls. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
To be added.
Instances of classes that inherit the class must be thread safe and stateless. The method must be callable from multiple threads simultaneously. See for more information about inheriting.
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml b/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
index 77f173e8299..8a0363975be 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Security/ActiveDirectoryMembershipProvider.xml
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
-or-
is and property is .
- The machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) element to store password answers with the .
+ The machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema) element to store password answers with the .
The method is called before the instance is initialized.
Introduction to ASP.NET Membership
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@
The parameter is not .
The administrator has not mapped the password question-and-answer fields to attributes of the Active Directory schema, and either the or parameter is not .
- The machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) element to store password answers with the .
+ The machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema) configuration element indicates an auto-generated machine encryption key. You must explicitly set the attribute of the machineKey Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema) element to store password answers with the .
-or-
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml b/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
index 4185bbef0ae..9308e0e8c69 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.Security/AuthorizationStoreRoleProvider.xml
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ msxml://
is .
- The attribute is empty or does not exist in the connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema)) configuration section.
+ The attribute is empty or does not exist in the connectionStrings Element (ASP.NET Settings Schema) configuration section.
-or-
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
index 7c0a0439932..17191677023 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataGridDesigner.xml
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, be sure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement this method, see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about the and methods, see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about the and methods, see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
GridView Web Server Control Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
index 7987dfcbd80..c7a3660519b 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/DataListDesigner.xml
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
The method can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding it, ensure that you do not reference objects that have been disposed in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about the and methods, see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about the and methods, see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
index feb87717c25..206464b34d1 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/RegexEditorDialog.xml
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
.NET Framework Regular Expressions
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
index 163664199df..bc8c300644c 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design.WebControls/XmlDesigner.xml
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
When overriding , because the method can be called multiple times by other objects, be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to the method. For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method
- Overriding the Finalize Method)
+ Overriding the Finalize Method
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
index 99cbcfb2a9c..1a3ede04060 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/ExtenderControlDesigner.xml
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@
- can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed in an earlier call to . For more information, see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ can be called multiple times by other objects. When you override , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed in an earlier call to . For more information, see Implementing a Dispose Method. For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
index 088475d619b..b10e0431e82 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.Design/HtmlControlDesigner.xml
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
can be called multiple times by other objects. When overriding , be careful not to reference objects that have been previously disposed of in an earlier call to . For more information about how to implement , see Implementing a Dispose Method.
- For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method).
+ For more information about and , see Cleaning Up Unmanaged Resources and Overriding the Finalize Method.
ASP.NET Control Designers Overview
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
index 72260bf7c55..bc8925023de 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls.Adapters.XhtmlAdapters/XhtmlControlAdapter.xml
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
A number of conditional rendering methods allow for such conditions as secondary UI and for display devices that require line breaks after every block or after every inline control. Examples of these conditional methods are and . These methods work for a given device regardless of the control being rendered. It is unlikely you would need to override these methods when creating a new control adapter based on this class. At a minimum, you would need to override the methods.
- Device filtering is required to use a specific adapter for a server control. For more information about device filtering, see Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior) and Device Filtering Overview).
+ Device filtering is required to use a specific adapter for a server control. For more information about device filtering, see Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior and Device Filtering Overview.
ASP.NET and XHTML Compliance
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@
]]>
- The base implementation of loads the current secondary UI mode from view state. You can override it to load other specific data from view state, but be sure to also invoke the base method in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see ASP.NET State Management Overview).
+ The base implementation of loads the current secondary UI mode from view state. You can override it to load other specific data from view state, but be sure to also invoke the base method in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see ASP.NET State Management Overview.
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
@@ -1907,7 +1907,7 @@
]]>
- The base implementation of saves the current secondary UI mode in view state. You can override it to save other specific data from view state, but be sure to obtain the current state from the base class, and then combine it with your control-specific state in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see ASP.NET State Management Overview).
+ The base implementation of saves the current secondary UI mode in view state. You can override it to save other specific data from view state, but be sure to obtain the current state from the base class, and then combine it with your control-specific state in order to preserve the secondary UI mode across requests. For more information on managing view state, see ASP.NET State Management Overview.
Architectural Overview of Adaptive Control Behavior
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
index 44f945d198b..891881b77f7 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecific.xml
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
- Provides a construct for specifying a choice among multiple content alternatives in the <DeviceSpecific>) element. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Provides a construct for specifying a choice among multiple content alternatives in the <DeviceSpecific> element. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
System.Web.UI.MobileControls.DeviceSpecificChoiceCollection
- Retrieves the collection of choices in a <DeviceSpecific>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Retrieves the collection of choices in a <DeviceSpecific> element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The collection of choices in a element.
System.Boolean
- Gets a value indicating that the currently selected choice in the <DeviceSpecific>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets a value indicating that the currently selected choice in the <DeviceSpecific> element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the currently selected choice has templates defined within it; otherwise, .
To be added.
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
index de1472d40b0..209e0e0cb64 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI.MobileControls/DeviceSpecificChoice.xml
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ public bool myChoiceMethod(System.Web.Mobile.MobileCapabilities
System.Boolean
- Gets a value indicating whether the currently selected choice in the <DeviceSpecific>) element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets a value indicating whether the currently selected choice in the <DeviceSpecific> element has templates defined within it. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
if the currently selected choice has templates defined with in it; otherwise, .
To be added.
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ The value of the attribute.
System.Collections.IDictionary
- Gets the templates that have been defined in the <Choice>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets the templates that have been defined in the <Choice> element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
An instance containing the objects defined for the element.
To be added.
Introduction to the DeviceSpecific Control
@@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ The value of the attribute.
System.String
- Gets or sets the type of markup in a <Choice>) element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
+ Gets or sets the type of markup in a <Choice> element. This API is obsolete. For information about how to develop ASP.NET mobile applications, see Mobile Apps & Sites with ASP.NET.
The type of markup inside templates of a choice.
to automatically generate a password for the new user account; otherwise, . The default value is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins.
to display **Cancel** on the ; otherwise, . The default is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins.
To be added.
@@ -1280,7 +1280,7 @@
to display the sidebar area on the ; otherwise, . The default is .
- This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins).
+ This property cannot be set by themes or style sheet themes. For more information, see and ASP.NET Themes and Skins.
When control state is saved, a string object is returned to the client as a variable that is stored in an HTML element. Override this method to extract the state information to use in your control.
- Control state is intended for small amounts of critical data, such as a page index or a keyword. Using control state for large amounts of data can adversely affect page performance. For more information, see ASP.NET State Management Overview).
+ Control state is intended for small amounts of critical data, such as a page index or a keyword. Using control state for large amounts of data can adversely affect page performance. For more information, see ASP.NET State Management Overview.
diff --git a/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml b/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
index 6914a57d61e..4abd20117c4 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web.UI/PartialCachingControl.xml
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
- Created when a user control (.ascx file) is specified for output caching, using either the @ OutputCache) page directive or the attribute, and the user control is inserted into a page's control hierarchy by dynamically loading the user control with the method.
+ Created when a user control (.ascx file) is specified for output caching, using either the @ OutputCache page directive or the attribute, and the user control is inserted into a page's control hierarchy by dynamically loading the user control with the method.
0
- In the control, the version of client scripts to use is determined at run time based on the application-level <compilation>) element of the Web.config file, unless it is overridden in an instance of the control. In the control, when applied to a standalone script file, is equivalent to . When applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to .
+ In the control, the version of client scripts to use is determined at run time based on the application-level <compilation> element of the Web.config file, unless it is overridden in an instance of the control. In the control, when applied to a standalone script file, is equivalent to . When applied to a script reference in an assembly, is equivalent to .
diff --git a/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml b/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
index 9a3a97db672..e6e9b0387c7 100644
--- a/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
+++ b/xml/System.Web/AspNetHostingPermissionLevel.xml
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
500
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the trust level will succeed. This level is intended for highly trusted managed-code applications that need to use most of the managed permissions that support semi-trusted access. It does not grant some of the highest permissions (for example, the ability to call into native code), but it does provide a way to run trusted applications with least privilege or to provide some level of constraints for highly trusted applications. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the trust level will succeed. This level is intended for highly trusted managed-code applications that need to use most of the managed permissions that support semi-trusted access. It does not grant some of the highest permissions (for example, the ability to call into native code), but it does provide a way to run trusted applications with least privilege or to provide some level of constraints for highly trusted applications. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the trust section in a configuration file.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
300
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is intended to allow read-only access to limited resources in a constrained environment. This level is granted by specifying the trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is intended to allow read-only access to limited resources in a constrained environment. This level is granted by specifying the trust level in the trust section in a configuration file.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@
400
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for any level less than or equal to the level will succeed. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level in the trust section in a configuration file.
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@
200
- Indicates that features protected with a demand for the level will succeed. This level allows code to execute but not to interact with resources present on the system. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level using the trust) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that features protected with a demand for the level will succeed. This level allows code to execute but not to interact with resources present on the system. This level is granted by configuring at least the trust level using the trust section in a configuration file.
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@
600
- Indicates that all demands for permission to use all features of an application will be granted. This is equivalent to granting trust level in the trust) section in a configuration file.
+ Indicates that all demands for permission to use all features of an application will be granted. This is equivalent to granting trust level in the trust section in a configuration file.
From 4fd370b523b7bd2092cce05411dbce6142c54919 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Genevieve Warren <24882762+gewarren@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 26 Aug 2024 11:09:54 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 5/6] fix warnings
---
.../FileListBox.xml | 7 +++++--
xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml | 2 +-
2 files changed, 6 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
index b680069f563..894a79d0049 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
@@ -333,9 +333,12 @@
Gets the height of an item in the .
This property is not required for the control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+
+ !INCLUDE[Note_compatibility]
- To be added.
+ ]]>
SaveFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
OpenFileDialog Component Overview (Windows Forms)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
index 25f253e1f02..085f2d90b44 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic/VbStrConv.xml
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
4
- Converts narrow (single-byte) characters in the string to wide (double-byte) characters. Applies to Asian locales. This member is equivalent to the Visual Basic constant . !INCLUDE[vbstrconv-wide]
+ Converts narrow (single-byte) characters in the string to wide (double-byte) characters. Applies to Asian locales. This member is equivalent to the Visual Basic constant . [!INCLUDE[vbstrconv-wide](~/includes/vbstrconv-wide-md.md)]
From b6a44a4bf92b7b3ff80ad68153d634a02f7c90f1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Genevieve Warren <24882762+gewarren@users.noreply.github.com>
Date: Mon, 26 Aug 2024 11:16:23 -0700
Subject: [PATCH 6/6] add missing tag
---
xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml | 2 +-
1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-)
diff --git a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
index 894a79d0049..389f3d41d16 100644
--- a/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
+++ b/xml/Microsoft.VisualBasic.Compatibility.VB6/FileListBox.xml
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
Gets the height of an item in the .
- This property is not required for the control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
+ This property is not required for the control; the does not support items of variable height. It is provided only because the control inherits from .
| |